10-K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
 
x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
 
o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from           to
 
Commission file numbers 001-14141 and 333-46983
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
(Exact names of registrants as specified in their charters)
 
     
Delaware
  13-3937434 and 13-3937436
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification Nos.)
600 Third Avenue, New York, NY
  10016
(Address of principal executive offices)
  (Zip Code)
 
(212) 697-1111
(Telephone number)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of each class
  Name of each exchange on which registered:
L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc.
common stock, par value $0.01 per share
  New York Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
None.
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrants are well-known seasoned issuers, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
 
x Yes o No
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrants are not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
 
o Yes x No
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrants (1) have filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) have been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
x Yes o No
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants’ knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
             
Large accelerated filer x
  Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer 
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
  Smaller reporting Company o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrants are shell companies (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
 
o Yes x No
 
The aggregate market value of the L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrants as of June 27, 2008 was approximately $11.0 billion. For purposes of this calculation, the Registrants have assumed that their directors and executive officers are affiliates.
 
There were 118,585,242 shares of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. common stock with a par value of $0.01 outstanding as of the close of business on February 23, 2009.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the definitive proxy statement to be filed with Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to Regulation 14A relating to the Registrants’ Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be held on April 28, 2009, will be incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K in response to Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III. Such proxy statement will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
 


 

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
For the Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
             
           
  Business     1  
  Risk Factors     17  
  Unresolved Staff Comments     25  
  Properties     25  
  Legal Proceedings     26  
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     26  
           
PART II            
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases  of Equity Securities     27  
  Selected Financial Data     29  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     30  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     61  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     61  
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     61  
  Controls and Procedures     61  
  Other Information     62  
           
PART III            
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     63  
  Executive Compensation     63  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related  Stockholder Matters     64  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     64  
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services     64  
           
PART IV            
  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules     65  
    69  
 EX-4.5: SUPP.IND., FEB.20,2009-7 5/8% NOTES DUE 2012
 EX-4.7: SUPP.IND.,FEB.20,2009-6 1/8% NOTES DUE 2013
 EX-4.9: SUPP.IND., FEB.20,2009-6 1/8% NOTES DUE 2014
 EX-4.11: SUPP.IND.,FEB. 20, 2009-5 7/8% NOTES DUE 2015
 EX-4.13: SUPP.IND., FEB.20,2009-6 3/8% NOTES DUE 2015
 EX-4.15: SUPP.IND.,FEB.20,2009-CODES DUE 2035
 EX-10.14: 2008 LTP
 EX-10.17: RSU AGREEMENT (2009 VERSION)
 EX-10.20: 2008 DSIP
 EX-10.21: AMEND/REST. CHANGE IN CONTROL SEV.PLAN
 EX-10.22: AMEND/REST. SERP
 EX-10.25: DEFERRED COMP. PLAN II
 EX-10.26: MPRI LT DEF. INC. PLAN
 EX-12: RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 EX-18: GW IMPAIR. PREF. LETTER
 EX-21: SUBSIDIARIES
 EX-23: CONSENT OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
 EX-31.1: CERTIFICATION
 EX-31.2: CERTIFICATION
 EX-32: CERTIFICATION


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
For convenience purposes in this filing on Form 10-K, “L-3 Holdings” refers to L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc., and “L-3 Communications” refers to L-3 Communications Corporation, a wholly-owned operating subsidiary of L-3 Holdings. “L-3”, “we”, “us” and “our” refer to L-3 Holdings and its subsidiaries, including L-3 Communications.
 
Item 1.   Business
 
Overview
 
L-3 Holdings, a Delaware corporation organized in April 1997, derives all of its operating income and cash flows from its wholly-owned subsidiary, L-3 Communications. L-3 Communications, a Delaware corporation, was organized in April 1997. L-3 is a prime system contractor in aircraft modernization and maintenance, Command, Control, Communications, Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance (C3ISR) systems, and government services. L-3 is also a leading provider of high technology products, subsystems and systems. Our customers include the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) and its prime contractors, U.S. Government intelligence agencies, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS), U.S. Department of State (DoS), U.S. Department of Justice (DoJ), allied foreign governments, domestic and international commercial customers and select other U.S. federal, state and local government agencies.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, we generated sales of $14.9 billion, operating income of $1,685 million and net cash from operating activities of $1,387 million. The table below presents a summary of our 2008 sales by major category of end customer. For a more detailed presentation of our sales by end customer, see “Major Customers” on page 12.
 
                 
          % of
 
    2008 Sales     Total Sales  
    (in millions)        
 
DoD
  $ 11,059       74 %
Other U.S. Government
    1,067       7  
                 
Total U.S. Government
  $ 12,126       81 %
International
    2,086       14  
Commercial – domestic
    689       5  
                 
Total sales
  $ 14,901       100 %
                 
 
We have the following four reportable segments: (1) C3ISR, (2) Government Services, (3) Aircraft Modernization and Maintenance (AM&M), and (4) Specialized Products. Financial information for our reportable segments, including financial information about geographic areas, is included in “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in Note 21 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Business Strategy
 
Our business strategy is customer-focused and aims to increase shareholder value by providing products and services to our customers that create value for them with responsive, high-quality and affordable solutions. Financially, our emphasis is on sustainably growing earnings per share and cash flow. Our strategy involves a flexible and balanced combination of organic growth, cost reductions, select business acquisitions and divestitures, dividends and share repurchases, enabling us to grow the company and return cash to our shareholders. We intend to maintain and expand our position as a leading supplier of products, subsystems, systems and services to the DoD, other U.S. Government agencies, allied foreign governments and commercial customers, both domestic and international. Our strategy includes the objectives discussed below.
 
Expand Prime Contractor and Supplier Positions. We intend to expand our prime system contractor roles in select business areas where we have domain expertise, including C3ISR, aircraft modernization and maintenance and government technical services. We also intend to enter into “teaming” arrangements with


1


Table of Contents

other prime system contractors and platform original equipment manufacturers to compete for select new business opportunities. As an independent supplier of a broad range of products, subsystems and systems in several key business areas, our growth will partially be driven by expanding our share on existing programs and participating on new programs. We also expect to identify opportunities to use our customer relationships and leverage the capabilities of our various businesses, including proprietary technologies, to expand the scope of our products and services to existing and new customers. We also intend to continue to supplement our growth by participating on and competing for new programs internationally, particularly in Canada, the United Kingdom and Australia.
 
Grow Sales Organically and Selectively Acquire Businesses. We intend to use our existing prime contractor and supplier positions and internal investments to grow our sales organically. We expect to benefit from our positions as a supplier to multiple bidders on select prime contract bids. We plan to maintain our diversified and broad business mix with its limited reliance on any single contract and significant follow-on and new business opportunities. We also expect to continue to supplement our organic sales growth by selectively acquiring businesses that add new products, services, technologies, programs or customers to our existing businesses, and provide attractive returns on investment.
 
Favorably Perform on Contracts. We believe that favorable performance on our existing contracts is the foundation for successfully meeting our objectives of expanding L-3’s prime contractor and supplier positions and growing sales organically. We believe that a prerequisite for growing and winning new business is to retain our existing business with successful contract performance, including schedule, cost, technical and other performance criteria. Therefore, we will continue to focus on delivering superior contract performance to our customers to maintain our reputation as an agile and responsive contractor and to differentiate L-3 from its competitors.
 
Continuously Improve our Cost Structure. We intend to continue to aggressively improve and reduce our direct contract costs and overhead costs, including general and administrative costs. Effective management of labor, material, subcontractor and other direct costs is a primary element of favorable contract performance. We also intend to grow sales at a faster rate than overhead costs. We believe continuous cost improvement will enable us to increase our cost competitiveness, expand operating margin and selectively invest in new product development, bids and proposals and other business development activities to organically grow sales.
 
Align Research & Development, and Capital Expenditures. We intend to continue to align our internal investments in research and development, business development and capital expenditures to proactively address customer requirements and priorities with our products, services and solutions. We also intend to grow our sales through the introduction of new products and services and continued increased collaboration between our businesses to offer the best quality and competitive solutions and services to our customers.
 
Selected Recent Business Acquisitions and Business and Product Line Dispositions
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, we used cash of $283 million for business acquisitions and generated cash of $63 million from business and product line dispositions. See “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Business Acquisitions and Business and Product Line Dispositions” on page 36 for additional details about our 2008 business acquisitions, including their aggregate purchase prices, and our 2008 business and product line dispositions.
 
Products and Services
 
Our four reportable segments provide a wide range of products and services to various customers and are described below.


2


Table of Contents

C3ISR Reportable Segment
 
In 2008, C3ISR net sales of $2,567 million represented 17% of our total net sales. The businesses in this segment provide products and services for the global ISR market, specializing in signals intelligence (SIGINT) and communications intelligence (COMINT) systems. These products and services provide to the warfighter in real-time, the unique ability to collect and analyze unknown electronic signals from command centers, communication nodes and air defense systems for real-time situational awareness and response. The businesses in this reportable segment also provide C3 systems, networked communications systems and secure communications products for military and other U.S. Government and foreign government intelligence, reconnaissance and surveillance applications. We believe that these products and services are critical elements for a substantial number of major command, control and communication, intelligence gathering and space systems. These products and services are used to connect a variety of airborne, space, ground and sea-based communication systems and are used in the transmission, processing, recording, monitoring, and dissemination functions of these communication systems. Major products and services for this reportable segment include:
 
  •     highly specialized fleet management sustainment and support, including procurement, systems integration, sensor development, modifications and periodic depot maintenance for SIGINT and ISR special mission aircraft and airborne surveillance systems;
 
  •     strategic and tactical SIGINT systems that detect, collect, identify, analyze and disseminate information;
 
  •     secure data links that enable real-time information collection and dissemination to users of networked communications for airborne, satellite, ground and sea-based remote platforms, both manned and unmanned;
 
  •     secure terminal and communication network equipment and encryption management; and
 
  •     communication systems for surface and undersea vessels and manned space flights.


3


Table of Contents

 
The table below provides additional information for the systems, products and services, selected applications and selected platforms or end users of our C3ISR reportable segment.
 
         
Systems/Products/Services   Selected Applications   Selected Platforms/End Users
 
ISR Systems
       
•  Prime mission systems integration, sensor development and operations and support
 
•  Signal processing, airborne SIGINT applications, antenna technology, real-time process control and software development
 
•  U.S. Air Force (USAF), United Kingdom (U.K.) Ministry of Defence (MoD) and other allied foreign militaries ISR aircraft platforms
•  Fleet management of special mission aircraft, including avionics and mission system upgrades and logistics support
 
•  Measurement collection and signal intelligence, special missions
 
•  DoD and special customers within the U.S. Government
•  ISR operations and support
 
•  Data link support and services, special applications, classified projects, spares and repairs
 
•  USAF and U.S. Army ISR aircraft platforms
Networked Communications
       
•  Airborne, space and surface data link terminals, ground stations, and transportable tactical SATCOM (satellite communications) systems
 
•  High performance, wideband secure communication links for relaying of intelligence and reconnaissance information
 
•  Manned aircraft, unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs), naval ships, ground vehicles and satellites for the DoD
•  Multi-band Manpack Receivers
 
•  Portable, ruggedized terminals used for receiving reconnaissance video and sensor data from multiple airborne platforms
 
•  U.S. Special Operations Command (USSOCOM), USAF and other DoD customers
•  Satellite command and control sustainment and support
 
•  Software integration, test and maintenance support, satellite control network and engineering support for satellite launch systems
 
•  USAF Space Command (AFSC), USAF Satellite Control Network and launch ranges
Secure Communications Products
       
•  Secure communication terminals and equipment, and secure network encryption products
 
•  Secure and non-secure voice, data and video communication for office, battlefield and secure internet protocol (IP) network applications
 
•  DoD and U.S. Government intelligence agencies
•  Ground-based satellite communication terminals and payloads
 
•  Interoperable, transportable ground terminals
 
•  DoD and U.S. Government intelligence agencies
•  Satellite communication and tracking systems
 
•  On-board satellite external communications, video systems, solid state recorders and ground support equipment
 
•  International Space Station, Space Shuttle and various satellites for National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA)
•  Shipboard communications systems
 
•  Internal and external communications (radio rooms)
 
•  U.S. Navy (USN), U.S. Coast Guard and allied foreign navies



4


Table of Contents

Government Services Reportable Segment
 
In 2008, Government Services net sales of $4,303 million represented 29% of our total net sales. The businesses in this segment provide a full range of engineering, technical, information technology (IT), advisory, training and support services to the DoD, DoS, DoJ and U.S. Government intelligence agencies and allied foreign governments. Major services for this reportable segment include:
 
  •     communication software support, information technology services and a wide range of engineering development services and integration support;
 
  •     high-end engineering and information systems support services used for command, control, communications and ISR architectures, as well as for air warfare modeling and simulation tools for applications used by the DoD, DHS and U.S. Government intelligence agencies, including missile and space systems, UAVs and manned military aircraft;
 
  •     developing and managing extensive programs in the United States and internationally that focus on teaching, training and education, logistics, strategic planning, organizational design, democracy transition and leadership development;
 
  •     human intelligence support and other services, including linguist and translation services and related management to support contingency operations and current intelligence-gathering requirements;
 
  •     Command & Control Systems and Software services in support of maritime and expeditionary warfare;
 
  •     intelligence solutions support to the DoD, including the U.S. Armed Services combatant commands and the U.S. Government intelligence agencies, including those within the U.S. Armed Services;
 
  •     technical and management services, which provide support of intelligence, logistics, C3 and combatant commands; and
 
  •     conventional high-end enterprise IT support, systems and other services to the DoD and other U.S. federal agencies.
 
The table below provides additional information for the systems, products and services, selected applications and selected platforms or end users of our Government Services reportable segment.
 
         
Systems/Products/Services   Selected Applications   Selected Platforms/End Users
 
Training and Operational Support
   
•  Training systems, courseware and doctrine development
 
•  Training, leadership development and education services for U.S. and allied foreign armed forces, counterintelligence and law enforcement personnel
 
•  U.S. Army, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), DoS, DoJ and allied foreign governments
•  Acquisition management and staff augmentation
 
•  Rapid fielding support for combatants and physical location management
 
•  U.S. Army
•  Weapons Training Systems
 
•  Laser marksmanship training systems and advanced integrated technologies for security products and services
 
•  DoD and law enforcement agencies


5


Table of Contents

         
Systems/Products/Services   Selected Applications   Selected Platforms/End Users
 
•  Specialized management, policy and training in energy, environmental and natural resource management
 
•  Water and Coastal resource management, sustainable agriculture and food security, climate change mitigation strategies, emergency preparedness, response and reconstruction, power sector restructuring and energy economics and finance
 
•  U.S. Agency for International Development, foreign governments, World bank and Non-Governmental Organizations
Enterprise IT Solutions
       
•  Network and enterprise administration and management
 
•  Systems engineering, assurance and risk management, network and systems administration, management, software development and life cycle support and systems integration
 
•  U.S. Army, U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff, USAF, USSOCOM, Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and NASA
•  Systems acquisition and advisory support and comprehensive operational support services
 
•  Requirements definition, program management, planning and analysis, systems engineering, integration and development, intelligence analysis and managing and network engineering
 
•  U.S. Army, USAF, USN and DHS
Intelligence Solutions and Support
       
•  System support and concept operations (CONOPS)
 
•  C3ISR, modeling and simulation
 
•  DoD, U.S. Missile Defense Agency (MDA), U.S. Government intelligence agencies, and NASA
•  IT services
 
•  IT infrastructure modernization and operations
 
•  U.S. Government intelligence agencies and U.K. MoD
•  Information management and IT systems support and software design, development and systems integration
 
•  Intelligence and operations support, C3 systems, network centric operations and information operations
 
•  DoD and U.S. Government intelligence agencies
•  Linguistic, interpretation, translation and analyst services
 
•  Counterintelligence, threat protection and counter terrorism
 
•  U.S. Army

6


Table of Contents

         
Systems/Products/Services   Selected Applications   Selected Platforms/End Users
 
Command & Control Systems and Software
   
•  Software engineering/software sustainment, operations analysis, research, technical analysis and test and evaluation
 
•  Systems engineering and operational analysis of every aircraft and vessels in the USN fleet, C3 and Computers (C4) systems acquisitions, logistics and administrative support, as well as systems life cycle support
 
•  U.S. Army, USN and USMC
•  Communication systems and software engineering services
 
•  Value-added, critical software support for C3ISR systems, electronic warfare and fire support systems
 
•  U.S. Army Communications – Electronics Command (CECOM)
•  Acquisition Support
 
•  Support defense acquisition programs, develop acquisition roadmaps, capability assessments and develop requirements
 
•  U.S. Army, USN and USMC
•  Systems Engineering and Integration Support
 
•  System design and development, platform simulations, systems testing, prototype development and deployment and hardware and software integration
 
•  USMC, U.S. Army and, USSOCOM
Global Security & Engineering Solutions
•  Surveillance systems and products, including installation and logistics support
 
•  Remote surveillance for U.S. borders
 
•  DHS
•  Security Solutions
 
•  Border security systems, area surveillance and access control, critical infrastructure protection, continuity planning and emergency management
 
•  DHS, USMC and Customs and Border Patrol
•  Engineering and technical solutions
 
•  Systems engineering and design, analysis and integration, technical support and test & evaluation, Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD) effects analysis and Improvised Explosive Device (IED) counter measures
 
•  DoD and U.S. Government agencies
•  Program management and operational support
 
•  Command center operations, systems acquisitions, emergency management training, continuity of operations and government planning
 
•  Federal Emergency Management Agency, FAA, Joint Task Force — Civil Support

7


Table of Contents

Aircraft Modernization and Maintenance (AM&M) Reportable Segment
 
In 2008, AM&M net sales of $2,657 million represented 18% of our total net sales. The businesses in this segment provide modernization, upgrades and sustainment, maintenance and logistics support services for military and various government aircraft and other platforms. We sell these services primarily to the DoD, the Canadian Department of National Defense (DND) and other allied foreign governments. Major products and services for this reportable segment include:
 
  •     engineering, modification, maintenance, logistics and upgrades for aircraft, vehicles and personnel equipment;
 
  •     turnkey aviation life cycle management services that integrate custom developed and commercial off-the-shelf products for various military fixed and rotary wing aircraft, including heavy maintenance and structural modifications and interior modifications and construction; and
 
  •     aerospace and other technical services related to large fleet support, such as aircraft and vehicle modernization, maintenance, repair and overhaul, logistics, support and supply chain management, primarily for military training, tactical, cargo and utility aircraft, anti-missile defense systems and tanks.
 
The table below provides additional information for the systems, products and services, selected applications and selected platforms or end users of our AM&M reportable segment.
 
         
Systems/Products/Services   Selected Applications   Selected Platforms/End Users
 
Aircraft and Base Support Services
       
•  Logistics support, maintenance and refurbishment
 
•  Aircraft maintenance repair and overhaul, flight operations support for training, cargo and special mission aircraft
 
•  U.S. Army, USAF, USN, USSOCOM, Canadian DND and other allied foreign militaries
•  Contract Field Teams (CFT)
 
•  Deployment of highly mobile, quick response field teams to customer locations to supplement the customer’s resources for various ground vehicles and aircraft
 
•  U.S. Army, USAF, USN and USMC
•  Contractor operated and managed base supply (COMBS)
 
•  Inventory management activities relating to flight support and maintenance, including procurement and field distribution
 
•  Military training and cargo aircraft
Aircraft Modernization
       
•  Modernization and life extension maintenance upgrades and support
 
•  Aircraft structural modifications and inspections, installation of mission equipment, navigation and avionics products
 
•  USN, USAF, USSOCOM, Canadian DND, Royal Australian Air Force, other allied foreign governments, various military, fixed and rotary wing aircraft and Head of State aircraft



8


Table of Contents

Specialized Products Reportable Segment
 
In 2008, Specialized Products net sales of $5,374 million represented 36% of our total net sales. The businesses in this reportable segment provide a broad range of products, including components, products, subsystems, systems and related services to military and commercial customers in several niche markets. The table below provides a summary of the segment’s business areas and the percentage that each contributed to Specialized Products net sales in 2008.
 
         
    % of 2008
 
Business Area   Segment Sales  
 
Power & Control Systems
    17 %
Electro-Optic/Infrared (EO/IR)
    14  
Microwave
    14  
Avionics & Displays
    11  
Simulation & Training
    11  
Precision Engagement
    9  
Security & Detection
    6  
Propulsion Systems
    6  
Telemetry & Advanced Technology
    5  
Undersea Warfare
    4  
Marine Services
    3  
         
Total Specialized Products
    100 %
         


9


Table of Contents

The table below provides additional information for the systems and products, selected applications and selected platforms or end users of our Specialized Products reportable segment.
 
                 
Systems/Products       Selected Applications       Selected Platforms/End Users
 
Power & Control Systems
               
•   Shipboard electrical power packages, electric drives and propulsion, automation, navigation and communication systems
  •    Surface ships ranging from shipping vessels, container carriers, environmental and research ships, ferries and cruise liners   •    Commercial shipbuilders and allied foreign navies
•   Naval power delivery, conversion and switching products
  •    Switching, distribution and protection, as well as frequency and voltage conversion   •    Naval submarines, surface ships and aircraft carriers
EO/IR
               
•   Targeted stabilized camera systems with integrated sensors and wireless communication systems
  •    Intelligence Data Collection, Surveillance and Reconnaissance   •    DoD, intelligence and security agencies, law enforcement, manned/unmanned platforms
•   Airborne and ground based high energy laser beam directors and high tracking rate telescopes
  •    Directed energy systems, space surveillance, satellite laser ranging and laser communications   •    USAF and NASA
•   Night Vision (NV) technology and electro-optical systems and products
  •    Free-standing or mounted image intensified NV goggles, weapon sights, and driver viewers for special forces, pilots and aircrews, soldiers, Marines, sailors and law enforcement personnel   •    U.S. Army, USN, USMC, DHS, allied foreign militaries and law enforcement agencies
Microwave
               
•   Passive components, switches and wireless assemblies
  •    Radio transmission, switching and conditioning, antenna and base station testing and monitoring   •    DoD, wireless communications service providers and original equipment manufacturers
•   Satellite and wireless components (channel amplifiers, transceivers, converters, filters and multiplexers)
  •    Satellite transponder control, channel and frequency separation   •    SATCOM and wireless communications equipment for DoD and various government agencies
•   Traveling wave tubes, power modules, klystrons and digital broadcast
  •    Microwave vacuum electron devices and power modules   •    DoD and allied foreign military manned/unmanned platforms, various missile programs and commercial broadcast
•   Quick-deploy flyaway very small aperture terminals (VSAT) and vehicular satellite systems
  •    Satellite communication systems   •    U.S. Army, USAF and various DoD customers
•   Ultra-wide frequency and advanced radar antennas and radomes
  •    Surveillance and radar detection   •    Military fixed and rotary winged aircraft, SATCOM
Avionics & Displays
               
•   Solid state crash protected cockpit voice and flight data recorders
  •    Aircraft voice and flight data recorders that continuously record voice and sounds from cockpit and aircraft intercommunications   •    Commercial transport, business, regional and military aircraft
•   Airborne traffic and collision avoidance systems, terrain awareness warning systems
  •    Reduce the potential for midair aircraft collisions and crashes into terrain by providing visual and audible warnings and maneuvering instructions to pilots   •    Commercial transport, business, regional and military aircraft
•   Advanced cockpit avionics
  •    Pilot safety, navigation and situation awareness products   •    Commercial transport, business, regional and military aircraft
•   Cockpit and mission displays
  •    High performance, ruggedized flat panel and cathode ray tube displays and processors   •    Various military aircraft
Simulation & Training
               
•   Military aircraft flight simulators, reconfigurable training devices, distributed mission training (DMT) suites
  •    Advanced simulation technologies and training for pilots, navigators, flight engineers, gunners and operators   •    Fixed and rotary winged aircraft and ground vehicles for USAF, USN, U.S. Army, Canadian DND and allied foreign militaries



10


Table of Contents

                 
Systems/Products       Selected Applications       Selected Platforms/End Users
 
Precision Engagement
               
•   Global Positioning System (GPS) receivers
  •    Location tracking   •    Guided projectiles and precision munitions
•   Navigation systems and positioning navigation units
  •    Satellite launch and orbiting navigation and navigation for ground vehicles and fire control systems   •    USAF, U.S. Army, USMC and NASA
•   Premium fuzing products
  •    Munitions and electronic and electromechanical safety arming devices (ESADs)   •    Various DoD and allied foreign military customers
Security & Detection
               
•   Explosives detection systems and airport security systems
  •    Rapid scanning of passenger checked baggage and carry-on luggage, scanning of large cargo containers   •    DHS, including the U.S. Transportation and Security Administration (TSA), domestic and international airports and state and local governments
•   Non-invasive security systems and portals, and sophisticated sensors with threat detection capabilities
  •    Aviation, rail and border crossing security   •    TSA, U.S. Customs agency, various regulatory authorities and private security companies
Propulsion Systems
               
•   Heavy fuel engines, cross drive variable transmissions, turret drive systems, vehicle suspension, advanced drive systems and auxiliary power generators
  •    Power trains and suspension systems for military vehicles, power and energy management for military hybrid electric vehicles, non portable and under armor auxiliary power units, and heavy fueled engines for unmanned systems   •    U.S. Army, USMC and allied foreign ministries of defense, manned/unmanned military platforms
Telemetry & Advanced Technology
               
•   Telemetry and instrumentation systems
  •    Real-time data acquisition, measurement, processing, simulation, distribution, display and storage for flight tracking, testing and termination   •    Aircraft, missiles and satellites
•   High power microwave sources, systems & effects, pulse power systems and electromagnetics hardened construction
  •    Forensic analysis of weapons of mass destruction, active detection of special nuclear material and irradiation systems for decontamination and industrial applications   •    U.K. MoD, U.S. Defense Threat Reduction Agency, U.S. Army and USAF
Undersea Warfare
               
•   Airborne dipping sonars, submarine and surface ship towed arrays
  •    Submarine and surface ship detection and localization   •    USN and allied foreign navies
Marine Services
               
•   Shipboard electronics racks, rugged computers, rugged displays and communication terminals
  •    Ruggedized displays, computers and electronic systems   •    Naval vessels and other DoD applications
•   Service life extensions
  •    Landing craft air cushion amphibious vehicles   •    USN



 
Backlog and Orders
 
We define funded backlog as the value of funded orders received from customers, less the cumulative amount of sales recognized on such orders. We define funded orders as the value of contract awards received from the U.S. Government, for which the U.S. Government has appropriated funds, plus the value of contract


11


Table of Contents

awards and orders received from customers other than the U.S. Government. A table that presents our funded backlog, percent of December 31, 2008 funded backlog expected to be recorded as sales in 2009 and funded orders for each of our reportable segments is located in “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Backlog and Orders” beginning on page 58.
 
Major Customers
 
The table below presents a summary of our 2008 sales by end customer and the percent contributed by each to our total 2008 sales. For additional information regarding domestic and foreign sales, see Note 21 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
                 
          % of
 
    2008 Sales     Total Sales  
    (in millions)        
 
Army
  $ 4,180       28 %
Air Force
    2,944       20  
Navy/Marines
    2,295       15  
Other Defense
    1,640       11  
                 
Total DoD
  $ 11,059       74 %
Other U.S. Government
    1,067       7  
                 
Total U.S. Government
  $ 12,126       81 %
Foreign governments
    1,099       7  
Commercial — foreign
    987       7  
Commercial — domestic
    689       5  
                 
Total sales
  $ 14,901       100 %
                 
 
Approximately 73% of our DoD sales for 2008 were direct to the customer, and approximately 27% were indirect through other prime system contractors and subcontractors of the DoD.
 
Our sales are predominantly derived from contracts with agencies of, and prime system contractors to, the U.S. Government. Various U.S. Government agencies and contracting entities exercise independent and individual purchasing decisions, subject to annual appropriations by the U.S. Congress. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our five largest contracts generated 12% of our consolidated sales. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our largest contract, the U.S. Air Force (USAF) Contract Field Teams (CFT) contract, generated 3% of our sales. CFT is a multi-sourced contract, which provides worldwide quick reaction maintenance of deployed aircraft and ground vehicles for the U.S. military.
 
Research and Development
 
We conduct research and development activities that consist of projects involving applied research, new product development and select concept studies. We employ scientific, engineering and other personnel to improve our existing product-lines and develop new products and technologies. As of December 31, 2008, we employed approximately 11,000 engineers, a substantial portion of whom hold advanced degrees, and work on company sponsored research and development efforts and customer funded research and development contracts.
 
Company-sponsored (Independent) research and development costs for our businesses that are U.S. Government contractors are allocated to U.S. Government contracts and are charged to cost of sales when the related sales are recognized as revenue. Research and development costs for our commercial businesses are expensed as incurred. The table below presents company-sponsored (Independent) research and development


12


Table of Contents

expenses incurred for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 for our U.S. Government businesses and our commercial businesses.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In millions)  
 
Company-Sponsored Research and Development Costs:
                       
U.S. Government Contractor Businesses
  $ 287     $ 263     $ 243  
Commercial Businesses
    86       93       77  
                         
Total
  $ 373     $ 356     $ 320  
                         
 
Customer-funded research and development costs pursuant to contracts (revenue arrangements) are direct contract costs and are expensed when the corresponding revenue is recognized. See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding research and development.
 
Competition
 
Our businesses generally encounter intense competition. We believe that we are a major provider for many of the products and services we offer to our DoD, government and commercial customers.
 
Our ability to compete for existing and new business depends on a variety of factors, including,
 
  •     the effectiveness and innovation of our technologies and research and development programs;
 
  •     our ability to offer better program performance than our competitors at a lower cost;
 
  •     historical technical and schedule performance;
 
  •     us maintaining an effective supplier and vendor base;
 
  •     our ability to retain our employees and hire new ones, particularly those who have U.S. Government security clearances; and
 
  •     the capabilities of our facilities, equipment and personnel to undertake the business for which we compete.
 
In some instances, we are the incumbent supplier or have been the sole provider on a contract for many years, and we refer to these positions as “sole-source”. On our sole-source contracts, there may be other suppliers who have the capability to compete for the contracts involved, but they can only enter the market if the customer chooses to reopen the particular contract to competition. Sole-source contracts are generally re-competed every three to five years and at times more frequently. For the year ended December 31, 2008, contracts where we held sole-source positions accounted for 50% of our total sales and contracts which we had competitively won accounted for 50% of our total sales.
 
We believe we are the defense supplier with one of the broadest and most diverse product portfolios. We supply our products and services to other prime system contractors. However, we also compete directly with other large prime system contractors for (i) certain products and subsystems where they have vertically integrated businesses and (ii) niche areas where we are a prime system contractor. We also compete with numerous other aerospace, defense and government technical services contractors, which generally provide similar products, subsystems or services. We believe that a majority of our businesses enjoy the number one or number two competitive position in their market niches. We believe that the primary competitive factors for our businesses are technology, research and development capabilities, quality, cost, market position and past performance. However, some of these competitors are larger than we are and have more financial and other resources than we have.
 
In addition, our ability to compete for select contracts may require us to “team” with one or more of the other prime system contractors that bid and compete for major platform programs, and our ability to “team” with them is often dependent upon the outcome of a competition for subcontracts they award.


13


Table of Contents

Patents and Licenses
 
Generally, we do not believe that our patents, trademarks and licenses are material to our operations. Furthermore, most of our U.S. Government contracts generally permit us to use patents owned by other U.S. Government contractors. Similar provisions in U.S. Government contracts awarded to other companies make it impossible for us to prevent the use of our patents in most DoD work performed by other companies for the U.S. Government.
 
Raw Materials
 
Generally, our businesses engage in limited manufacturing activities. In manufacturing our products, we use our own production capabilities as well as a diverse base of third party suppliers and subcontractors. Although aspects of certain of our businesses require relatively scarce raw materials, we have not experienced difficulty in our ability to procure raw materials, components, sub-assemblies and other supplies required in our manufacturing processes.
 
Contracts
 
A significant portion of our sales are derived from sole-source contracts as discussed above. We believe that our customers award sole-source contracts to the most capable supplier in terms of quality, responsiveness, design, engineering and program management competency and cost. However, as discussed above, we are increasingly competing against other prime system contractors for major subsystems business. As a consequence of our competitive position, for the year ended December 31, 2008, we won contract awards at a rate in excess of 61% on new competitive contracts that we bid on, and at a rate in excess of 95% on the number of contracts we rebid for when we were the incumbent supplier.
 
Generally, the sales price arrangements for our contracts are either fixed-price, cost-reimbursable or time-and-material type. Generally, a fixed-price type contract offers higher profit margin potential than a cost-reimbursable type or time-and-material type contract, which is commensurate with the greater levels of risk we assume on a fixed-price type contract. Our operating margins (pretax operating income as a percentage of sales) on fixed-price type contracts generally range between 10% and 15%, while on cost-reimbursable type contracts they generally range between 5% and 10%, and on time-and-material type contracts they generally range between 8% and 12%.
 
On a fixed-price type contract (revenue arrangement), we agree to perform the contractual statement of work for a predetermined sales price. Although a fixed-price type contract generally permits us to retain profits if the total actual contract costs are less than the estimated contract costs, we bear the risk that increased or unexpected costs may reduce our profit or cause us to sustain losses on the contract. Accounting for the sales on a fixed-price type contract requires the preparation of estimates of (1) the total contract revenue, (2) the total costs at completion, which is equal to the sum of the actual incurred costs to date on the contract and the estimated costs to complete the contract’s statement of work, and (3) the measurement of progress towards completion. Adjustments to original estimates for a contract’s revenue, estimated costs at completion and estimated total profit or loss are often required as work progresses under a contract, as experience is gained and as more information is obtained, even though the scope of work required under the contract may not change.
 
On a cost-reimbursable type contract (revenue arrangement), we are paid our allowable incurred costs plus a profit which can be fixed or variable depending on the contract’s fee arrangement up to predetermined funding levels determined by our customers. Cost-reimbursable type contracts with award and incentive fee provisions are our primary variable contract fee arrangement. Award fees provide for a fee based on actual performance relative to contractually specified performance criteria. Incentive fees provide for a fee based on the relationship which total allowable costs bear to target cost. Sales from cost-reimbursable type contracts with award fees were approximately $1.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008. Sales from cost-reimbursable type contracts with incentive fees were approximately $589 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.


14


Table of Contents

On a time-and-material type contract (revenue arrangement), we are paid on the basis of direct labor hours expended at specified fixed-price hourly rates (that include wages, overhead, allowable general and administrative expenses and profit) and materials at cost. Therefore, on cost-reimbursable type and time-and-material type contracts we do not bear the risks of unexpected cost overruns, provided that we do not incur costs that exceed the predetermined funded amounts. Our customer satisfaction and performance record is evidenced by our receipt of performance-based award fees achieving 92% of the available award fees on average during the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
We believe we have a favorable balance of fixed-price, cost-reimbursable and time and material type contracts, a significant sole-source follow-on business and an attractive customer profile with limited reliance on any single contract.
 
The table below presents the percentage of our total sales generated from each contract-type.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
Contract-Type
  2008     2007     2006  
 
Fixed-price
    54 %     51 %     50 %
Cost-reimbursable
    27 %     30 %     31 %
Time-and-material
    19 %     19 %     19 %
                         
Total sales
    100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
 
Substantially all of our cost-reimbursable type contracts and time-and-material type contracts are with U.S. Government customers. Substantially all of our sales to commercial customers are transacted under fixed-price sales arrangements and are included in our fixed-price contract sales.
 
Regulatory Environment
 
Most of our revenue arrangements with agencies of the U.S. Government, including the DoD, are subject to unique procurement and administrative rules. These rules are based on both laws and regulations, including the U.S. Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), that: (1) impose various profit and cost controls, (2) regulate the allocations of costs, both direct and indirect, to contracts and (3) provide for the non-reimbursement of unallowable costs. Unallowable costs include, but are not limited to, lobbying expenses, interest expenses and certain costs related to business acquisitions, including, for example, the incremental depreciation and amortization expenses arising from fair value increases to the historical carrying values of acquired assets. Our contract administration and cost accounting policies and practices are also subject to oversight by government inspectors, technical specialists and auditors. See “Part I — Item 1A — Risk Factors” on page 17 for a discussion of certain additional business risks specific to our government contracts.
 
As is common in the U.S. defense industry, we are subject to business risks, including changes in the U.S. Government’s procurement policies (such as greater emphasis on competitive procurement), governmental appropriations, national defense policies or regulations, service modernization plans, and availability of funds. A reduction in expenditures by the U.S. Government for products and services of the type we manufacture and provide, lower margins resulting from increasingly competitive procurement policies, a reduction in the volume of contracts or subcontracts awarded to us or the incurrence of substantial contract cost overruns could materially adversely affect our business.
 
Certain of our sales are under foreign military sales (FMS) agreements directly between the U.S. Government and allied foreign governments. In such cases, because we serve only as the supplier, we do not have unilateral control over the terms of the agreements. These contracts are subject to extensive legal and regulatory requirements and, from time to time, agencies of the U.S. Government investigate whether our operations are being conducted in accordance with these laws and regulations. Investigations could result in administrative, civil, or criminal liabilities, including repayments, disallowance of certain costs, or fines and penalties. Certain of our sales are direct commercial sales to allied foreign governments. These sales are subject to U.S. Government approval and licensing under the Arms Export Control Act. Legal restrictions on sales of sensitive U.S. technology also limit the extent to which we can sell our products to allied foreign governments or private parties.


15


Table of Contents

Environmental Matters
 
Our operations are subject to various environmental laws and regulations relating to the discharge, storage, treatment, handling, disposal and remediation of certain materials, substances and wastes used in our operations. We continually assess our obligations and compliance with respect to these requirements.
 
We have also assessed the risk of environmental contamination for our various manufacturing facilities, including our acquired businesses and, where appropriate, have obtained indemnification, either from the sellers of those acquired businesses or through pollution liability insurance. We believe that our current operations are in substantial compliance with all existing applicable environmental laws and permits. We believe our current expenditures will allow us to continue to be in compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations. While it is difficult to determine the timing and ultimate cost to be incurred in order to comply with these laws, based upon available internal and external assessments, with respect to those environmental loss contingencies of which we are aware, we believe that after considering recorded liabilities, there are no environmental loss contingencies that, individually or in the aggregate, would be material to our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
Certain Acquired Pension Plans
 
In connection with our acquisition of ten business units from Lockheed Martin and the formation of L-3 in 1997, we assumed certain defined benefit pension plan liabilities for present and former employees and retirees of certain of these businesses from Lockheed Martin. Lockheed Martin had previously received a letter from the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC), indicating that the pension plans of two businesses were under funded using the PBGC’s actuarial assumptions (Subject Plans).
 
With respect to the Subject Plans, Lockheed Martin entered into an agreement (Lockheed Martin Commitment) with L-3 and the PBGC dated as of April 30, 1997. The terms and conditions of the Lockheed Martin Commitment include a commitment by Lockheed Martin to the PBGC to, under certain circumstances, assume sponsorship of the Subject Plans or provide another form of financial support for the Subject Plans. The Lockheed Martin Commitment will continue until the Subject Plans are no longer under funded on a PBGC basis for two consecutive years, or immediately if we achieve investment grade credit ratings on all of our outstanding debt.
 
If Lockheed Martin did assume sponsorship of the Subject Plans, it would be primarily liable for the costs associated with funding the Subject Plans or any costs associated with the termination of the Subject Plans. The terms and conditions of the Lockheed Martin Commitment would require us to reimburse Lockheed Martin for these costs. Lockheed Martin has not assumed sponsorship or provided another form of financial support for the Subject Plans.
 
We believe we have performed our obligations under the Lockheed Martin Commitment and have not received any communications from the PBGC concerning actions that the PBGC contemplates taking in respect of the Subject Plans.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, we contributed $3 million to the Subject Plans. For subsequent years, our funding requirements will depend upon prevailing interest rates, return on pension plan assets and underlying actuarial assumptions. At December 31, 2008, the aggregate projected benefit obligation was $245 million and the aggregate plan assets were $144 million for the Subject Plans. At December 31, 2008, we have recorded a liability of $101 million for the under funded status of the Subject Plans.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2008, we employed approximately 65,000 full-time and part-time employees, 84% of whom were located in the United States. Of these employees, approximately 15% are covered by 123 separate collective bargaining agreements with various labor unions. The success of our business is primarily dependent upon the knowledge of our employees and on the management, contracting, engineering and technical skills of our employees. In addition, our ability to grow our businesses, obtain additional orders for our products and services and to satisfy contractual obligations under certain of our existing revenue


16


Table of Contents

arrangements is largely dependent upon our ability to attract and retain employees who have U.S. Government security clearances, particularly those with clearances of top-secret and above. We believe that relations with our employees are positive.
 
L-3 Holdings Obligations
 
The only obligations of L-3 Holdings at December 31, 2008 were: (1) its 3% Convertible Contingent Debt Securities (CODES) due 2035, which were issued by L-3 Holdings on July 29, 2005, (2) its guarantee of borrowings under the senior credit facility of L-3 Communications and (3) its guarantee of other contractual obligations of L-3 Communications and its subsidiaries. L-3 Holdings’ obligations relating to the CODES have been jointly, severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed by L-3 Communications and certain of its wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. In order to generate the funds necessary to repurchase common stock and pay dividends declared and principal and interest on its outstanding indebtedness, if any, L-3 Holdings relies on dividends and other payments from its subsidiaries or it must raise funds in public or private equity or debt offerings.
 
Available Information
 
We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance therewith, file reports, including annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Such material may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s home page on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov.
 
You may also obtain a free copy of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and proxy statement for the annual shareholders’ meeting, as well as any amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after electronic filing with the SEC through our website on the Internet at http://www.L-3com.com.
 
The Company also has a Corporate Governance webpage. You can access the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines and charters for the audit, compensation and nominating/corporate governance committees of our Board of Directors through our Web site, http://www.L-3com.com, by clicking on the “Corporate Governance” link under the heading “Investor Relations.” The Company posts its Code of Ethics and Business Conduct on its Corporate Governance webpage under the link “Code of Ethics and Business Conduct.” The Company’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including our chairman, president and chief executive officer, our vice president and chief financial officer, and our corporate controller and principal accounting officer. We will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (“NYSE”), on our Web site within the required periods. The information on the Company’s Web site is not incorporated by reference into this report. You can request a copy of our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct or any other corporate governance document or periodic report at no cost by contacting (866) INFO-LLL (866-463-6555).
 
To learn more about L-3, please visit the Company’s Web site at www.L-3com.com. L-3 uses its Web site as a channel of distribution of material Company information. Financial and other material information regarding L-3 is routinely posted on the Company’s Web site and is readily accessible.
 
Item 1A. Risk Factors
 
You should carefully consider the following risk factors and other information contained or incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, including “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”. Any of these risks could materially adversely affect our business and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, which could in turn materially adversely affect the price of our common stock.


17


Table of Contents

Our contracts (revenue arrangements) with U.S. Government customers entail certain risks.
 
A decline in or a redirection of the U.S. defense budget could result in a material decrease in our sales, earnings and cash flows.
 
Our government contracts are primarily dependent upon the U.S. defense budget. We, as well as other defense contractors, have benefited from increased overall DoD spending over recent years, including supplemental appropriations for military operations in Iraq, Afghanistan and the Global War on Terror (GWOT). The President’s DoD base defense budget request, for the government’s fiscal year ending September 30, 2009, excluding a fiscal year 2009 GWOT supplemental request, indicates continued growth over the fiscal year 2008 period. However, future DoD budgets could be negatively affected by several factors, including events we cannot foresee, U.S. Government budget deficits, current or future economic conditions, new administration priorities, U.S. national security strategies, a change in spending priorities, the cost of sustaining U.S. military and related security operations in Iraq and Afghanistan and other locales around the world where U.S. military support may be pivotal, and other related exigencies and contingencies. While we are unable to predict the impact and outcome of these uncertainties, the effect of changes in these DoD imperatives could cause the DoD budget to remain unchanged or to decline (or even to increase). A significant decline in or redirection of U.S. military expenditures in the future could result in a decrease to our sales, earnings and cash flows. The loss or significant reduction in government funding of a large program in which we participate could also result in a decrease in our future sales, earnings and cash flows. U.S. Government contracts are also conditioned upon continuing approval by Congress of the amount of necessary spending. Congress usually appropriates funds for a given program on a September 30 fiscal year basis, even though contract periods of performance may extend over many years. Consequently, at the beginning of a major program, the contract is usually partially funded, and additional monies are normally committed to the contract by the procuring agency only as appropriations are made by Congress for future fiscal years. Given the potential for uncertainty in the DoD fiscal process as we begin a new political era in the United States, and given the dangerous and volatile global condition in which the U.S. is a primary stabilizing force, our approach to future business planning will include our best assessments and judgments on how to account for change and adapt to new conditions and circumstances.
 
We rely predominantly on sales to U.S. Government entities, and the loss of a significant number of our contracts would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.
 
Our sales are predominantly derived from contracts (revenue arrangements) with agencies of, and prime system contractors to, the U.S. Government. The loss of all or a substantial portion of our sales to the U.S. Government would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. At December 31, 2008, we had approximately 2,100 contracts (revenue arrangements) with individual estimated contract values in excess of $1 million. Approximately 81%, or $12 billion, of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2008 were made directly or indirectly to U.S. Government agencies, including the DoD. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our largest contract (revenue arrangement) in terms of annual sales was the U.S. Air Force (USAF) Contract Field Teams (CFT) contract, which generated 3% of our sales. CFT is a multi-sourced contract, which provides worldwide quick reaction maintenance of deployed aircraft and ground vehicles for the U.S. military. Additionally, aggregate sales from our five largest contracts amounted to $1.8 billion, or 12% of our sales.
 
A substantial majority of our total sales are for products and services under contracts with various agencies and procurement offices of the DoD or with prime contractors to the DoD. Although these various agencies, procurement offices and prime contractors are subject to common budgetary pressures and other factors, our customers exercise independent purchasing decisions. Because of this concentration of contracts, if a significant number of our DoD contracts and subcontracts are simultaneously delayed or cancelled for budgetary, performance or other reasons, it would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.


18


Table of Contents

In addition to contract cancellations and declines in agency budgets, our backlog and future financial results may be adversely affected by:
 
  •     curtailment of the U.S. Government’s use of technology or other services and products providers, including curtailment due to government budget reductions and related fiscal matters;
 
  •     developments in Iraq, Afghanistan or other geopolitical developments that affect demand for our products and services;
 
  •     our ability to hire and retain personnel to meet increasing demand for our services; and
 
  •     technological developments that impact purchasing decisions or our competitive position.
 
Our government contracts contain unfavorable termination provisions and are subject to audit and modification. If a termination right is exercised by the government, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Companies engaged primarily in supplying defense-related equipment and services to U.S. Government agencies are subject to certain business risks peculiar to the defense industry. These risks include the ability of the U.S. Government to unilaterally:
 
  •     suspend us from receiving new contracts pending resolution of alleged violations of procurement laws or regulations;
 
  •     terminate existing contracts;
 
  •     reduce the value of existing contracts;
 
  •     audit our contract-related costs and fees, including allocated indirect costs; and
 
  •     control and potentially prohibit the export of our products.
 
All of our U.S. Government contracts can be terminated by the U.S. Government either for its convenience or if we default by failing to perform under the contract. Termination for convenience provisions provide only for our recovery of costs incurred or committed settlement expenses and profit on the work completed prior to termination. Termination for default provisions provide for the contractor to be liable for excess costs incurred by the U.S. Government in procuring undelivered items from another source. Our contracts with foreign governments generally contain similar provisions relating to termination at the convenience of the customer.
 
U.S. Government agencies, including the Defense Contract Audit Agency and various agency Inspectors General routinely audit and investigate our costs and performance on contracts, as well as our accounting and general business practices. Based on the results of such audits, the U.S. Government may adjust our contract-related costs and fees, including allocated indirect costs. In addition, under U.S. Government purchasing regulations, some of our costs, including most financing costs, portions of research and development costs, and certain marketing expenses may not be reimbursable under U.S. Government contracts.
 
We may not be able to win competitively awarded contracts or receive required licenses to export our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.
 
Our government contracts are subject to competitive bidding. We obtain many of our U.S. Government contracts through a competitive bidding process. We may not be able to continue to win competitively awarded contracts. In addition, awarded contracts may not generate sales sufficient to result in our profitability. We are also subject to risks associated with the following:
 
  •     the frequent need to bid on programs in advance of the completion of their design, which may result in unforeseen technological difficulties and/or cost overruns;
 
  •     the substantial time, effort and experience required to prepare bids and proposals for competitively awarded contracts that may not be awarded to us;


19


Table of Contents

 
  •     design complexity and rapid technological obsolescence; and
 
  •     the constant need for design improvement.
 
In addition to these U.S. Government contract risks, we are required to obtain licenses from U.S. Government agencies to export many of our products and systems. Additionally, we are not permitted to export some of our products. Failure to receive required licenses would eliminate our ability to sell our products outside the United States.
 
We are subject to government investigations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.
 
We are from time to time subject to governmental investigations relating to our operations. We are currently cooperating with the U.S. Government on several investigations, including but not limited to, an investigation by the Department of Justice Criminal Antitrust Division regarding information technology services performed for the Air Force. For a discussion of this matter, see the Titan Government Investigation in Note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
We are subject to the risks of current and future legal proceedings, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.
 
At any given time, we are a defendant in various material legal proceedings and litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business, including litigation, claims and assessments that have been asserted against acquired businesses, which we have assumed. Although we maintain insurance policies, these policies may not be adequate to protect us from all material judgments and expenses related to potential future claims and these levels of insurance may not be available in the future at economical prices or at all. A significant judgment against us, arising out of any of our current or future legal proceedings and litigation, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. For a discussion of the material litigation to which we are currently a party, see Note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
If we are unable to keep pace with rapidly evolving products and service offerings and technological change, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.
 
The rapid change of technology is a key feature of most of the markets in which our products, services and systems oriented businesses operate. To succeed in the future, we will need to continue to design, develop, manufacture, assemble, test, market and support new products and enhancements on a timely and cost-effective basis. Historically, our technology has been developed through customer-funded and internally funded research and development and through certain business acquisitions. We may not be able to continue to maintain comparable levels of research and development or successfully complete such acquisitions. In the past, we have allocated substantial funds to capital expenditures, programs and other investments. This practice will continue to be required in the future. Even so, we may not be able to successfully identify new opportunities and may not have the needed financial resources to develop new products in a timely or cost-effective manner. At the same time, products and technologies developed by others may render our products, services and systems obsolete or non-competitive.
 
Our business acquisition strategy involves risks, and we may not successfully implement our strategy.
 
We seek to selectively acquire businesses that add new products, technologies, programs or customers to our existing businesses. We may not be able to continue to identify acquisition candidates on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we make additional acquisitions, we may not realize the benefits anticipated from these acquisitions, including cost synergies and improving margins. Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain additional financing for acquisitions, since such additional financing could be restricted or limited by the terms of our debt agreements or due to unfavorable credit market conditions.
 
The process of integrating the operations of acquired businesses into our existing operations may result in unforeseen difficulties and may require significant financial and managerial resources that would otherwise be


20


Table of Contents

available for the ongoing development or expansion of our existing operations. Possible future business acquisitions could result in the incurrence of additional debt and related interest expense and contingent liabilities, each of which could result in an increase to our already significant level of outstanding debt, as well as more restrictive covenants. We consider and execute strategic acquisitions on an ongoing basis and may be evaluating acquisitions or engage in acquisition negotiations at any given time. We regularly evaluate potential acquisitions and joint venture transactions, and, except as disclosed in “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Business Acquisitions and Business and Product Line Dispositions” beginning on page 36, we have not entered into any agreements with respect to any material transactions at this time. Furthermore, in certain of our business acquisitions we have assumed all claims against and liabilities of the acquired business, including both asserted and unasserted claims and liabilities.
 
Goodwill represents a significant asset on our balance sheet. We review goodwill and intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable, and also review goodwill annually in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS 142). The annual impairment test is based on determining the fair value of our reporting units. A decline in the estimated fair value of a reporting unit could result in a goodwill impairment, and a related non-cash impairment charge against earnings, if estimated fair value for the reporting unit is less than the carrying value of the net assets of the reporting unit, including its goodwill. A large decline in estimated fair value of a reporting unit could result in an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. See “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies” beginning on page 38.
 
Our results of operations and cash flows are substantially affected by our mix of fixed-price, cost-reimbursable and time-and-material type contracts.
 
Our sales are transacted using written revenue arrangements, or contracts, which are generally either fixed-price, cost-reimbursable or time-and-material. For a description of our revenue recognition policies, see “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies” beginning on page 38.
 
The table below presents the percentage of our total sales generated from each contract-type as of December 31, 2008.
 
         
    % of
 
Contract-Type
 
Total Sales
 
 
Fixed-price
    54 %
Cost-reimbursable
    27 %
Time-and-material
    19 %
         
Total sales
    100 %
         
 
Substantially all of our cost-reimbursable and time-and-material type contracts are with the U.S. Government, primarily the DoD. Substantially all of our sales to commercial customers are transacted under fixed-price sales arrangements, and are included in our fixed-price type contract sales.
 
On a fixed-price type contract (revenue arrangement), we agree to perform the contractual statement of work for a predetermined sales price. Although a fixed-price type contract generally permits us to retain profits if the total actual contract costs are less than the estimated contract costs, we bear the risk that increased or unexpected costs may reduce our profit or cause us to sustain losses on the contract.
 
On a cost-reimbursable type contract (revenue arrangement), we are paid our allowable incurred costs plus a profit which can be fixed or variable depending on the contract’s fee arrangement up to predetermined funding levels determined by our customers. On a time-and-material type contract (revenue arrangement), we are paid on the basis of direct labor hours expended at specified fixed-price hourly rates (that include wages, overhead, allowable general and administrative expenses and profit) and materials at cost. Therefore, on cost-


21


Table of Contents

reimbursable type and time-and-material type contracts, we do not bear the risks of unexpected cost overruns, provided that we do not incur costs that exceed the predetermined funded amounts.
 
Additionally, the impact of revisions in profit or loss estimates for all types of contracts subject to percentage of completion accounting are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions are made. Provisions for anticipated losses on contracts are recorded in the period in which they become evident. Amounts representing contract change orders or claims are included in sales only when they can be reliably estimated and their realization is reasonably assured. The revisions in contract estimates, if significant, can materially affect our results of operations and cash flows, as well as reduce the valuations of receivables and inventories; and in some cases, result in liabilities to complete contracts in a loss position.
 
Intense competition in the industries in which our businesses operate could limit our ability to attract and retain customers.
 
The defense industry and the other industries in which our businesses operate and the market for defense applications is highly competitive. We expect that the DoD’s increased use of commercial off-the-shelf products and components in military equipment will continue to encourage new competitors to enter the market. We also expect that competition for original equipment manufacturing business will increase due to the continued emergence of merchant suppliers. Additionally, some of our competitors are larger than we are and have more financial and other resources than we have. For more information concerning the factors that affect our ability to compete, see “Part I — Item 1 — Business — Competition” beginning on page 13.
 
Our significant level of debt and our ability to make payments on or service our indebtedness may adversely affect our financial and operating activities or ability to incur additional debt.
 
In prior years we incurred substantial indebtedness to finance our business acquisitions. At December 31, 2008, we had approximately $4,550 million in aggregate principal amount of outstanding debt, which includes a $650 million term loan facility. In addition, at December 31, 2008, we had additional borrowing capacity of $940 million available to us under our revolving credit facility, after reductions of $60 million for outstanding letters of credit. In the future, we may increase our borrowings, subject to limitations imposed on us by our debt agreements. The first scheduled maturity of our existing debt is our senior credit facility, comprised of the $650 million term loan facility and the revolving credit facility, on March 9, 2010. For further discussion concerning the scheduled maturity of our senior credit facility, see “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Anticipated Sources of Cash Flow” on page 51.
 
Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal and interest on our indebtedness and to refinance our existing debt, including the scheduled maturity of our senior credit facility, depends on our future financial performance as well as our ability to access the capital markets, and the relative attractiveness of available financing terms. We do not have complete control over our future financial performance because it is subject to economic, political, financial (including credit market conditions), competitive, regulatory and other factors affecting the aerospace and defense industry, as well as commercial industries in which we operate. It is possible that in the future our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to allow us to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If this situation occurs, we may have to reduce costs and expenses, sell assets, restructure debt or obtain additional equity capital. We may not be able to do so in a timely manner or upon acceptable terms in accordance with the restrictions contained in our debt agreements.
 
Our level of indebtedness has important consequences to us. These consequences may include:
 
  •     requiring a substantial portion of our net cash flow from operations to be used to pay interest and principal on our debt and therefore be unavailable for other purposes, including acquisitions, capital expenditures, paying dividends to our shareholders, repurchasing shares of our common stock, research and development and other investments;
 
  •     limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for acquisitions, working capital, investments or other expenditures, which, in each case, may limit our ability to carry out our acquisition strategy;
 
  •     increasing interest expenses due to higher interest rates on our borrowings that have variable interest rates;


22


Table of Contents

 
  •     heightening our vulnerability to downturns in our business or in the general economy and restricting us from making acquisitions, introducing new technologies and products or exploiting business opportunities; and
 
  •     impacting debt covenants that limit our ability to borrow additional funds, dispose of assets, pay cash dividends or repurchase shares of our common stock. Failure to comply with such covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of our outstanding indebtedness.
 
Additionally, on December 31, 2008, we had $9,556 million of contractual obligations (including outstanding indebtedness). For a detailed listing of the components of our contractual obligations, see “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Contractual Obligations” on page 56.
 
Our debt agreements restrict our ability to finance our future operations and, if we are unable to meet our financial ratios, could cause our existing debt to be accelerated.
 
Our debt agreements contain a number of significant covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to:
 
  •     sell assets;
 
  •     incur more indebtedness;
 
  •     repay certain indebtedness;
 
  •     pay dividends on the common stock of L-3 Holdings;
 
  •     make certain investments or business acquisitions;
 
  •     repurchase or redeem capital stock;
 
  •     make certain capital expenditures;
 
  •     engage in business mergers or consolidations; and
 
  •     engage in certain transactions with subsidiaries and affiliates.
 
These restrictions could impair our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs or engage in other business activities that may be in our interest. In addition, some of our debt agreements also require us to maintain compliance with certain financial ratios, including (1) total consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization to total consolidated cash interest expense and (2) total consolidated funded indebtedness less designated cash balances to total consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Our ability to comply with these ratios and covenants may be affected by events beyond our control. A breach of any of these agreements or our inability to comply with the required financial ratios or covenants could result in a default under those debt agreements. In the event of any such default, the lenders under those debt agreements could elect to:
 
  •     declare all outstanding debt, accrued interest and fees to be due and immediately payable;
 
  •     require us to apply all of our available cash to repay our outstanding senior debt; and
 
  •     prevent us from making debt service payments on our other debt.
 
For further discussion of our financial ratios, debt agreements and other payment restrictions, see Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
If we are unable to attract and retain key management and personnel, we may become unable to operate our business effectively.
 
Our future success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our management, and our ability to attract and retain highly qualified management and technical personnel, including employees who have U.S. Government security clearances, particularly clearances of top-secret and above.


23


Table of Contents

We do not maintain any key person life insurance policies for members of our management. We face competition for management and technical personnel from other companies and organizations. Failure to attract and retain such personnel would damage our future prospects.
 
Environmental laws and regulations may subject us to significant liability.
 
Our operations are subject to various U.S. federal, state and local as well as certain foreign environmental laws and regulations within the countries in which we operate relating to the discharge, storage, treatment, handling, disposal and remediation of certain materials, substances and wastes used in our operations.
 
New laws and regulations, stricter enforcement of existing laws and regulations, the discovery of previously unknown contamination or the imposition of new clean-up requirements may require us to incur a significant amount of additional costs in the future and could decrease the amount of free cash flow available to us for other purposes, including capital expenditures, research and development and other investments and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.
 
Termination of our backlog of orders could negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows.
 
We currently have a backlog of funded orders, primarily under contracts with the U.S. Government. Our total funded backlog was $11,572 million at December 31, 2008. As described above, the U.S. Government may unilaterally modify or terminate its contracts. Accordingly, most of our backlog could be modified or terminated by the U.S. Government, which would negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows.
 
Our sales to certain foreign customers expose us to risks associated with operating internationally.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, sales to foreign customers, excluding our foreign sales made under foreign military sales (FMS) agreements directly between the U.S. Government and allied foreign governments, represented approximately 11% of our consolidated sales. Consequently, our businesses are subject to a variety of risks that are specific to international operations, including the following:
 
  •     export regulations that could erode profit margins or restrict exports;
 
  •     compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA);
 
  •     the burden and cost of compliance with foreign laws, treaties and technical standards and changes in those regulations;
 
  •     contract award and funding delays;
 
  •     potential restrictions on transfers of funds;
 
  •     foreign currency fluctuations;
 
  •     import and export duties and value added taxes;
 
  •     transportation delays and interruptions;
 
  •     uncertainties arising from foreign local business practices and cultural considerations; and
 
  •     potential military conflicts and political risks.
 
While we have and will continue to adopt measures to reduce the potential impact of losses resulting from the risks of our foreign business, we cannot ensure that such measures will be adequate.
 
Global economic recession, continued tightening of credit markets, and U.S. Government intervention in financial and other industries may adversely affect our results.
 
Domestic and foreign economies and equity and fixed income markets have recently experienced significant declines, and severely diminished liquidity and credit availability. These economic conditions are currently negatively impacting, and could continue to adversely affect, our sales to the commercial markets in which we operate, including our commercial aviation products and commercial shipbuilding products businesses. Sales to commercial customers were $1.7 billion for 2008, or 11.2% of our total sales.


24


Table of Contents

Additionally, while we are unable to predict the impact and outcome of these economic events and the U.S. Government’s intervention to shore up financial and other industries, these events could also negatively affect future U.S. defense budgets and spending and, consequently, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Sales to the DoD represented 74% of our total sales for 2008.
 
These economic conditions could also continue to adversely affect our pension plan funded status and annual pension expense. See “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Pension Plans” on page 53 and Note 19 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.
 
Item 2.   Properties
 
At December 31, 2008, we operated in 536 locations consisting of manufacturing facilities, administration, research and development and other properties throughout the United States and internationally. Of these, we owned 45 locations consisting of approximately 5.5 million square feet and leased space at 491 locations consisting of approximately 17.9 million square feet.
 
Our reportable segments have major operations at the following locations:
 
  •     C3ISR — Camden, New Jersey; Greenville and Waco, Texas; and Salt Lake City, Utah.
 
  •     Government Services — Huntsville, Alabama; Tucson, Arizona; Washington, DC; Orlando, Florida; Annapolis, Maryland; and Alexandria, Arlington, Chantilly and Reston, Virginia.
 
  •     AM&M — Crestview, Florida; Lexington, Kentucky; South Madison, Mississippi; Greenville and Waco, Texas; and Edmonton and Quebec, Canada.
 
  •     Specialized Products — Phoenix and Tempe, Arizona; Anaheim, San Carlos, San Diego, San Leandro, Santa Barbara, Simi Valley, Sylmar and Torrance, California; Orlando, Sarasota and St. Petersburg, Florida; Ayer, Massachusetts; Grand Rapids and Muskegon, Michigan; Budd Lake, New Jersey; Albuquerque, New Mexico; Binghamton and Hauppauge, New York; Cincinnati and Mason, Ohio; Tulsa, Oklahoma; Philadelphia, Pittsburgh and Williamsport, Pennsylvania; Arlington, Dallas and Garland, Texas; Norfolk, Virginia; Burlington and Toronto, Canada; and Hamburg and Elmenhorst, Germany.
 
Corporate and other locations — New York, New York and Arlington, Virginia.
 
A summary of square footage by reportable segment as of December 31, 2008 is presented below.
 
                         
    Leased     Owned     Total  
    (Square feet in millions)  
 
C3ISR
    4.3       0.7       5.0  
Government Services
    3.1             3.1  
AM&M
    3.2       1.4       4.6  
Specialized Products
    7.2       3.4       10.6  
Corporate
    0.1             0.1  
                         
Total
    17.9       5.5       23.4  
                         
 
Management believes all of our properties have been well maintained, are in good condition, and are adequate to meet current contractual requirements.


25


Table of Contents

Item 3.   Legal Proceedings
 
The information required with respect to this item can be found in Note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements and is included in this Item 3 by reference.
 
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
 
None.


26


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
The common stock of L-3 Holdings is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol “LLL”. On February 23, 2009, the closing price of L-3 Holdings’ common stock, as reported by the NYSE, was $72.35 per share and the number of holders of L-3 Holdings’ common stock was approximately 75,000. The table below sets forth the high and low closing price of L-3 Holdings’ common stock as reported on the NYSE composite transaction tape and the amount of dividends paid per share during the past two calendar years.
 
                                     
          Closing Price
 
    Dividends Paid     (High-Low)  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
 
Common Stock — Dividends Paid and Market Prices
                                   
First Quarter
    $0.30       $0.25     $ 110.48  — $101.99     $ 88.99  — $80.02  
Second Quarter
    0.30       0.25       114.46  —  90.63       99.20  — 87.81  
Third Quarter
    0.30       0.25       105.88  —  87.57       102.68  — 92.11  
Fourth Quarter
    0.30       0.25       98.32  —  59.32       114.69  — 103.69  
                                     
Year Ended December 31
    $1.20       $1.00       114.46  —  59.32       114.69  — 80.02  
                                     
 
On February 5, 2009, L-3 Holdings announced that its Board of Directors had increased L-3 Holdings’ regular quarterly cash dividend by 17% to $0.35 per share, payable on March 16, 2009, to shareholders of record at the close of business on February 19, 2009.
 
L-3 Holdings relies on dividends received from L-3 Communications to generate the funds necessary to pay dividends on L-3 Holdings’ common stock. See Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the financial and other restrictive covenants that limit the payment of dividends by L-3 Communications to L-3 Holdings.
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
The following table provides information about share repurchases made by L-3 Holdings of its common stock that are registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act during the 2008 fourth quarter. Repurchases are made from time to time at management’s discretion in accordance with applicable federal securities laws. All share repurchases of L-3 Holdings’ common stock have been recorded as treasury shares.
 
                                 
                      Maximum number
 
                      (or approximate
 
                Total number of
    dollar value) of
 
                shares purchased as
    shares that may
 
    Total number
    Average
    part of publicly
    yet be purchased
 
    of shares
    price paid
    announced plans or
    under the plans
 
    purchased     per share     programs     or programs  
                      (in millions)  
 
September 27 — October 31, 2008(1)
    1,846,332     $  82.12       1,846,332     $  
November 1 — 30, 2008(2)
                    $  1,000  
December 1 — 31, 2008
    1,037,564       66.61       1,037,564     $ 931  
                                 
Total
    2,883,896     $ 76.54       2,883,896          
                                 
 
 
(1) In October 2008, L-3 Holdings completed its previously announced $750 million share repurchase program, which was approved by its Board of Directors on December 11, 2007.
 
(2) On November 24, 2008, L-3 Holdings’ Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase program that authorizes L-3 Holdings to repurchase up to an additional $1 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock through December 31, 2010.


27


Table of Contents

 
From January 1, 2009 through February 25, 2009, L-3 Holdings has repurchased 980,609 shares of its common stock at an average price of $76.65 per share for an aggregate amount of $75 million.
 
The graph below compares the cumulative total returns of our common stock with the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index and the Standard & Poor’s 1500 Aerospace & Defense Index, for the period from December 31, 2003 to December 31, 2008. These figures assume that all dividends paid over the performance period were reinvested, and that the starting value of each index and the investment in our common stock was $100 on December 31, 2003.
 
We are one of the companies included in the Standard & Poor’s 1500 Aerospace & Defense Index and the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index. The starting point for the measurement of our common stock cumulative total return was our stock price of $51.36 per share on December 31, 2003. The graph is not, and is not intended to be, indicative of future performance of our common stock.
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)


28


Table of Contents

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data
 
We derived the selected financial data presented below at December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. We derived the selected financial data presented below at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Form 10-K. The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements. Our results of operations, cash flows and financial position are affected significantly by our business acquisitions, the more significant of which are described elsewhere herein.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008(1)     2007     2006(2)     2005     2004  
    (in millions, except per share data)  
 
Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
Net sales
  $  14,901     $  13,961     $  12,477     $ 9,445     $  6,897  
Cost of sales
    13,342       12,513       11,198       8,448       6,148  
Litigation gain (charge)(3)
    126             (129 )            
Stock-based charge(4)
                (39 )            
                                         
Operating income
    1,685       1,448       1,111       997       749  
Interest and other income, net
    28       31       20       6       7  
Interest expense(3)
    271       296       296       204       145  
Minority interests in net income of consolidated subsidiaries
    11       9       10       10       9  
Loss on retirement of debt
                            5  
                                         
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    1,431       1,174       825       789       597  
Provision for income taxes
    502       418       299       280       215  
                                         
Income from continuing operations
  $     929     $     756     $     526     $ 509     $     382  
                                         
Net income(5)
  $ 949     $ 756     $ 526     $ 509     $ 382  
                                         
L-3 Holdings’ earnings per common share:
                                       
Basic:
                                       
Income from continuing operations
  $     7.66     $     6.05     $     4.27     $ 4.28     $     3.54  
                                         
Net income
  $     7.83     $     6.05     $     4.27     $ 4.28     $     3.54  
                                         
Diluted:
                                       
Income from continuing operations
  $     7.56     $     5.98     $     4.22     $ 4.20     $     3.33  
                                         
Net income
  $     7.72     $     5.98     $     4.22     $ 4.20     $     3.33  
                                         
L-3 Holdings’ weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                       
Basic
    121.2       124.9       123.1       118.8       107.8  
                                         
Diluted
    122.9       126.5       124.8       121.2       117.4  
                                         
Cash dividends declared per share on L-3 Holdings’ common stock
  $     1.20     $     1.00     $     0.75     $     0.50     $     0.40  
                                         
 
 
(1) The year ended December 31, 2008 includes: (1) a gain of $12 million ($7 million after income taxes, or $0.06 per share) from the sale of a product line (the “Product Line Divestiture Gain”), and (2) a non-cash impairment charge of $28 million ($17 million after income taxes,


29


Table of Contents

or $0.14 per share) related to a write-down of capitalized software development costs for a general aviation product (the “Impairment Charge”).
 
(2) Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123R, Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123(R)), which reduced 2006 operating income by $42 million, net income by $29 million and diluted earnings per share by $0.23.
 
(3) The year ended December 31, 2008 includes a pre-tax gain of $133 million ($81 million after income taxes, or $0.66 per diluted share) recorded in the second quarter of 2008, comprised of a $126 million reversal of a current liability for pending and threatened litigation (the “Litigation Gain”) and $7 million for related accrued interest as a result of a June 27, 2008 decision by the U.S. Court of Appeals which vacated an adverse 2006 jury verdict. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company recorded $129 million ($78 million after income taxes, or $0.63 per diluted share) related to this adverse jury verdict, which was rendered on May 24, 2006.
 
(4) The “Stock-Based Charge” of $39 million ($25 million after income taxes, or $0.20 per diluted share) was recorded in the second quarter of 2006 in connection with L-3’s voluntary review of its past stock option granting practices and the related accounting.
 
(5) Net Income includes an after-tax gain of $20 million or $0.16 per diluted share for the sale of our 85% ownership interest in Medical Education Technologies, Inc. (METI) on October 8, 2008. The gain is excluded from income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in millions)  
 
Balance Sheet Data (at year end):
                                       
Working capital
  $ 2,254     $ 2,181     $ 1,553     $ 1,789     $ 1,633  
Total assets
    14,485       14,391       13,287       11,909       7,781  
Long-term debt
    4,538       4,537       4,535       4,634       2,190  
Minority interests
    83       87       84       81       78  
Shareholders’ equity
    5,831       5,989       5,306       4,491       3,800  
Cash Flow Data:
                                       
Net cash from operating activities
  $ 1,387     $ 1,270     $ 1,074     $ 847     $ 621  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (432 )     (388 )     (1,091 )     (3,547 )     (556 )
Net cash (used in) from financing activities
    (840 )     (464 )     (29 )     2,441       453  
 
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
Financial Section Roadmap
 
Management’s discussion and analysis (MD&A) can be found on pages 30 to 61, the report related to the financial statements and internal control over financial reporting can be found on page 62 and the financial statements and related notes can be found on pages F-1 to F-64. The following table is designed to assist in your review of MD&A.


30


Table of Contents

     
Topic   Location
 
Overview and Outlook:
   
L-3’s Business
  Pages 31-32
Business Strategy
  Pages 32-33
Industry Considerations
  Pages 33-34
Key Performance Measures
  Pages 34-36
Liquidity
  Page  36
Business Acquisitions and Business and Product Line Dispositions
  Pages 36-38
Critical Accounting Policies:
   
Contract Revenue Recognition and Contract Estimates
  Pages 38-40
Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets
  Pages 40-42
Pension Plan and Postretirement Benefit Plan Obligations
  Page  42
Valuation of Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities
  Page  42
Liabilities for Pending and Threatened Litigation
  Pages 42-43
Valuation of Long-Lived Assets
  Page  43
Results of Operations, including business segments
  Pages 43-51
Liquidity and Capital Resources:
   
Anticipated Sources of Cash Flow
  Page  51
Balance Sheet
  Pages 51-53
Pension Plans
  Page  53-54
Statement of Cash Flows
  Pages 54-56
Contractual Obligations
  Pages 56-57
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
  Page  57
Legal Proceedings and Contingencies
  Pages 57-58
 
Overview and Outlook
 
L-3’s Business
 
L-3 is a prime system contractor in aircraft modernization and maintenance, Command, Control, Communications, Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance (C3ISR) systems, and government services. L-3 is also a leading provider of high technology products, subsystems and systems. Our customers include the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) and its prime contractors, U.S. Government intelligence agencies, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS), U.S. Department of State (DoS) and U.S. Department of Justice (DoJ), allied foreign governments, domestic and international commercial customers and select other U.S. federal, state and local government agencies.
 
We have the following four reportable segments: (1) C3ISR, (2) Government Services, (3) Aircraft Modernization and Maintenance (AM&M), and (4) Specialized Products. Financial information for our reportable segments is included in Note 21 to our audited consolidated financial statements. C3ISR provides products and services for the global ISR market, networked communications systems and secure communications products. We believe that these products and services are critical elements for a substantial number of major command, control, communication, intelligence gathering and space systems. These products and services are used to connect a variety of airborne, space, ground and sea-based communication systems and are used in the transmission, processing, recording, monitoring, and dissemination functions of these communication systems. Government Services provides training and operational support services, enterprise information technology solutions, intelligence solutions and support, command & control systems and software services and global security & engineering solutions services. AM&M provides modernization, upgrades and sustainment, maintenance and logistics support services for military and various government aircraft and other platforms. Specialized Products provides a broad range of products and related services


31


Table of Contents

across several business areas that include power & control systems, electro-optic/infrared (EO/IR), microwave, avionics & displays, simulation & training, precision engagement, security & detection systems, propulsion systems, telemetry & advanced technology, undersea warfare, and marine services.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, we generated sales of $14,901 million. Our primary customer was the DoD. The table below presents a summary of our 2008 sales by end customer and the percent contributed by each to our total 2008 sales.
 
                 
          % of
 
    2008 Sales     Total Sales  
    (in millions)        
 
Army
  $ 4,180       28 %
Air Force
    2,944       20  
Navy/Marines
    2,295       15  
Other Defense
    1,640       11  
                 
Total DoD
  $ 11,059       74 %
Other U.S. Government
    1,067       7  
                 
Total U.S. Government
  $ 12,126       81 %
Foreign governments
    1,099       7  
Commercial — foreign
    987       7  
Commercial — domestic
    689       5  
                 
Total sales
  $ 14,901       100 %
                 
 
Most of our contracts (revenue arrangements) with the U.S. Government are subject to U.S. Defense Contract Audit Agency audits and various cost and pricing regulations, and include standard provisions for termination for the convenience of the U.S. Government. Multiyear U.S. Government contracts and related orders are subject to cancellation if funds for contract performance for any subsequent year become unavailable. Foreign government contracts generally include comparable provisions relating to termination for the convenience of the relevant foreign government.
 
Business Strategy
 
Our business strategy is customer-focused and aims to increase shareholder value by providing products and services to our customers that create value for them with responsive, high-quality and affordable solutions. Financially, our emphasis is on sustainably growing earnings per share and cash flow. Our strategy involves a flexible and balanced combination of organic growth, cost reductions, select business acquisitions and divestitures, dividends and share repurchases, enabling us to grow the company and return cash to our shareholders. We intend to maintain and expand our position as a leading supplier of products, subsystems, systems and services to the DoD, other U.S. Government agencies, allied foreign governments and commercial customers, both domestic and international. Our strategy includes the objectives discussed below.
 
We intend to expand our prime system contractor roles in select business areas where we have domain expertise, including C3ISR, aircraft modernization and maintenance and government technical services. We also intend to enter into “teaming” arrangements with other prime system contractors and platform original equipment manufacturers to compete for select new business opportunities. As an independent supplier of a broad range of products, subsystems and systems in several key business areas, our growth will partially be driven by expanding our share on existing programs and participating on new programs. We also expect to identify opportunities to use our customer relationships and leverage the capabilities of our various businesses, including proprietary technologies, to expand the scope of our products and services to existing and new customers. We also intend to continue to supplement our growth by participating on and competing for new programs internationally, particularly in Canada, the United Kingdom and Australia.
 
We intend to use our existing prime contractor and supplier positions and internal investments to grow our sales organically. We expect to benefit from our positions as a supplier to multiple bidders on select prime


32


Table of Contents

contract bids. We plan to maintain our diversified and broad business mix with its limited reliance on any single contract and significant follow-on and new business opportunities. We also expect to continue to supplement our organic sales growth by selectively acquiring businesses that add new products, services, technologies, programs or customers to our existing businesses, and provide attractive returns on investment.
 
We believe that favorable performance on our existing contracts is the foundation for successfully meeting our objectives of expanding L-3’s prime contractor and supplier positions and growing sales organically. We believe that a prerequisite for growing and winning new business is to retain our existing business with successful contract performance, including schedule, cost, technical and other performance criteria. Therefore, we will continue to focus on delivering superior contract performance to our customers to maintain our reputation as an agile and responsive contractor and to differentiate L-3 from its competitors.
 
We intend to continue to aggressively improve and reduce our direct contract costs and overhead costs, including general and administrative costs. Effective management of labor, material, subcontractor and other direct costs is a primary element of favorable contract performance. We also intend to grow sales at a faster rate than overhead costs. We believe continuous cost improvement will enable us to increase our cost competitiveness, expand operating margin and selectively invest in new product development, bids and proposals and other business development activities to organically grow sales.
 
We intend to continue to align our internal investments in research and development, business development and capital expenditures to proactively address customer requirements and priorities with our products, services and solutions. We also intend to grow our sales through the introduction of new products and services and continued increased collaboration between our businesses to offer the best quality and competitive solutions and services to our customers.
 
Industry Considerations
 
In recent years, a variety of changing conditions have significantly affected the markets for defense systems, products and services. There has been a fundamental shift in focus from a traditional “threat-based” model to one that emphasizes a broad range of capabilities needed to respond to all contingencies and to defeat all adversaries (all hazards, all threats). This expanded scope has transformed the U.S. defense posture to a “capabilities-based” orientation that can be tailored and structured to meet the demands of contemporary and future national and homeland security requirements. This new approach involves creating a more flexible response with appropriate capability, agility and force while highlighting changing technologies and operational approaches applied to the challenges we face at every level of warfare and in conditions short of war. The entire set of capabilities resident in the DoD inventory will be examined for change, with special attention given to improved strategic defense systems, interoperable and brilliant networked information and communications systems, precise weapons and survivable delivery platforms, improved and enhanced intelligence, reconnaissance, surveillance and target acquisition (IRSTA) systems, and security systems in general. This transformation also includes the application of military capabilities for homeland defense and selected emergency response efforts.
 
We anticipate that the 2010 U.S. Quadrennial Defense Review (QDR) will incorporate “lessons learned” from U.S. military operations in Iraq, Afghanistan, the Balkans, and from other conflicts and security-related events around the world. We anticipate the promotion of enhanced special operations and irregular warfare capabilities, improved intelligence gathering and application, greater language and cultural capabilities, more effective communications and information sharing, and enhanced security cooperation with partner nations. We also anticipate increased attention to selected strategic capabilities to maintain a strong deterrent posture against future challenges to our security.
 
In recent years DoD budgets have reflected increased focus on C5ISR (command, control, communications, computers, collaboration and intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance), precision-guided weapons, UAVs and other electro-mechanical robotic capabilities, networked information technologies, special operations forces, and missile defense. In addition, the DoD has focused on a transformation strategy that seeks to balance modernization and recapitalization (or upgrading existing platforms and capabilities) while enhancing readiness and joint operations — all while engaging in demanding on-going military operations.


33


Table of Contents

As a result, defense budget program allocations continue to favor immediate war-fighting improvements and concurrent limited investment in future programs. DoD’s emphasis on systems interoperability, force multipliers, advances in intelligence gathering, and the provision of real-time relevant data to battle commanders — often referred to as the common operating picture (COP), have increased the electronic content of nearly all major military procurement and research programs. Therefore, it is expected that the DoD budget for information technologies and defense electronics will grow. We believe L-3 is well positioned to benefit from the expected focus in those areas.
 
While the DoD budget could be affected by several factors, including current and future economic conditions and the new administration priorities, we are unable to predict the impact and outcome of these uncertainties. However, the current outlook is one of more precise application of DoD spending, which will continue to support L-3’s future orders and sales, operating results and cash flows. Conversely, a decline in the DoD budget would generally have a negative effect on future orders, sales, operating profits, and cash flows of defense contractors, including L-3, depending on the platforms and programs affected by such budget reductions.
 
With regard to U.S. homeland defense and security, increased emphasis in these important endeavors may increase the demand for our capabilities in areas such as security systems, information assurance and cyber security, crisis management, preparedness and prevention services, and non-DoD security operations.
 
On balance, L-3 is one of the key U.S. providers of product, capability and support and services in both defense and homeland security. Anticipated business in these key critical areas favors a vital and rewarding future for our company.
 
Key Performance Measures
 
The primary financial performance measures that L-3 uses to manage its businesses and monitor results of operations are sales growth and operating income growth. Management believes that these financial performance measures are the primary growth drivers for L-3’s earnings per share and net cash from operating activities. L-3’s business strategy is focused on increasing sales from organic growth and select business acquisitions that add new products, services, technologies, programs or customers in areas that complement L-3’s existing businesses. We define organic sales growth as the increase or decrease in sales for the current period compared to the prior period, excluding sales in the (1) current period from business and product line acquisitions that have been included in L-3’s actual results of operations for less than twelve months, and (2) prior period from business and product line divestitures that are included in L-3’s actual results of operations for the twelve-month period prior to the divestiture date. The two main determinants of our operating income growth are sales growth and improvements in operating margin. We define operating margin as operating income as a percentage of sales.
 
Sales Growth. Our average annual sales growth for the five years ended December 31, 2008, was 25%, with average annual organic sales growth of approximately 10% and average annual sales growth from business acquisitions of approximately 15%. Sales growth for the year ended December 31, 2008 was 7%, comprised of organic sales growth of 5%, and sales growth from business acquisitions, net of divestitures, of 2%.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, our largest contract (revenue arrangement) in terms of annual sales was the USAF CFT contract, which generated 3% of our sales. CFT is a multi-sourced contract, which provides worldwide quick reaction maintenance of deployed aircraft and ground vehicles for the U.S. military. The USAF recently selected L-3 as one of the winning contractors for the next CFT indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contract that began on October 1, 2008. There will be more contractors competing for task orders on the new CFT contract compared to the existing contract, and therefore, we may not be able to maintain our annual sales on the new contract.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007, our largest contract (revenue arrangement) in terms of annual sales was the World Wide Linguist Support Services contract (Linguist Contract), which generated 5% of 2007 consolidated sales. On February 15, 2008, the U.S. Army Intelligence and Security Command


34


Table of Contents

(INSCOM) announced that it did not select our proposal for the Translation and Interpretation Management Services (TIMS) contract. The TIMS contract is the successor contract to the portion of the Linguist Contract that provides translators and linguists in support of the U.S. military operations in Iraq. On June 9, 2008, we transitioned from our prime contract to a subcontract with Global Linguist Solutions (GLS) to supply translation and interpretation services in Iraq under the TIMS contract.
 
We, as most U.S. defense contractors, have benefited from the upward trend in DoD budget authorization and spending outlays over recent years, including supplemental appropriations for military operations in Iraq, Afghanistan and the Global War on Terror (GWOT). We believe that our businesses should be able to generate organic sales growth for the foreseeable future because we anticipate the defense budget will continue its focus on areas that match certain of the core competencies of L-3: communications and persistent ISR, sensors, precision engagement, Special Operations Forces, wartime support services and simulation & training. The increased DoD spending during recent years has included supplemental appropriations for military operations in Iraq and Afghanistan. These appropriations have enabled the DoD to proceed with its recapitalization and reconstitution programs that are directly related to the U.S. military operations in Iraq and Afghanistan, which allowed for the focus of base budget resources on transformational modernization programs.
 
The current and future DoD budgets and level of future Congressional supplemental appropriations for U.S. military operations in Iraq and Afghanistan could remain unchanged or decline because of several factors, including but not limited to, changes in U.S. procurement policies, budget considerations, current and future economic conditions, new administration priorities, changing national security and defense requirements, and geo-political developments, which are beyond our control. Any of these factors could result in a significant decline in or redirection of current and future DoD budgets and impact L-3’s future results of operations, including our organic sales growth rate. Additionally, L-3’s future results of operations and sales growth are affected by our ability to retain our existing business and to successfully compete for new business, which largely depend on: (1) our successful performance on existing contracts, (2) the effectiveness and innovation of our technologies and research and development activities, (3) our ability to offer better program performance than our competitors at a lower cost, and (4) our ability to retain our employees and hire new ones, particularly those employees who have U.S. Government security clearances.
 
Operating Income Growth. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our consolidated operating income was $1,685 million and our consolidated operating margin was 11.3%. Our operating income and operating margins for the year ended December 31, 2008, were impacted by certain items which occurred during the 2008 second quarter, as further discussed below. Excluding these same items, our consolidated operating income was $1,575 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of 9% from $1,448 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, and our consolidated operating margin was 10.6% for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of 20 basis points from 10.4% for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Excluding an increase in our 2009 pension expense because of a 28% decline in pension plan asset returns as a result of declines in equity and fixed income financial markets during 2008, we expect to continue to generate modest annual increases in operating margin as we expect to increase sales, grow sales at a faster rate than indirect costs and improve our overall contract performance. However, we may not be able to expand our operating margin on an annual basis. Additionally, in the future, select business acquisitions and select new business could reduce our operating margins, if the margins are lower than L-3’s existing operating margin. In addition, any further decline in pension plan asset returns during 2009 could reduce our operating margins in 2010. Our business objectives include growing earnings per share and cash flow. Improving operating margins is one method for achieving this growth, but it is not the only one.
 
Other 2008 Events
 
Our 2008 results were affected by three matters, which increased consolidated operating income by $110 million, income before income taxes by $117 million, net income by $71 million and diluted earnings per share (EPS) by $0.58, which are collectively referred to as the Q2 2008 Items:
 
  •   A gain of $133 million ($81 million after income taxes, or $0.66 per share) for the reversal of a $126 million current liability for pending and threatening litigation as a result of a June 27, 2008


35


Table of Contents

  decision by the U.S. Court of Appeals that vacated an adverse 2006 jury verdict and $7 million of related accrued interest, which is recorded in interest expense and other items (the “Litigation Gain”);
 
  •   A gain of $12 million ($7 million after income taxes, or $0.06 per share) from the sale of a product line (the “Product Line Divestiture Gain”); and
 
  •   A non-cash impairment charge of $28 million ($17 million after income taxes, or $0.14 per share) relating to a write-down of capitalized software development costs for a general aviation product (the “Impairment Charge”).
 
Also, on October 8, 2008, we divested our 85% ownership interest in METI and recorded a gain in the year ended December 31, 2008 of $33 million ($20 million after income taxes, or $0.16 per diluted share). The gain is excluded from income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Liquidity
 
Our primary source of liquidity is cash flow generated from operations. We generated $1,387 million of cash from operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2008. We also had cash and cash equivalents of $867 million at December 31, 2008. Notwithstanding the recent declines in equity and fixed income financial markets and diminished liquidity and credit availability, we currently believe that our liquidity is adequate to meet our anticipated requirements. Our first scheduled maturity of outstanding debt is our $650 million term loan facility, which matures on March 9, 2010. Our intention is to refinance all or a portion of the $650 million term loan facility borrowings, if we are able to do so on terms that are acceptable to us. If such terms are not available to us, we intend to repay the term loan facility with cash on hand. Our revolving credit facility also matures on March 9, 2010. We intend to enter into a new revolving credit facility at or before that time. See “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” on page 51.
 
Business Acquisitions and Business and Product Line Dispositions
 
As discussed above, a portion of our growth strategy is to selectively acquire businesses that add new products, services, technologies, programs or customers to our existing businesses. We intend to continue acquiring select businesses for reasonable valuations that will provide attractive returns to L-3. Our business acquisitions, depending on their business-type, contract-type, sales mix or other factors, could reduce L-3’s consolidated operating margin while still increasing L-3’s operating income, earnings per share, and net cash from operating activities.


36


Table of Contents

Business Acquisitions and Divestitures
 
Acquisitions. The table below summarizes the acquisitions that we have completed during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, referred to herein as business acquisitions. See Note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information regarding our business acquisitions. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we used $283 million in the aggregate for business acquisitions, including earnout payments and remaining contractual purchase prices.
 
                 
          Purchase
 
Business Acquisitions   Date Acquired     Price(1)  
          (in millions)  
 
2006
               
SAM Electronics GmbH
    January 31, 2006     $   189  
SafeView, Inc. (SafeView) and CyTerra Corporation
    March 2006       190 (2)
METI
    April 4, 2006       11 (3)
SSG Precision Optronics, Inc. 
    June 1, 2006       68  
Nautronix Defence Group (Nautronix)
    June 1, 2006       71 (4)
Crestview Aerospace Corporation
    June 29, 2006       153  
TRL Electronics plc
    July 12, 2006       171  
Nova Engineering (Nova)
    October 25, 2006       47 (5)
Advanced Systems Architecture Ltd., TCS Design and Management Services, Incorporated, Magnet-Motor GmbH, gForce Technologies, Inc. and TACNET
    Various       72 (6)
                 
Total 2006
          $   972  
                 
2007
               
Geneva Aerospace, Inc. (Geneva)
    January 31, 2007     $     16 (7)
Global Communication Solutions, Inc. 
    May 4, 2007       152  
APSS S.r.l. 
    August 31, 2007       12  
MKI Systems, Inc. 
    December 3, 2007       45  
                 
Total 2007
          $   225  
                 
2008
               
HSA Systems Pty. Ltd. 
    March 14, 2008     $     16  
METI
    April 4, 2008       3 (3)
Electro-Optical Systems
    April 21, 2008       178  
G.A. International Electronics and subsidiaries (GAI)
    July 25, 2008       4 (8)
International Resources Group Ltd. 
    December 3, 2008       58 (9)
                 
Total 2008
          $   259  
                 
 
 
(1) The purchase price represents the contractual consideration for the acquired business, excluding adjustments for net cash acquired and acquisition transaction costs.
 
(2) Excludes additional purchase price for SafeView, not to exceed $35 million, in the aggregate, which is contingent upon its financial performance through December 31, 2008. The remaining contractual purchase price is currently subject to an arbitration proceeding, see Note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
(3) We increased our ownership interest in METI from approximately 47% to 80% in 2006 and from 80% to 85% in 2008. METI was sold on October 8, 2008, as described below.
 
(4) Excludes additional purchase price, not to exceed $2 million, in the aggregate, which is contingent upon certain contract awards to Nautronix through 2010.
 
(5) Excludes additional purchase price, not to exceed $5 million, in the aggregate, which is contingent upon the financial performance of Nova for the years ending December 31, 2009 and 2010.
 
(6) Excludes additional purchase price, not to exceed $1 million, in the aggregate, which is contingent upon the financial performance of TACNET for the years ending December 31, 2009 and 2010.


37


Table of Contents

 
(7) Excludes additional purchase price, not to exceed $13 million, in the aggregate, which is contingent upon the financial performance of Geneva for the year ending December 31, 2009.
 
(8) Excludes additional purchase price, not to exceed $1 million, in the aggregate, which is contingent upon the financial performance of GAI through July 2011.
 
(9) The final purchase price is subject to adjustment based on final closing date net assets.
 
All of our business acquisitions are included in our consolidated results of operations from their dates of acquisition. We regularly evaluate potential business acquisitions. Additionally, on January 30, 2009, we acquired Chesapeake Sciences Corporation (CSC). CSC is a developer and manufacturer of anti-submarine warfare systems for use onboard submarines and surface ship combatants.
 
Divestitures. On October 8, 2008, we divested our 85% ownership interest in METI, which is within the Specialized Products segment. The sale resulted in a gain in the year ended December 31, 2008 of $33 million ($20 million after income taxes). The gain is excluded from income from continuing operations in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. The revenues, operating results and net assets of METI for all periods presented were not material and therefore not presented as discontinued operations. The sales price and related gain with respect to this business divestiture are subject to adjustment based on actual closing date net working capital, which is expected to be resolved during the first quarter of 2009. On May 9, 2008, we sold the Electron Technologies Passive Microwave Devices (PMD) product line within the Specialized Products segment and recognized an after-tax gain of approximately $7 million (pre-tax gain of $12 million).
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net sales and cost of sales during the reporting period. The most significant of these estimates and assumptions relate to contract revenue, profit and loss recognition, fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, market values for inventories reported at lower of cost or market, pension and post-retirement benefit obligations, stock-based employee compensation expense, valuation of deferred taxes, litigation reserves and environmental obligations, accrued product warranty costs and the recoverability, useful lives and valuation of recorded amounts of long-lived assets, identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. Actual amounts will differ from these estimates and could differ materially. We believe that our critical accounting estimates have the following attributes: (1) we are required to make assumptions about matters that are uncertain and inherently judgmental at the time of the estimate; (2) use of reasonably different assumptions could have changed our estimates, particularly with respect to estimates of contract revenues and costs, and recoverability of assets, and (3) changes in the estimate could have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. We believe the following critical accounting policies contain the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.
 
Contract Revenue Recognition and Contract Estimates. A large portion of our revenue is generated using written contracts (revenue arrangements) that require us to design, develop, manufacture, modify, upgrade, test and integrate complex aerospace and electronic equipment, and to provide related engineering and technical services according to the buyer’s specifications. These revenue arrangements or contracts are generally fixed price, cost-reimbursable, or time-and-material. These contracts are covered by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts (SOP 81-1) and Accounting Research Bulletin No. 45, Long-Term Construction-Type Contracts (ARB 45). Cost-reimbursable type contracts are also specifically covered by Accounting Research Bulletin No. 43, Chapter 11, Section A, Government Contracts, Cost-Plus-Fixed Fee Contracts (ARB 43). Substantially all of our cost-reimbursable type and time and material type contracts are with the U.S. Government, primarily the DoD. Certain of our contracts with the


38


Table of Contents

U.S. Government are multi-year contracts that are funded annually by the customer, and sales on these multi-year contracts are based on amounts appropriated (funded) by the U.S. Government.
 
Sales and profits on fixed-price type contracts that are covered by SOP 81-1, ARB 43 and ARB 45 are substantially recognized using percentage-of-completion (POC) methods of accounting. Sales and profits on fixed-price production contracts under which units are produced and delivered in a continuous or sequential process are recorded as units are delivered based on their contractual selling prices (the “units-of-delivery” method). Sales and profits on each fixed-price production contract under which units are not produced and delivered in a continuous or sequential process, or under which a relatively few number of units are produced, are recorded based on the ratio of actual cumulative costs incurred to total estimated costs at completion of the contract multiplied by the total estimated contract revenue, less cumulative sales recognized in prior periods (the “cost-to-cost” method). Under the POC methods of accounting, a single estimated total profit margin is used to recognize profit for each contract over its entire period of performance, which can exceed one year.
 
Accounting for the sales on these fixed-price contracts, require the preparation of estimates of (1) the total contract revenue, (2) the total costs at completion, which is equal to the sum of the actual incurred costs to date on the contract and the estimated costs to complete the contract’s statement of work, and (3) the measurement of progress towards completion. The estimated profit or loss at completion on a contract is equal to the difference between the total estimated contract revenue and the total estimated cost at completion. Under the units-of-delivery method, sales on a fixed-price type contract are recorded as the units are delivered during the period based on their contractual selling prices. Under the cost-to-cost method, sales on a fixed-price type contract are recorded at amounts equal to the ratio of actual cumulative costs incurred divided by total estimated costs at completion, multiplied by (i) the total estimated contract revenue, less (ii) the cumulative sales recognized in prior periods. The profit recorded on a contract in any period using either the units-of-delivery method or cost-to-cost method is equal to (i) the current estimated total profit margin multiplied by the cumulative sales recognized, less (ii) the amount of cumulative profit previously recorded for the contract. In the case of a contract for which the total estimated costs exceed the total estimated revenues, a loss arises, and a provision for the entire loss is recorded in the period that the loss becomes evident. The unrecoverable costs on a loss contract that are expected to be incurred in future periods are recorded as a component of other current liabilities entitled “Estimated cost in excess of estimated contract value to complete contracts in process in a loss position.”
 
Adjustments to estimates for a contract’s revenue, estimated costs at completion and estimated profit or loss are often required as work progresses under a contract, as experience is gained and as more information is obtained, even though the scope of work required under the contract may not change, or if contract modifications occur. The impact of revisions in profit (loss) estimates for all types of contracts subject to percentage-of-completion accounting are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions are made. Amounts representing contract change orders or claims are included in sales only when they can be reliably estimated and their realization is reasonably assured. The revisions in contract estimates, if significant, can materially affect our results of operations and cash flows, as well as reduce the valuations of receivables and inventories, and in some cases result in liabilities to complete contracts in a loss position.
 
Sales and profits on cost-reimbursable type contracts that are within the scope of ARB 43, in addition to SOP 81-1, are recognized as allowable costs are incurred on the contract, at an amount equal to the allowable costs plus the estimated profit on those costs. The estimated profit on a cost-reimbursable contract is fixed or variable based on the contractual fee arrangement. Incentive and award fees are our primary variable fee contractual arrangement. Incentive and award fees on cost-reimbursable type contracts are included as an element of total estimated contract revenues and recorded to sales in accordance with SOP 81-1 when a basis exists for the reasonable prediction of performance in relation to established contractual targets and we are able to make reasonably dependable estimates for them. Sales and profits on time-and-material type contracts are recognized on the basis of direct labor hours expended multiplied by the contractual fixed rate per hour, plus the actual costs of material and other direct non-labor costs. On a time-and-material type contract, the fixed hourly rates include amounts for the cost of direct labor, indirect contract costs and profit. Cost-reimbursable type or time-and-material type contracts generally contain less estimation risks than fixed-price type contracts.


39


Table of Contents

Sales on arrangements for (1) fixed-price type contracts that require us to perform services that are not related to production of tangible assets (Fixed-Price Service Contracts), and (2) certain commercial customers are recognized in accordance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition (SAB 104). Sales for our businesses whose customers are primarily commercial business enterprises are substantially generated from single element revenue arrangements. Sales are recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred or services have been performed, the selling price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Sales for Fixed-Price Service Contracts that do not contain measurable units of work performed are generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the contractual service period, unless evidence suggests that the revenue is earned, or obligations fulfilled, in a different manner. Sales for Fixed-Price Service Contracts that contain measurable units of work performed are generally recognized when the units of work are completed. Sales and profit on cost-reimbursable and time and material type contracts within the scope of SAB 104 are recognized in the same manner as those within the scope of ARB 43 and SOP 81-1, except for incentive and award fees. Cost-based incentive fees are recognized when they are realizable in the amount that would be due under the contractual termination provisions as if the contract was terminated. Performance based incentive fees and award fees are recorded as sales when awarded by the customer.
 
Sales and profit in connection with contracts to provide services to the U.S. Government within the scope of SAB 104 that may be at risk of collection because the contracts are incrementally funded and subject to the availability of funds appropriated are deferred until the contract modification is obtained, indicating that adequate funds are available to the contract or task order.
 
Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets. In accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations (SFAS 141), we allocate the cost of business acquisitions to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition (commonly referred to as the purchase price allocation). As part of the purchase price allocations for our business acquisitions, identifiable intangible assets are recognized as assets apart from goodwill if they arise from contractual or other legal rights, or if they are capable of being separated or divided from the acquired business and sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged. However, in accordance with SFAS 141, we do not recognize any intangible assets apart from goodwill for the assembled workforces of our business acquisitions.
 
Generally, the largest separately identifiable intangible asset from the businesses that we acquire is the value of their assembled workforces, which includes the human capital of the management, administrative, marketing and business development, scientific, engineering and technical employees of the acquired businesses. The success of our businesses, including their ability to retain existing business (revenue arrangements) and to successfully compete for and win new business (revenue arrangements), is primarily dependent on the management, marketing and business development, contracting, engineering and technical skills and knowledge of our employees, rather than on productive capital (plant and equipment, and technology and intellectual property). Additionally, for a significant portion of our businesses, our ability to attract and retain employees who have U.S. Government security clearances, particularly those with top-secret and above clearances, is critical to our success, and is often a prerequisite for retaining existing revenue arrangements and pursuing new ones. Generally, patents, trademarks and licenses are not material for our acquired businesses. Furthermore, our U.S. Government contracts (revenue arrangements) generally permit other companies to use our patents in most domestic work performed by such other companies for the U.S. Government. Therefore, because intangible assets for assembled workforces are part of goodwill in accordance with paragraph 39 of SFAS 141, the substantial majority of the intangible assets for our acquired business acquisitions are recognized as goodwill. Additionally, the value assigned to goodwill for our business acquisitions also includes the value that we expect to realize from cost reduction measures that we implement for our acquired businesses. Goodwill equals the amount of the purchase price of the business acquired in excess of the sum of the amounts assigned to identifiable acquired assets, both tangible and intangible, less liabilities assumed. At December 31, 2008, we had goodwill of $8,029 million and identifiable intangible assets of $417 million.
 
The most significant identifiable intangible asset that is separately recognized in accordance with SFAS 141 for our business acquisitions is customer contractual relationships. All of our customer


40


Table of Contents

relationships are established through written customer contracts (revenue arrangements). The fair value for customer contractual relationships is determined, as of the date of acquisition, based on estimates and judgments regarding expectations for the estimated future after-tax earnings and cash flows (including cash flows from working capital) arising from the follow-on sales on contract (revenue arrangement) renewals expected from customer contractual relationships over their estimated lives, including the probability of expected future contract renewals and sales, less a contributory assets charge, all of which is discounted to present value. If actual future after-tax cash flows are significantly lower than our estimates, we may be required to record an impairment charge to write down the identifiable intangible assets to their realizable values. All identifiable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives as the economic benefits are consumed, ranging from 4 to 30 years.
 
We review goodwill and intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable, and also review goodwill annually in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS 142). Pursuant to our adoption of SFAS 142 on January 1, 2002, we selected a goodwill impairment measurement date of January 1 of each year; and we have determined that goodwill was not impaired as of January 1, 2008. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we changed our impairment measurement date to November 30 of each year. See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the change in the goodwill impairment date.
 
SFAS 142 requires that goodwill be tested, at a minimum, annually for each reporting unit using a two-step process. A reporting unit is an operating segment, as defined in paragraph 10 of SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, or a component of an operating segment. A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and is reviewed by operating segment management. Two or more components of an operating segment may be aggregated and deemed a single reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing purposes if the components have similar economic characteristics. The first step is to identify any potential impairment by comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit to its fair value. If a potential impairment is identified, the second step is to measure the impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying value of goodwill of the reporting unit. Our methodology for determining the fair value of a reporting unit is estimated using a discounted cash flow (DCF) valuation approach, and is dependent on estimates for future sales, operating income, depreciation and amortization, income tax payments, working capital changes, and capital expenditures, as well as, expected growth rates for cash flows and long-term interest rates, all of which are affected by economic conditions related to the industries in which we operate, as well as, conditions in the U.S. capital markets.
 
The more significant assumptions used in a DCF valuation regarding the estimated fair values of our reporting units in connection with goodwill valuation assessments are: (1) detailed five year cash flow projections for each of our reporting units, (2) a risk adjusted discount rate including the estimated risk-free rate of return, and (3) the expected long-term growth rate of our businesses, which approximates the expected long-term growth rate for the U.S. economy and the industries in which we operate. The risk adjusted discount rate represents the estimated weighted-average cost of capital (WACC) for the reporting units. It is comprised of (1) an estimated required rate of return on equity, based on publicly traded companies with business characteristics comparable to L-3’s reporting units, including a risk free rate of return and an equity risk premium, and (2) the current after-tax market rate of return on L-3’s debt, each weighted by the relative market value percentages of L-3’s equity and debt. The valuation of our reporting units performed as of November 30, 2008 in connection with our annual impairment test used a weighted average risk adjusted discount rate of approximately 9%. The table below presents the impact on the fair value of reporting units for select changes in the risk adjusted discount rate, expected long-term growth rate and cash flow projections.
 
                         
        Aggregate
 
    Increase
  Decrease in Fair Value
 
Assumption
  (decrease)   of reporting units  
        (In millions)        
 
Risk adjusted discount rate
     25  bpts     $ 717       4 %
Expected long-term growth rate
    (25) bpts     $ 480       3 %
Cash flow projections
     (1)%     $ 86       %


41


Table of Contents

A decline in the estimated fair value of a reporting unit could result in a goodwill impairment, and a related non-cash impairment charge against earnings, if estimated fair value for the reporting unit is less than the carrying value of the net assets of the reporting unit, including its goodwill. A large decline in estimated fair value of a reporting unit could result in an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Pension Plan and Postretirement Benefit Plan Obligations. The obligations for our pension plans and postretirement benefit plans and the related annual costs of employee benefits are calculated based on several long-term assumptions, including discount rates for employee benefit liabilities, rates of return on plan assets, expected annual rates for salary increases for employee participants in the case of pension plans, and expected annual increases in the costs of medical and other health care benefits in the case of postretirement benefit obligations. These long-term assumptions are subject to revision based on changes in interest rates, financial market conditions, expected versus actual returns on plan assets, participant mortality rates and other actuarial assumptions, including future rates of salary increases, benefit formulas and levels, and rates of increase in the costs of benefits. Changes in the assumptions, if significant, can materially affect the amount of annual net periodic benefit costs recognized in our results of operations from one year to the next, the liabilities for the pension plans and postretirement benefit plans, and our annual cash requirements to fund these plans. Changes to our expected long-term assumptions for 2009 are not expected to significantly impact our 2009 pension expense compared to 2008. However, due to negative pension plan asset returns during 2008, our pension expense for 2009 is expected to increase by $76 million to $163 million from $87 million in 2008. See “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Pension Plans” on page 53 for a further discussion of our estimated 2009 pension expense.
 
Discount rates are used to determine the present value of our pension obligations and also affect the amount of pension expense in any given period. The discount rate assumptions used to determine our pension and postretirement benefit obligations at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were based on a hypothetical double A yield curve represented by a series of annualized individual discount rates. Each bond issue underlying the yield curve is required to have a rating of AA or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and/or Standard & Poor’s. The resulting discount rate reflects the matching of plan liability cash flows to the yield curve. For a sensitivity analysis projecting the impact of a change in the discount rate on our projected benefit obligation and pension expense, see “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Pension Plans” on page 53.
 
Valuation of Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities. At December 31, 2008, we had net deferred tax assets of $101 million, including $15 million for loss carryforwards and $10 million for tax credit carryforwards which are subject to various limitations and will expire if unused within their respective carryforward periods. Deferred income taxes are determined separately for each of our tax-paying entities in each tax jurisdiction. The future realization of our deferred income tax assets ultimately depends on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character (for example, ordinary income or capital gains) within the carryback and carryforward periods available under the tax law and, to a lesser extent, our ability to execute successful tax planning strategies. Based on our estimates of the amounts and timing of future taxable income and tax planning strategies, we believe that L-3 will be able to realize its net deferred tax assets. A change in the ability of our operations to continue to generate future taxable income, or our ability to implement desired tax planning strategies, could affect our ability to realize the future tax deductions underlying our net deferred tax assets, and require us to provide a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets. The recognition of a valuation allowance would result in a reduction to net income and, if significant, could have a material impact on our effective tax rate, results of operations and financial position in any given period.
 
Liabilities for Pending and Threatened Litigation. We are subject to litigation, government investigations, proceedings, claims or assessments and various contingent liabilities incidental to our business or assumed in connection with certain business acquisitions. In accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies, we accrue a charge for a loss contingency when we believe it is both probable that a liability has been incurred, and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. If the loss is within a range of


42


Table of Contents

specified amounts, the most likely amount is accrued, and if no amount within the range represents a better estimate we accrue the minimum amount in the range. Generally, we record the loss contingency at the amount we expect to pay to resolve the contingency and the amount is generally not discounted to the present value. Amounts recoverable under insurance contracts are recorded as assets when recovery is deemed probable. Contingencies that might result in a gain are not recognized until realizable. Changes to the amount of the estimated loss, or resolution of one or more contingencies could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
 
Valuation of Long-Lived Assets. In addition to goodwill and identifiable intangible assets recognized in connection with our business acquisitions, our long-lived assets also include property, plant and equipment, capitalized software development costs for software to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed, and certain long-term investments. As of December 31, 2008, the consolidated carrying values of our property, plant and equipment were $821 million, capitalized software development costs were $47 million and certain long-term investments were $30 million. As of December 31, 2008, the carrying value of our property, plant and equipment represented 6% of total assets and the carrying value of our capitalized software development costs and certain long-term investments each represented less than 1% of total assets. We review the valuation of our long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value or net realizable value expected to result from the asset’s use and eventual disposition. We use a variety of factors to assess valuation, depending upon the asset. Long-lived assets are evaluated based upon the expected period the asset will be utilized, and other factors depending on the asset, including estimated future sales, profits and related cash flows, estimated product acceptance and product life cycles, changes in technology and customer demand, and the performance of invested companies and joint ventures, as well as volatility in external markets for investments. Changes in estimates and judgments on any of these factors could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.
 
Results of Operations
 
The following information should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements. Our results of operations for certain periods presented are affected significantly by our business acquisitions. See Note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements for a discussion of our business acquisitions.


43


Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations
 
The table below provides selected financial data for L-3 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Increase/
    Year Ended December 31,     Increase/
 
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)   2008(1)     2007     (decrease)     2007     2006     (decrease)  
 
Net sales
  $ 14,901     $ 13,961     $ 940     $ 13,961     $ 12,477     $ 1,484  
Operating income
  $ 1,685     $ 1,448     $ 237     $ 1,448     $ 1,111     $ 337  
Litigation Gain(2)
    (126 )           (126 )                  
Q2 2006 Charges(3)
                            168       (168 )
                                                 
Segment operating income
  $ 1,559     $ 1,448     $ 111     $ 1,448     $ 1,279     $ 169  
                                                 
Operating margin
    11.3 %     10.4 %     90 bpts     10.4 %     8.9 %     150 bpts
Litigation Gain(2)
    (0.8 )%           (80 ) bpts                 bpts
Q2 2006 Charges(3)
                bpts           1.4 %     (140 )bpts
                                                 
Segment operating margin
    10.5 %     10.4 %     10 bpts     10.4 %     10.3 %     10 bpts
Interest expense and other items
  $ 254 (2)   $ 274     $ (20 )   $ 274     $ 286     $ (12 )
Effective income tax rate
    35.1 %     35.6 %     (50 ) bpts     35.6 %     36.2 %     (60 )bpts
Income from continuing operations
  $ 929     $ 756     $ 173     $ 756     $ 526     $ 230  
Net Income
  $ 949     $ 756     $ 193     $ 756     $ 526     $ 230  
Diluted EPS:
                                               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 7.56     $ 5.98     $ 1.58     $ 5.98     $ 4.22     $ 1.76  
Net Income
  $ 7.72     $ 5.98     $ 1.74     $ 5.98     $ 4.22     $ 1.76  
Diluted shares
    122.9       126.5       (3.6 )     126.5       124.8       1.7  
 
 
(1) The year ended December 31, 2008 includes: (1) a gain of $12 million ($7 million after income taxes, or $0.06 per share) from the sale of a product line (the “Product Line Divestiture Gain”), and (2) a non-cash impairment charge of $28 million ($17 million after income taxes, or $0.14 per share) related to a write-down of capitalized software development costs for a general aviation product (the “Impairment Charge”). Together with the Litigation Gain described in Note (2), these items are referred to as the Q2 2008 Items.
 
(2) The “Litigation Gain” represents a June 27, 2008 decision by the U.S Court of Appeals to vacate an adverse 2006 jury verdict, see Note (3) below. In the second quarter of 2008, we recorded a gain of $133 million ($81 million after income taxes, or $0.66 per diluted share), comprised of a $126 million reversal of a current liability for pending and threatened litigation and $7 million for related accrued interest.
 
(3) Includes (1) a pre-tax charge of $129 million ($78 million after income taxes or $0.63 per diluted share) related to an adverse jury verdict on May 24, 2006 (see OSI Systems, Inc. in Note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements), and (2) a pre-tax charge of $39 million ($25 million after income taxes or $0.20 per diluted share) in connection with our voluntary review of our past stock option granting practices (see Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements). These two 2006 charges are collectively referred to herein as the Q2 2006 Charges.
 
2008 Compared with 2007
 
Net sales: For the year ended December 31, 2008, consolidated net sales increased by 7% compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. Consolidated organic sales growth of 5%, or $675 million, was driven primarily by growth in all business segments except for Government Services, which decreased because of lower linguist services. The increase in consolidated net sales from acquired businesses was $265 million, or 2%. Sales from services increased by $382 million to $7,771 million, representing approximately 52% of consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $7,389 million, or 53% of consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in service sales was primarily due to organic sales growth in Government Services, excluding lower linguist services, and ISR systems, networked communications systems, base and aircraft support services and several areas in the Specialized Products reportable segment. Sales from products increased by $558 million to $7,130 million for the year


44


Table of Contents

ended December 31, 2008, compared to $6,572 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in product sales was primarily due to organic sales growth in aircraft modernization, networked communications systems, and several product areas in the Specialized Products reportable segment. See the reportable segment discussions below for more analysis of our sales growth.
 
Operating income and operating margin: For the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, consolidated operating income increased by $237 million, and consolidated operating margin increased to 11.3% from 10.4%. The Q2 2008 Items increased consolidated operating income by $110 million and operating margin by 70 basis points. Excluding the Q2 2008 Items, consolidated operating margin increased by 20 basis points to 10.6% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 10.4% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The changes in operating margin are further explained in our reportable segment results discussed below.
 
Interest expense and other items: Interest expense and other items for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased by $20 million, or 7%, compared to December 31, 2007 due to the reversal of $7 million of accrued interest during the 2008 second quarter in connection with the Litigation Gain. Lower interest rates on our outstanding variable rate debt also reduced interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Effective income tax rate:  The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased by 50 basis points compared to the same period last year. Excluding the Q2 2008 Items, the effective tax rate decreased by 90 basis points. The tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2008 included a reversal of previously accrued amounts of $18 million, or $0.15 per share, primarily related to the completion of examinations of the 2004 and 2005 U.S. Federal income tax returns, and certain state and foreign tax accruals. The reversal of previously accrued amounts during the year ended December 31, 2007 was $12 million, or $0.10 per share.
 
Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations and income from continuing operations: For the year ended December 31, 2008, diluted EPS from continuing operations increased to $7.56 per share compared to $5.98 per share for the year ended December 31, 2007. Income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased to $929 million compared to $756 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Excluding the Q2 2008 Items, income from continuing operations increased by $102 million, or 13%, to $858 million and EPS from continuing operations increased $1.00, or 17%, to $6.98.
 
Diluted earnings per share and net income: For the year ended December 31, 2008, diluted EPS increased to $7.72 per share and net income increased to $949 million, which includes a gain on the sale of METI of $33 million ($20 million after income taxes, or $0.16 per diluted share).
 
Diluted shares outstanding: Diluted shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased by 3.6 million shares, compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease was primarily due to repurchases of our common stock in connection with our share repurchase programs authorized by our Board of Directors, partially offset by additional shares issued in connection with various stock based compensation programs and contributions to employee savings plans made in common stock.
 
2007 Compared with 2006
 
Net sales: For the year ended December 31, 2007, consolidated net sales increased by 12% compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. Consolidated organic sales growth of 10%, or $1,193 million, was driven primarily by continued strong demand for ISR systems, government services, networked communications systems, aircraft and base support services, aircraft modernization and several specialized product areas, including power & control systems, electro-optic/infrared (EO/IR), undersea warfare, simulation & training and propulsion systems. The increase in consolidated net sales from acquired businesses was $291 million, or 2%. Sales from services increased by $845 million to $7,389 million, representing approximately 53% of consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $6,544 million, or 52% of consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase in service sales was primarily due to organic sales growth in government services, ISR systems, aircraft and base support services and aircraft


45


Table of Contents

modernization. Sales from products increased by $639 million to $6,572 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $5,933 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase in product sales was primarily due to organic sales growth in several product areas in the Specialized Products reportable segment. See the reportable segment discussions below for more analysis of our sales growth.
 
Operating income and operating margin: For the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, consolidated operating income increased by $337 million, and consolidated operating margin increased to 10.4% from 8.9%. Excluding the Q2 2006 Charges, consolidated operating income increased by $169 million, or 13%, for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $1,279 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, and consolidated operating margin increased by 10 basis points from 10.3% for the year ended December 31, 2006. The changes in operating margin are further explained in our reportable segment results discussed below.
 
Interest expense and other items: Interest expense and other items for the year ended December 31, 2007 decreased by $12 million, or 4%, compared to December 31, 2006, primarily due to interest income on higher cash balances.
 
Effective income tax rate: The effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2007 of 35.6% included a benefit of $12 million, or $0.10 per share for the reversal of previously accrued amounts, primarily interest, related to the 2002 and 2003 U.S. Federal income tax returns, and without these benefits, the tax rate was 36.6%. Before giving effect to the Q2 2006 Charges, the tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2006 was 36.6%.
 
Diluted earnings per share and net income: For the year ended December 31, 2007, diluted EPS increased to $5.98 per share compared to $4.22 per share for the year ended December 31, 2006. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased to $756 million compared to $526 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Excluding the Q2 2006 Charges, diluted EPS for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased by $0.93, or 18%, compared to $5.05 per share for the year ended December 31, 2006. Similarly, net income for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased by $126 million, or 20%, from $630 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Diluted shares outstanding: Diluted shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased by 1.7 million shares, compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily due to additional shares issued in connection with various stock based compensation programs and contributions to employee savings plans made in common stock. These increases were partially offset by repurchases of our common stock in connection with our share repurchase programs.


46


Table of Contents

Reportable Segment Results of Operations
 
The table below presents selected data by reportable segment reconciled to consolidated totals. See Note 21 to our audited consolidated financial statements for our reportable segment data.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (dollars in millions)  
 
Net sales:(1)
                       
C3ISR
  $  2,566.9     $ 2,310.4     $  2,025.3  
Government Services
    4,303.0       4,333.5       3,834.4  
AM&M
    2,657.4       2,527.7       2,327.5  
Specialized Products
    5,373.8       4,788.9       4,289.7  
                         
Consolidated net sales
  $ 14,901.1     $ 13,960.5     $ 12,476.9  
                         
Operating income:
                       
C3ISR
  $     251.2     $     231.6     $     215.8  
Government Services
    421.1       403.5       342.9  
AM&M
    240.9       246.6       232.6  
Specialized Products
    645.8 (2)     566.4       487.8  
                         
Segment operating income
  $   1,559.0 (2)   $   1,448.1     $   1,279.1  
Litigation Gain
    125.6              
Q2 2006 Charges(3)
                (168.2 )
                         
Consolidated operating income
  $   1,684.6     $   1,448.1     $   1,110.9  
                         
Operating margin:
                       
C3ISR
    9.8 %     10.0 %     10.7 %
Government Services
    9.8 %     9.3 %     8.9 %
AM&M
    9.1 %     9.8 %     10.0 %
Specialized Products
    12.0 %(2)     11.8 %     11.4 %
Segment operating margin
    10.5 %(2)     10.4 %     10.3 %
Litigation Gain
    0.8 %     %     %
Q2 2006 Charges(3)
    %     %     (1.4 )%
                         
Consolidated operating margin
    11.3 %     10.4 %     8.9 %
                         
 
 
(1) Net sales are after intercompany eliminations.
 
(2) Segment operating income includes the Product Line Divestiture gain of $12 million and a non-cash Impairment Charge of $28 million, which is recorded in Specialized Products. The Product Line Divestiture gain and non-cash Impairment Charge reduced total segment operating margin by 10 basis points and Specialized Products operating margin by 30 basis points.
 
(3) See Notes 3 and 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements.


47


Table of Contents

C3ISR
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Increase /
    Year Ended December 31,     Increase /
 
    2008     2007     (decrease)     2007     2006     (decrease)  
    ($ in millions)  
 
Net sales
  $ 2,566.9     $ 2,310.4     $ 256.5     $ 2,310.4     $ 2,025.3     $ 285.1  
Operating income
    251.2       231.6       19.6       231.6       215.8       15.8  
Operating margin
    9.8 %     10.0 %     (20 ) bpts     10.0 %     10.7 %     (70 ) bpts
 
2008 Compared with 2007
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, C3ISR net sales increased by 11% compared to the year ended December 31, 2007 driven by higher sales volume of $257 million primarily for continued demand and new contracts from the DoD for airborne ISR and networked communications systems for manned and unmanned platforms.
 
C3ISR operating income for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by 8% compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. Operating margin decreased by 20 basis points. Higher costs for international airborne ISR systems reduced operating margin by 140 basis points. This decrease was partially offset by higher sales volume for airborne ISR systems and networked communications systems for the DoD and lower development costs for new secure communications products.
 
2007 Compared with 2006
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007, C3ISR net sales increased by 14% compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, driven by higher sales volume of $226 million primarily for airborne surveillance and ISR systems, and continued strong demand from the DoD for networked communications systems. These increases were partially offset by $5 million for lower sales volume for Secure Terminal Equipment (STE), a product with declining demand as it continues to approach full deployment in the marketplace. The increase in net sales from acquired businesses was $64 million, or 3%.
 
C3ISR operating income for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased by 7% compared to the year ended December 31, 2006 primarily because of higher sales volume, partially offset by a lower operating margin. Operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2007 decreased by 70 basis points of which 80 basis points were primarily due to higher development costs for new secure communications products and a decrease in higher margin STE sales. Acquired businesses reduced operating margin by 10 basis points. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of 20 basis points primarily due to higher sales volume and improved contract performance for networked communications systems.
 
Government Services
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     (Decrease)
    Year Ended December 31,        
    2008     2007     increase/     2007     2006     Increase  
    ($ in millions)  
 
Net sales
  $ 4,303.0     $ 4,333.5     $ (30.5 )   $ 4,333.5     $ 3,834.4     $ 499.1  
Operating income
    421.1       403.5       17.6       403.5       342.9       60.6  
Operating margin
    9.8 %     9.3 %     50 bpts     9.3 %     8.9 %     40 bpts
 
2008 Compared with 2007
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, Government Services net sales decreased by 1% compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. A decline in sales of $319 million for linguist services was partially offset by an increase in sales of $224 million primarily for IT and software engineering solution services, training and other support services to the DoD. Total linguist-Iraq sales for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $399 million. The increase in net sales from acquired businesses, net of divestitures, was $64 million, or 1%.


48


Table of Contents

Government Services operating income for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by 4% compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. Operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by 50 basis points. Operating margin increased by 10 basis points because of a decline in lower margin linguist sales. Higher sales for business areas other than linguist services and lower indirect costs as a percentage of sales increased operating margin by 80 basis points. These increases were partially offset by (1) 20 basis points due to lower sale prices on certain new contracts and (2) 20 basis points due to a $4 million litigation accrual for costs to settle a claim and $4 million for severance and other costs related to business realignment and consolidation activities.
 
2007 Compared with 2006
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007, Government Services net sales increased by 13% compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, driven primarily by (1) volume increases of $327 million on existing contracts and recent new business awards for several services including linguists and translators, training and operational support for the U.S. military operations in Iraq and Afghanistan as well as broader U.S. national security objectives on a global basis and (2) higher sales of $166 million for information technology solutions to support U.S. Army communications and surveillance activities and support services for the U.S. Special Operations Command because of growth on existing contracts. The Linguist Contract generated sales of $738 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $127 million compared with $611 million for 2006. The increase in net sales from acquired businesses was $6 million.
 
Government Services operating income increased by 18% compared to the year ended December 31, 2006 due to higher sales volume and higher operating margin. Operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased by 40 basis points due to higher sales volume, lower overhead costs as a percentage of sales, and improved contract performance, partially offset by higher sales volume on the Linguist Contract.
 
Aircraft Modernization and Maintenance (AM&M)
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Increase /
    Year Ended December 31,     Increase/
 
    2008     2007     (decrease)     2007     2006     (decrease)  
    ($ in millions)  
 
Net sales
  $ 2,657.4     $ 2,527.7     $ 129.7     $ 2,527.7     $ 2,327.5     $ 200.2  
Operating income
    240.9       246.6       (5.7 )     246.6       232.6       14.0  
Operating margin
    9.1 %     9.8 %     (70 ) bpts     9.8 %     10.0 %     (20 ) bpts
 
2008 Compared with 2007
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, AM&M net sales increased by 5% compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in sales volume was primarily driven by $115 million higher base and aircraft support services and $118 million for the Joint Cargo Aircraft (JCA) program. These increases were partially offset by lower sales volume of $44 million for the Canadian Maritime Helicopter program and lower aircraft modernization sales of $59 million for international customers and head-of-state aircraft for foreign government customers.
 
AM&M operating income for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased by 2% compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. Operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007 decreased by 70 basis points. The year ended December 31, 2008 included $10 million of litigation accruals for costs to settle certain claims, which reduced operating margin by 30 basis points. Operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007 also declined by another 110 basis points due to a change in sales mix, primarily sales volume for JCA and lower international sales. These decreases were partially offset by 70 basis points because of improved contract performance.


49


Table of Contents

2007 Compared with 2006
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007, AM&M net sales increased by 9% compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, driven by increased volume of (1) $104 million for aircraft and base support services related to continued support of U.S. military operations in Iraq and Afghanistan, partially offset by lower sales volume due to a loss of a contract in June 2006 to provide maintenance and support for U.S. Navy fixed-wing training aircraft and (2) $34 million for aircraft modernization, primarily to modify C-130 aircraft for international customers, U.S. Presidential helicopter and head-of-state aircraft for foreign government customers. The increase in net sales from acquired businesses was $62 million, or 3%.
 
AM&M operating income for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased by 6% compared to the year ended December 31, 2006 primarily because of higher sales volume, partially offset by lower operating margin. Operating margin decreased by 20 basis points primarily due to lower incentive fees on a contract related to a reduction in the annual contractual target costs.
 
Specialized Products
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,           Year Ended December 31,        
    2008     2007     Increase     2007     2006     Increase  
    ($ in millions)  
 
Net sales
  $ 5,373.8     $ 4,788.9     $ 584.9     $ 4,788.9     $ 4,289.7     $ 499.2  
Operating income
    645.8       566.4       79.4       566.4       487.8       78.6  
Operating margin
    12.0 %     11.8 %     20 bpts     11.8 %     11.4 %     40 bpts
 
2008 Compared with 2007
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, Specialized Products net sales increased by 12% compared to the year ended December 31, 2007 reflecting higher sales volume of (1) $118 million for power & control systems mostly for commercial shipbuilding, and power generation, distribution, conditioning and conversion products primarily for the U.S. Army and U.S. Navy, (2) $86 million for microwave products due to higher demand and deliveries of mobile satellite communications systems, satellite and space components, and communication services primarily to the DoD, (3) $65 million primarily for combat propulsion systems due to new and existing contracts, aviation products primarily related to spare parts for the U.S. military and data recorders for aviation and maritime markets, and acoustic undersea warfare products and ocean mapping related to new and existing contracts, (4) $56 million for precision engagement primarily related to new contracts and increased shipments on existing contracts for situational awareness systems and fuzing products, (5) $54 million for EO/IR products primarily due to increased demand and deliveries from new and existing contracts, and (6) $41 million for simulation & training primarily related to new contracts and timing of deliveries on existing contracts. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $36 million for displays primarily due to timing of contractual deliveries and contracts completed or nearing completion. The increase in net sales from acquired businesses, net of divestitures, was $201 million, or 4%.
 
Specialized Products operating income for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by 14% compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. The year ended December 31, 2008 included a gain of $12 million for the Product Line Divestiture Gain and a non-cash Impairment Charge of $28 million. Excluding these two items, operating income was $661.1 million and operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to December 31, 2007 increased 50 basis points to 12.3%. Operating margin increased by 70 basis points due to improved contract performance and higher sales across several business areas. These increases were partially offset by 10 basis points due to a $6 million litigation accrual for costs to settle a claim and 10 basis points because of a $7 million gain in the 2007 third quarter from the settlement of a third party claim that did not recur.
 
2007 Compared with 2006
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007, Specialized Products net sales increased by 12% compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, reflecting higher sales volume of (1) $138 million for EO/IR and undersea


50


Table of Contents

warfare products, simulation devices and advanced mine detection systems, primarily related to new contracts, (2) $118 million for power & control systems due to recent new business awards to provide marine control systems and products to foreign allied navies, higher volume for commercial shipbuilding, power conversion and switching products, and service life extensions for landing craft air cushion amphibious vehicles, (3) $60 million primarily due to higher volumes for precision engagement, telemetry & advanced technology, and aviation products on existing contracts, and (4) $24 million for combat vehicle propulsion systems for U.S. military reset and replacement of equipment consumed in the U.S. military operations in Iraq. The increase in net sales from acquired businesses was $159 million, or 4%.
 
Specialized Products operating income for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased by 16% compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, due to higher sales volume and higher operating margin. Operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased by 40 basis points. Improved contract performance and higher sales in several business areas including EO/IR products, display systems and precision engagement, increased operating margin by 70 basis points. A smaller gain on a settlement of a claim of $7 million during 2007, compared to an unrelated gain from a settlement of a claim against a third party of $12 million during 2006, reduced operating margin by 10 basis points. Additionally, lower margins from acquired businesses reduced operating margin by 20 basis points.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Anticipated Sources of Cash Flow
 
Our primary source of liquidity is cash flow generated from operations. We also have funds of $940 million available to use under our revolving credit facility, after reductions of $60 million for outstanding letters of credit, subject to certain conditions, as of December 31, 2008. Our revolving credit facility matures on March 9, 2010. We intend to enter into a new revolving credit facility at or before that time. Notwithstanding the current challenging credit market conditions, we currently believe that our cash from operating activities together with our cash on hand at December 31, 2008 ($867 million) will be adequate to meet our anticipated requirements for working capital, capital expenditures, defined benefit plan contributions, commitments, contingencies, research and development expenditures, contingent purchase price payments on previous business acquisitions, program and other discretionary investments, interest payments, income tax payments, L-3 Holdings’ dividends and share repurchase program for the foreseeable future. Our business may not continue to generate cash flow at current levels, and it is possible that currently anticipated improvements may not be achieved. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may be required to reduce costs and expenses, sell assets, reduce capital expenditures, refinance all or a portion of our existing debt or obtain additional financing and we may not be able to do so on a timely basis, on satisfactory terms, or at all. Our ability to make scheduled principal payments or to pay interest on or to refinance our indebtedness depends on our future performance and financial results, which, to a certain extent, are subject to general conditions in or affecting the defense industry and to general economic, political, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors beyond our control. Our first scheduled maturity of our principal amount of outstanding debt is our $650 million term loan facility, which matures on March 9, 2010. Our intention is to refinance all or a portion of the $650 million term loan facility borrowings, if we are able to do so, on terms that are acceptable to us. If such terms are not available to us, we intend to repay the term loan facility with cash on hand. Our remaining principal amount of outstanding debt matures between June 15, 2012 and August 1, 2035. See “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Contractual Obligations” on page 56.
 
Balance Sheet
 
Billed receivables decreased by $53 million to $1,226 million at December 31, 2008 from $1,279 million at December 31, 2007 primarily due to (1) collections primarily for ISR systems and government services, (2) the divestiture of METI on October 8, 2008, and (3) foreign currency translation adjustments. These decreases were partially offset by $34 million of acquired billed receivable balances from business acquisitions.


51


Table of Contents

Contracts in process increased by $168 million to $2,267 million at December 31, 2008, from $2,099 million at December 31, 2007. The increase included $16 million of acquired contracts-in-process balances for business acquisitions and $162 million from:
 
  •   Increases of $138 million in unbilled contract receivables primarily due to sales exceeding billings for ISR systems, command and control systems and software services, aircraft modernization, training services, and intelligence solutions. These increases were partially offset by lower sales for linguist services; and
 
  •   Increases of $24 million in inventoried contract costs across several business areas to support customer demand.
 
These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $10 million primarily due to foreign currency translation adjustments.
 
L-3’s receivables days sales outstanding (DSO) was 69 at December 31, 2008, compared with 72 at December 31, 2007. We calculate our DSO by dividing (1) our aggregate end of period billed receivables and net unbilled contract receivables, by (2) our trailing 12 month sales adjusted, on a pro forma basis, to include sales from business acquisitions and exclude sales from business divestitures that we completed as of the end of the period, multiplied by the number of calendar days in the trailing 12 month period (366 days at December 31, 2008 and 365 days at December 31, 2007). Our trailing 12 month pro forma sales were $14,976 million at December 31, 2008 and $14,042 million at December 31, 2007.
 
The increase in inventories was primarily for commercial shipbuilding customers due to timing of deliveries and to support demand.
 
The increase in net property, plant and equipment (PP&E) during the year ended December 31, 2008 was principally due to capital expenditures and completed business acquisitions, partially offset by depreciation expense. The percentage of depreciation expense to average gross PP&E was 10.2% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 11.2% for the year ended December 31, 2007. We did not change any of the depreciation methods or assets estimated useful lives that L-3 uses to calculate its depreciation expense.
 
Goodwill decreased by $136 million to $8,029 million at December 31, 2008 from $8,165 million at December 31, 2007. The table below presents the changes in goodwill allocated to our reportable segments.
 
                                         
          Government
          Specialized
    Consolidated
 
    C3ISR     Services     AM&M     Products     Total  
    (in millions)  
 
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $   986     $   2,264     $   1,199     $   3,716     $   8,165  
Business acquisitions
    3       44       3       149       199  
Completion of Internal Revenue Service (IRS) audits(1)
    (42 )     (12 )     (44 )     (43 )     (141 )
Sale of business
                      (11 )     (11 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments(2)
    (51 )           (54 )     (78 )     (183 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $   896     $   2,296     $   1,104     $   3,733     $   8,029  
                                         
 
 
(1) For further discussion regarding the completion of IRS audits of L-3’s U.S. Federal income tax returns for 2004 and 2005, including income tax positions taken in connection with certain business acquisitions, see Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
(2) The decrease in goodwill from foreign currency translation adjustments is due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar during 2008 against the functional currencies of L-3’s foreign subsidiaries, primarily in Canada, Germany and the United Kingdom.
 
The increase of $199 million related to business acquisitions was comprised of: (1) an increase of $187 million for business acquisitions completed and an additional ownership interest acquired during the year ended December 31, 2008, (2) an increase of $10 million for earnouts related to certain business acquisitions completed prior to January 1, 2008, and (3) an increase of $5 million primarily related to final purchase price determinations for certain business acquisitions completed prior to January 1, 2008. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $3 million related to the completion of the final estimate of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for certain business acquisitions completed prior to January 1, 2008.


52


Table of Contents

The increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses were primarily due to increased purchases of materials, components and services required for the increase in sales during the year ended December 31, 2008, and to the timing of payments and invoices received for purchases from third-party vendors and subcontractors. The increase in accrued employment costs was due to the timing of payroll dates for salaries, wages and bonuses. The increase in advance payments and billings in excess of costs incurred was primarily due to advance payments received on contracts for ISR systems, power & control systems for commercial shipbuilding customers and government services. Other current liabilities decreased primarily due to the reversal of a current liability in connection with the Litigation Gain. Non-current deferred income tax liabilities decreased primarily due to pension plan actuarial losses experienced in 2008 that were caused by the negative actual pension plan assets return for 2008.
 
Pension Plans
 
L-3 maintains defined benefit pension plans covering employees at certain of its businesses. At December 31, 2008, L-3’s projected benefit obligation, which includes accumulated benefits plus the incremental benefits attributable to projected future salary increases for covered employees, was $1,722 million and exceeded the fair value of L-3’s pension plan assets of $1,064 million by $658 million. At the end of 2007, L-3’s projected benefit obligation was $1,688 million and exceeded the fair value of L-3’s pension plan assets of $1,407 million by $281 million. At December 31, 2008, our unfunded status increased by $377 million from $281 million at December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to (1) an increase of $449 million in accumulated other comprehensive loss due to net actuarial losses experienced in 2008 and (2) pension expenses of $87 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. These increases were partially offset by employer pension contributions of $162 million.
 
The increase of $449 million in accumulated other comprehensive loss was principally due to the actuarial loss that we experienced in 2008 as a result of a decline in the fair value of our pension plan assets. Recent declines in equity and fixed income financial markets and diminished liquidity and diminished credit availability have negatively affected the 2008 actual return on our pension plan assets. L-3’s actual return on plan assets for the year ended December 31, 2008, was a loss of $394 million, or 28%, on the fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year. The actuarial gains and losses that our pension plans experience are not recognized in pension expense in the year incurred, but rather are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and amortized to pension expense in future periods over the estimated average remaining service periods of the covered employees. See Note 19 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Our pension expense for 2008 was $87 million. We currently expect pension expense for 2009 to be approximately $163 million. As discussed above, for the year ended December 31, 2008, L-3’s actual return on plan assets was a loss of $394 million, which is the primary reason that the amortization of net loss component of pension expense is expected to increase by approximately $45 million and the expected return on plan assets component of pension expense is expected to decrease by approximately $27 million for 2009. In addition, our actual pension expense for 2009 will be based upon a number of factors, including the effect of any future business acquisitions for which we assume liabilities for pension benefits, changes in headcount at our businesses that sponsor pension plans, actual pension plan contributions and changes (if any) to our pension assumptions for 2009, including the discount rate, expected long-term return on plan assets and salary increases.
 
Our contributions for the full year 2008 were $162 million, of which $100 million represented a pre-funding of contributions that were previously scheduled for 2009. We currently expect to contribute approximately $65 million to our pension plans in 2009. Actual 2009 pension contributions will be affected by L-3’s actual amount of net cash from operating activities for the year ending December 31, 2009, as well as the funded status of our pension plans during 2009. A substantial portion of our pension plan contributions for L-3’s businesses that are U.S. Government contractors are recoverable as allowable indirect contract costs at amounts generally equal to the annual pension contributions, except for pre-funded contributions, which are generally recoverable in the following year.


53


Table of Contents

Our projected benefit obligation and annual pension expense are significantly affected by the discount rate assumption we use. For example, an additional reduction to the discount rate of 25 basis points would have increased our projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2008 by approximately $56 million, and our estimated pension expense for 2009 by approximately $8 million. Conversely, an increase to the discount rate of 25 basis points would have decreased our projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2008 by approximately $52 million, and our estimated pension expense for 2009 by approximately $7 million.
 
Statement of Cash Flows
 
The table below provides a summary of our cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities for the periods indicated.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Net cash from operating activities
  $ 1,387     $ 1,270     $ 1,074  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (432 )     (388 )     (1,091 )
Net cash used in financing activities
    (840 )     (464 )     (29 )
 
Operating Activities
 
2008 Compared with 2007. We generated $1,387 million of cash from operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $117 million compared with $1,270 million generated during the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was due to (1) an increase in net income of $193 million, and (2) higher non-cash expenses of $64 million, primarily due to higher deferred income taxes and the non-cash Impairment Charge, partially offset by (3) $140 million of more cash used for changes in operating assets and liabilities, primarily for other current liabilities (mainly the Litigation Gain) and income taxes. The net cash used from changes in operating assets and liabilities is further discussed above under “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Balance Sheet” on page 51.
 
2007 Compared with 2006. We generated $1,270 million of cash from operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $196 million compared with $1,074 million generated during the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily due to an increase in net income of $230 million, partially offset by a decrease of $41 million because of more cash used for changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily for contracts in process and other current liabilities.
 
Interest Payments. Our cash from operating activities includes interest payments on debt of $267 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $280 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, and $287 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Our interest expense also includes amortization of deferred debt issue costs and bond discounts and deferred gains on terminated interest rate swap agreements, which are non-cash items.
 
Investing Activities
 
During 2008, we used $283 million of cash in the aggregate to (1) acquire four businesses discussed under “Business Acquisitions”, (2) pay earnouts and the remaining contractual purchase price for certain business acquisitions completed prior to January 1, 2008, and (3) increase our ownership interest in METI by 5% from 80% to 85%. We also used $218 million of cash for capital expenditures. Investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2008 included a $63 million source of cash in the aggregate from the sale of METI on October 8, 2008 and the sale of the PMD product line during the second quarter.
 
During 2007, we used $235 million of cash for business acquisitions. We paid $207 million in connection with our 2007 business acquisitions discussed under “Business Acquisitions.” We also paid $17 million for earnouts and $11 million primarily for the remaining contractual purchase prices, for the Crestview and TRL business acquisitions made prior to January 1, 2007. We also used $157 million for capital expenditures.


54


Table of Contents

During 2006, we used $943 million of cash for business acquisitions. We paid $900 million in connection with our 2006 business acquisitions discussed above under “Business Acquisitions.” We also paid $21 million for the remaining contractual purchase price for the ASIT acquisition and $11 million for an additional 10% interest in the Army Fleet Support joint venture, which increased our total ownership interest to 90%. We also paid $10 million for earnouts and $25 million primarily for adjustments to the contractual purchase prices for certain business acquisitions. We received $24 million, in the aggregate, for reductions to the contractual purchase prices for the Aircraft Integration Systems (AIS), Marine Controls division of CAE (MAPPS) and The Titan Corporation (Titan) acquired businesses.
 
Financing Activities
 
Debt
 
Senior Credit Facility. Our senior credit facility provides for a term loan facility and a $1 billion revolving credit facility.
 
At December 31, 2008, borrowings under the term loan facility were $650 million, and available borrowings under our revolving credit facility were $940 million, after reduction for outstanding letters of credit of $60 million. There were no outstanding revolving credit borrowings under our senior credit facility at December 31, 2008. The senior credit facility matures on March 9, 2010. Our remaining outstanding debt matures between June 15, 2012 and August 1, 2035. Total outstanding debt was $4,538 million at December 31, 2008, compared to $4,537 million at December 31, 2007.
 
Debt Issuances. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, we did not issue any debt obligations. For additional details about the terms of our debt, see Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Credit Ratings. Our credit ratings as of February 2009 are as follows:
 
                 
Rating Agency   Senior Debt   Subordinated Debt
 
Standard & Poor’s
    BBB-       BB+  
Fitch Ratings
    BBB-       BB+  
Moody’s Investors Service
    Ba2       Ba3  
 
Agency ratings are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold any security, and they may be revised or withdrawn at any time by the rating agency. Each agency’s rating should be evaluated independently of any other agency’s rating. The system and the number of rating categories can vary widely from rating agency to rating agency. Customers usually focus on claims-paying ratings, while creditors focus on debt ratings. Investors use both to evaluate a company’s overall financial strength. The ratings issued on L-3 or its subsidiaries by any of these agencies are announced publicly and are available from the agencies. Our ability to access the capital markets could be impacted by a downgrade in one or more of our debt ratings. If this were to occur, we could incur higher borrowing costs.
 
Debt Covenants and Other Provisions. The senior credit facility and senior subordinated notes agreements contain financial covenants and other restrictive covenants. See Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements for a description of our debt and related financial covenants, including dividend payment and share repurchase restrictions and cross default provisions, under our senior credit facility. As of December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with our financial and other restrictive covenants.
 
The borrowings under the senior credit facility are guaranteed by L-3 Holdings and by substantially all of the material wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of L-3 Communications on a senior basis. The payment of principal and premium, if any, and interest on the senior subordinated notes are unconditionally guaranteed, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, jointly and severally, by substantially all of L-3 Communications’ wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The guarantees of the senior subordinated notes rank pari passu with one another and are junior to the guarantees of the senior credit facility. The payment of principal and premium, if any, and interest on the 3% Convertible Contingent Debt Securities CODES due 2035 are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, jointly and severally, by certain


55


Table of Contents

of L-3 Holdings’ wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The guarantees of the CODES rank pari passu with all of the guarantees of the senior subordinated notes and are junior to the guarantees of the senior credit facility.
 
Equity
 
During 2008 and 2007, L-3 Holdings’ Board of Directors authorized the following quarterly cash dividends:
 
                         
        Cash Dividends
        Total Dividends
 
Date Declared   Record Date   Per Share     Date Paid   Paid  
                  (in millions)  
 
2008
                       
February 5
  February 19   $ 0.30     March 17   $ 37  
April 29
  May 16   $ 0.30     June 16   $ 37  
July 8
  August 18   $ 0.30     September 15   $ 37  
October 7
  November 17   $ 0.30     December 15   $ 36  
                         
2007
                       
February 6
  February 21   $ 0.25     March 15   $ 31  
April 24
  May 16   $ 0.25     June 15   $ 32  
July 10
  August 16   $ 0.25     September 17   $ 32  
October 9
  November 16   $ 0.25     December 17   $ 31  
 
On February 5, 2009, L-3 Holdings announced that its Board of Directors had increased L-3 Holdings’ regular quarterly cash dividend by 17% to $0.35 per share, payable on March 16, 2009, to shareholders of record at the close of business on February 19, 2009.
 
On February 23, 2009, the closing price of L-3 Holdings common stock, as reported by the NYSE, was $72.35 per share and the number of holders of L-3 Holdings’ common stock was approximately 75,000.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, L-3 repurchased $794 million of its common stock compared to $500 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
The table below presents our estimated total contractual obligations at December 31, 2008, including the amounts expected to be paid or settled for each of the periods indicated below.
 
                                         
          Payments due by period  
          Less than
                More than
 
    Total     1 year     1-3 years     3-5 years     5 years  
    (in millions)  
 
Contractual Obligations
                                       
L-3 Communications long-term debt(1)
  $ 3,850     $     $ 650     $ 1,150     $ 2,050  
L-3 Holdings long-term debt(1)(2)
    700                         700  
Interest payments(3)
    1,676       247       462       359       608  
Non-cancelable operating leases(4)
    843       166       283       158       236  
Notes payable and capital lease obligations
    11       1       1             9  
Purchase obligations(5)
    2,237       1,811       401       25        
Other long-term liabilities(6)
    239       78 (7)     61       14       86  
                                         
Total(8)
  $  9,556     $  2,303     $  1,858     $  1,706     $  3,689  
                                         


56


Table of Contents

 
(1) Represents principal amount of long-term debt and only includes scheduled principal payments.
 
(2) The conversion feature of the CODES may require L-3 Holdings to settle the $700 million principal amount with the holders of the CODES if L-3 Holdings common stock price is more than 120% of the then current conversion price (currently $121.36) for a specified period (see Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements). L-3 Holdings stock price on February 23, 2009 was $72.35.
 
(3) Represents expected interest payments on L-3’s long-term debt balance as of December 31, 2008 using the stated interest rate on our fixed rate debt and the variable interest rate in effect at December 31, 2008 on the outstanding borrowings under our term loan facility, assuming that current borrowings remain outstanding to the contractual maturity date.
 
(4) Non-cancelable operating leases are presented net of estimated sublease rental income.
 
(5) Represents open purchase orders at December 31, 2008 for amounts expected to be paid for goods or services that are legally binding.
 
(6) Other long-term liabilities primarily consist of workers compensation and deferred compensation for the years ending December 31, 2010 and thereafter and also include pension and postretirement benefit plan contributions that we expect to pay in 2009.
 
(7) Our pension and postretirement benefit plan funding policy is generally to contribute in accordance with cost accounting standards that affect government contractors, subject to the Internal Revenue Code and regulations thereon. For 2009, we expect to contribute approximately $65 million to our pension plans and approximately $13 million to our postretirement benefit plans. Due to the current uncertainty of the amounts used to compute our expected pension and postretirement benefit plan funding, we believe it is not practicable to reasonably estimate such future funding for periods in excess of one year and we may decide or be required to contribute more than we expect to our pension and postretirement plans.
 
(8) Excludes all income tax obligations, a portion of which represents unrecognized tax benefits in connection with uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be taken on our income tax returns as of December 31, 2008 since we cannot determine the time period of future tax consequences. For additional information regarding income taxes, see Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
The table below presents our estimated total contingent commitments and other guarantees at December 31, 2008, including the amounts expected to be paid or settled for each of the periods indicated below.
 
                                         
          Payments due by period  
                            2014 and
 
    Total     2009     2010-2011     2012-2013     thereafter  
    (in millions)  
 
Contingent Commitments
                                       
Standby letters of credit under our Senior Credit Facility(1)
  $  60     $  57     $   3     $  —     $  —  
Other standby letters of credit(1)
    312       242       68       2        
Other guarantees(2)
    44             41             3  
Contingent commitments for earnout payments on business acquisitions(3)
    64       44       20              
                                         
Total
  $ 480     $ 343     $ 132     $   2     $   3  
                                         
 
 
(1) Represents outstanding letters of credit with financial institutions covering performance and financial guarantees per contractual requirements with certain customers. These letters of credit may be drawn upon in the event of L-3’s nonperformance.
 
(2) Represents the minimum guarantees made by L-3 or lessee (i) under the purchase option for certain operating leases in which the lease renewal is not exercised and (ii) for 50% of certain bank debt related to a joint venture arrangement (see Note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements for a description of these guarantees).
 
(3) Represents potential additional contingent purchase payments for business acquisitions that are contingent upon the post-acquisition financial performance or certain other performance conditions of the acquired businesses in accordance with the contractual purchase agreement.
 
For a discussion of the conversion and contingent interest features of our CODES, see Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Legal Proceedings and Contingencies
 
We are engaged in providing products and services under contracts with the U.S. Government and, to a lesser degree, under foreign government contracts, some of which are funded by the U.S. Government. All such contracts are subject to extensive legal and regulatory requirements, and, periodically, agencies of the


57


Table of Contents

U.S. Government investigate whether such contracts were and are being conducted in accordance with these requirements. Under U.S. Government procurement regulations, an indictment by a federal grand jury could result in the suspension for a period of time from eligibility for awards of new government contracts. A conviction could result in debarment from contracting with the federal government for a specified term. Additionally, in the event that U.S. Government budget and expenditures for products and services of the type we manufacture and provide are reduced, there may be a reduction in our sales volume. We are currently cooperating with the U.S. Government on several investigations, none of which we anticipate will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
We continually assess our obligations with respect to applicable environmental protection laws. While it is difficult to determine the timing and ultimate cost that we will incur to comply with these laws, based upon available internal and external assessments, with respect to those environmental loss contingencies of which we are aware, we believe that even without considering potential insurance recoveries, if any, there are no environmental loss contingencies that, in the aggregate, would be material to our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Also, we have been periodically subject to litigation, government investigations, proceedings, claims or assessments and various contingent liabilities incidental to our business. We accrue for these contingencies when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. For a description of our legal proceedings and contingencies, see Note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments and Other Market Risk
 
Included in our derivative financial instruments are foreign currency forward contracts. All of our derivative financial instruments that are sensitive to market risk are entered into for purposes other than trading.
 
Interest Rate Risk. The borrowings under our senior revolving credit facility and term loan facility contain variable interest only and are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The interest rates on the senior subordinated notes and CODES are fixed-rate and are not affected by changes in interest rates.
 
Additional data on our debt obligations and our applicable borrowing spreads included in the interest rates we pay on borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility are provided in Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk. Our U.S. and foreign businesses enter into contracts with customers, subcontractors or vendors, and certain of these contracts are denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of our businesses. To protect the functional currency equivalent cash flows associated with certain of these contracts denominated in a foreign currency, we have entered into foreign currency forward contracts, which are accounted for as cash flow hedges. At December 31, 2008, the notional value of foreign currency forward contracts was $414 million and the fair value of these contracts was $1 million, which represented an asset. The notional values of our foreign currency forward contracts with maturities ranging through 2013 and thereafter are presented in the table below.
 
                                         
    Year of Maturity  
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013 and thereafter  
    (in million)  
 
Notional value
  $ 266     $ 72     $ 35     $ 17     $ 24  
 
Backlog and Orders
 
We define funded backlog as the value of funded orders received from customers, less the cumulative amount of sales recognized on such orders. We define funded orders as the value of contract awards received from the U.S. Government, for which the U.S. Government has appropriated funds, plus the value of contract awards and orders received from customers other than the U.S. Government. The table below presents our funded backlog; percent of funded backlog at December 31, 2008 expected to be recorded as sales in 2009 and funded orders for each of our reportable segments.
 


58


Table of Contents

                                         
                Percentage of
             
                December 31, 2008
             
                Funded Backlog
             
    Funded Backlog
    Expected to be
             
    at December 31,     Recorded as
    Funded Orders  
    2008     2007     Sales in 2009     2008     2007  
    (in millions)           (in millions)  
 
Reportable Segment:
                                       
C3ISR
  $  2,324     $  1,935       84 %   $  2,956     $  2,505  
Government Services
    2,212       1,989       94       4,495       4,412  
AM&M
    1,810       1,496       77       2,971       2,395  
Specialized Products
    5,226       4,151       69       6,110       5,429  
                                         
Consolidated
  $ 11,572     $ 9,571       78 %   $ 16,532     $ 14,741  
                                         
 
Our funded backlog does not include the full value of our contract awards including those pertaining to multi-year, cost-plus reimbursable contracts, which are generally funded on an annual basis. Funded backlog also excludes the sales value of unexercised priced contract options that may be exercised by customers under existing contracts and the sales value of purchase orders that we may receive under indefinite quantity contracts or basic ordering agreements.
 
Accounting Standards Issued and Not Yet Implemented
 
For a discussion of accounting standards issued and not yet implemented, see Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Inflation
 
The effect of inflation on our sales and earnings has not been significant. Although a majority of our sales are made under long-term contracts (revenue arrangements), the selling prices of such contracts, established for deliveries in the future, generally reflect estimated costs to be incurred in these future periods. In addition, some of our contracts provide for price adjustments through cost escalation clauses.
 
Forward-Looking Statements
 
Certain of the matters discussed concerning our operations, cash flows, financial position, economic performance and financial condition, including in particular, the likelihood of our success in developing and expanding our business and the realization of sales from backlog, include forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act.
 
Statements that are predictive in nature, that depend upon or refer to events or conditions or that include words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates” and similar expressions are forward-looking statements. Although we believe that these statements are based upon reasonable assumptions, including projections of total sales growth, sales growth from business acquisitions, organic sales growth, consolidated operating margins, total segment operating margins, interest expense earnings, cash flow, research and development costs, working capital, capital expenditures and other projections, they are subject to several risks and uncertainties, and therefore, it is possible that these statements may not be achieved. Such statements will also be influenced by factors which include, among other things:
 
  •   our dependence on the defense industry and the business risks peculiar to that industry, including changing priorities or reductions in the U.S. Government defense budget;
 
  •   our reliance on contracts with a limited number of agencies of, or contractors to, the U.S. Government and the possibility of termination of government contracts by unilateral government action or for failure to perform;

59


Table of Contents

 
  •   the extensive legal and regulatory requirements surrounding our contracts with the U.S. or foreign governments and the results of any investigation of our contracts undertaken by the U.S. or foreign governments;
 
  •   our ability to retain our existing business and related contracts (revenue arrangements);
 
  •   our ability to successfully compete for and win new business and related contracts (revenue arrangements) and to win re-competitions of our existing contracts;
 
  •   our ability to identify and acquire additional businesses in the future with terms, including the purchase price, that are attractive to L-3 and to integrate acquired business operations;
 
  •   our ability to maintain and improve our consolidated operating margin and total segment operating margin in future periods;
 
  •   our ability to obtain future government contracts (revenue arrangements) on a timely basis;
 
  •   uncertainties arising from a change in the presidential administration;
 
  •   the availability of government funding or cost-cutting initiatives and changes in customer requirements for our products and services;
 
  •   our significant amount of debt and the restrictions contained in our debt agreements;
 
  •   our ability to continue to retain and train our existing employees and to recruit and hire new qualified and skilled employees, as well as our ability to retain and hire employees with U.S. Government security clearances that are a prerequisite to compete for and to perform work on classified contracts for the U.S. Government;
 
  •   actual future interest rates, volatility and other assumptions used in the determination of pension, benefits and equity-based compensation, as well as the market performance of benefit plan assets;
 
  •   our collective bargaining agreements, our ability to successfully negotiate contracts with labor unions and our ability to favorably resolve labor disputes should they arise;
 
  •   the business, economic and political conditions in the markets in which we operate, including those for the commercial aviation, shipbuilding and communications markets;
 
  •   global economic uncertainty and continued tightening of the credit markets;
 
  •   events beyond our control such as acts of terrorism;
 
  •   our ability to perform contracts (revenue arrangements) on schedule;
 
  •   our international operations, including sales to foreign customers;
 
  •   our extensive use of fixed-price type contracts as compared to cost-reimbursable type and time-and-material type contracts;
 
  •   the rapid change of technology and high level of competition in the defense industry and the commercial industries in which our businesses participate;
 
  •   our introduction of new products into commercial markets or our investments in civil and commercial products or companies;
 
  •   the outcome of current or future litigation matters;
 
  •   results of audits by U.S. Government agencies, including the Defense Contract Audit Agency, of our sell prices, costs and performance on contracts (revenue arrangements), and our accounting and general business practices;
 
  •   anticipated cost savings from business acquisitions not fully realized or realized within the expected time frame;


60


Table of Contents

 
  •   Titan’s compliance with its plea agreement and consent to entry of judgment with the U.S. Government relating to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), including Titan’s ability to maintain its export licenses as well as the outcome of other FCPA matters;
 
  •   ultimate resolution of contingent matters, claims and investigations relating to acquired businesses, and the impact on the final purchase price allocations;
 
  •   significant increase in competitive pressure among companies in our industry; and
 
  •   the fair values of our assets, including identifiable intangible assets and the estimated fair value of the goodwill balances for our reporting units, which can be impaired or reduced by other factors, some of which are discussed above.
 
In addition, for a discussion of other risks and uncertainties that could impair our results of operations or financial condition, see “Part I — Item 1A — Risk Factors” and Note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Readers of this document are cautioned that our forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and the actual results or developments may differ materially from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements.
 
As for the forward-looking statements that relate to future financial results and other projections, actual results will be different due to the inherent uncertainties of estimates, forecasts and projections and may be better or worse than projected and such differences could be material. Given these uncertainties, you should not place any reliance on these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements also represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date that they were made. We expressly disclaim a duty to provide updates to these forward-looking statements, and the estimates and assumptions associated with them, after the date of this filing to reflect events or changes or circumstances or changes in expectations or the occurrence of anticipated events.
 
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
For data regarding quantitative and qualitative disclosures related to our market risk sensitive financial instruments, see “Part II — Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Derivative Financial Instruments and Other Market Risk” on page 58 and Note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
 
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
See our audited consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1.
 
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.
 
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures
 
Conclusions Regarding Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 related to L-3 Holdings and L-3 Communications is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. Our management, with the participation of our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, has


61


Table of Contents

evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2008. Based upon that evaluation and subject to the foregoing, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
 
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2008 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
As required by the SEC rules and regulations for the implementation of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of L-3, (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors, and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements in our consolidated financial statements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree or compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Management assessed the effectiveness of L-3 Holdings’ and L-3 Communications’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making these assessments, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework. Based on our assessments and those criteria, management determined that L-3 Holdings and L-3 Communications maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008.
 
Our independent registered public accounting firm has audited and issued their attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. See page F-2 to our audited consolidated financial statements for their report.
 
Item 9B:   Other Information
 
None.


62


Table of Contents

 
PART III
 
Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
The following table provides information concerning the directors and executive officers of the Registrants as of February 23, 2009.
 
             
Name
    Age     Position
Michael T. Strianese
    52    
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Curtis Brunson
    61    
Executive Vice President — Corporate Strategy and Development
Jimmie V. Adams
    72    
Senior Vice President — Washington D.C. Operations
David T. Butler III
    52    
Senior Vice President — Business Operations
Steven M. Post
    56    
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Robert W. RisCassi
    73    
Senior Vice President
Ralph G. D’Ambrosio
    41    
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
James W. Dunn
    65    
Senior Vice President and President of Sensors and Simulation Group
Steven Kantor
    64    
Senior Vice President and President of Marine and Power Systems Group
John McNellis
    56    
Senior Vice President and President of Integrated Systems Group
Charles J. Schafer
    61    
Senior Vice President and President of Products Group
Carl E. Vuono
    74    
Senior Vice President and President of Services Group
Dan Azmon
    45    
Controller and Principal Accounting Officer
Robert B. Millard(1)(3)
    58    
Director, Lead Independent Director of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Executive Committee
Claude R. Canizares(2)
    63    
Director
Peter A. Cohen(1)(3)
    62    
Director, Chairman of the Compensation Committee
Thomas A. Corcoran(1)(2)
    64    
Director, Chairman of the Audit Committee
John M. Shalikashvili(3)(4)
    72    
Director
Arthur L. Simon(2)(4)
    76    
Director
Alan H. Washkowitz(3)(4)
    68    
Director, Chairman of the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee
John P. White(4)
    71    
Director
 
 
(1) Member of the Executive Committee.
 
(2) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
(3) Member of the Compensation Committee.
 
(4) Member of the Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee.
 
All executive officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.
 
The remaining information called for by Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to the definitive proxy statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of L-3 Holdings, to be held on April 28, 2009. L-3 Holdings will file such definitive proxy statement with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.
 
Item 11.   Executive Compensation
 
The information called for by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the definitive proxy statement referred to above in Item 10.


63


Table of Contents

Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
The information called for by Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the definitive proxy statement referred to above in Item 10.
 
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
The information called for by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the definitive proxy statement referred to above in Item 10.
 
Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
This information called for by Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the definitive proxy statement referred to above in Item 10.


64


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a)(1)  Financial statements filed as part of this report:
 
         
         Page     
     Number
 
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  
 
(a)(2)  Financial Statement Schedules
 
Financial statement schedules are omitted since the required information is either not applicable or is included in our audited consolidated financial statements.


65


Table of Contents

Exhibits
 
Exhibits identified in parentheses below are on file with the SEC and are incorporated herein by reference to such previous filings.
 
         
Exhibit
   
No.   Description of Exhibits
 
 
3.1
    Certificate of Incorporation of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2002).
 
3.2
    Amended and Restated By-Laws of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 17, 2007).
 
3.3
    Certificate of Incorporation of L-3 Communications Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to L-3 Communications Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-31649)).
 
3.4
    Amended and Restated Bylaws of L-3 Communications Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 17, 2007).
 
4.1
    Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to L-3 Communications Holdings’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-46975)).
 
4.2
    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2005, among L-3 Communications Corporation, L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. and certain subsidiaries of the Registrants from time to time party thereto as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005).
 
4.3
    Form of L-3 Communications Corporation First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2006, among L-3 Communications Corporation, L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. and certain subsidiaries of the Registrants from time to time party thereto as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 25, 2006).
 
4.4
    Indenture dated as of June 28, 2002, among L-3 Communications Corporation, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of L-3 Communications Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-99757)).
 
*4.5
    Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 20, 2009 among L-3 Communications Corporation, The Bank of New York, as trustee, and the guarantors named therein to the Indenture dated as of June 28, 2002 among L-3 Communications Corporation, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee.
 
4.6
    Indenture dated as of May 21, 2003 among L-3 Communications Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to L-3 Communications Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-106106)).
 
*4.7
    Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 20, 2009 among L-3 Communications Corporation, The Bank of New York, as trustee, and the guarantors named therein to the Indenture dated as of May 21, 2003 among L-3 Communications Corporation, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee.
 
4.8
    Indenture dated as of December 22, 2003 among L-3 Communications Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Registrants’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
 
*4.9
    Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 20, 2009 among L-3 Communications Corporation, The Bank of New York, as trustee, and the guarantors named therein to the Indenture dated as of December 22, 2003 among L-3 Communications Corporation, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee.
 
4.10
    Indenture dated as of November 12, 2004 among L-3 Communications Corporation, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to L-3 Communications Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-122499)).
 
*4.11
    Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 20, 2009 among L-3 Communications Corporation, The Bank of New York, as trustee, and the guarantors named therein to the Indenture dated as of November 12, 2004 among L-3 Communications Corporation, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee.
 
4.12
    Indenture dated as of July 29, 2005 (Notes Indenture) among L-3 Communications Corporation, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.69 to the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005).


66


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
No.   Description of Exhibits
 
 
*4.13
    Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 20, 2009 among L-3 Communications Corporation, The Bank of New York, as trustee, and the guarantors named therein to the Notes Indenture dated as of July 29, 2005 among L-3 Communications Corporation, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee.
 
4.14
    Indenture dated as of July 29, 2005 (CODES Indenture) among L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc., the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.70 to the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005).
 
*4.15
    Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 20, 2009 among L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc., The Bank of New York, as trustee, and the guarantors named therein to the CODES Indenture dated as of July 29, 2005 among L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc., the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee.
 
†10.1
    L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 1997 Option Plan for Key Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.91 to L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, No. 333-46975).
 
†10.2
    Form of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 1997 Option Plan for Key Employees Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 333-46975).
 
†10.3
    L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Directors Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrants’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).
 
†10.4
    Form of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 1998 Directors Stock Option Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.96 of the Registrants’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004).
 
†10.5
    Form of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 1998 Directors Stock Option Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (2007 Version) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrants’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
 
†10.6
    L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Long Term Performance Plan (Conformed copy reflecting all amendments through February 11, 2008) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrants’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
 
†10.7
    Form of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 1999 Long Term Performance Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.97 of the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2004).
 
†10.8
    Form of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 1999 Long Term Performance Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (2006 Version) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.64 to the Registrants’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).
 
†10.9
    Form of L-3 Communication Holdings, Inc. 1999 Long Term Performance Plan Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.99 of the Registrants’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).
 
†10.10
    Form of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 1999 Long Term Performance Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2006 Version) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 to the Registrants’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).
 
†10.11
    L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 1999 Long Term Performance Plan Amendment No. 1 to Restricted Stock Unit Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 27, 2008).
 
†10.12
    Form of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 1999 Long Term Performance Plan Performance Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 7, 2007).
 
†10.13
    Form of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 1999 Long Term Performance Plan Performance Unit Agreement Award Notice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrants’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 7, 2007).
 
†*10.14
    L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 2008 Long Term Performance Plan.
 
†10.15
    Form of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 2008 Long Term Performance Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 27, 2008).

67


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
No.   Description of Exhibits
 
 
†10.16
    Form of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 2008 Long Term Performance Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 27, 2008).
 
†*10.17
    Form of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 2008 Long Term Performance Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2009 Version).
 
†10.18
    Form of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 2008 Long Term Performance Plan Performance Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 27, 2008).
 
†10.19
    Form of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 2008 Long Term Performance Plan Performance Unit Award Notice (2008 Version) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 27, 2008).
 
†*10.20
    L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 2008 Directors Stock Incentive Plan.
 
†*10.21
    L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated Change in Control Severance Plan.
 
†*10.22
    L-3 Communications Corporation Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.
 
†10.23
    L-3 Communications Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan I (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Registrants’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
 
†10.24
    Amendment No. 1 to the L-3 Communications Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan I (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Registrants’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
 
†*10.25
    L-3 Communications Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan II.
 
†*10.26
    MPRI Long Term Deferred Incentive Plan.
 
**11
    L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. Computation of Basic Earnings Per Share and Diluted Earnings Per Share.
 
*12
    Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
*18
    Preferability Letter of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
 
*21
    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
 
*23
    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
 
*31.1
    Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.
 
*31.2
    Certification of Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act, as amended.
 
*32
    Section 1350 Certification.
 
 
Filed herewith.
 
** The information required in this exhibit is presented in Note 15 to the audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2008 in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share.
 
†  Represents management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement in which directors and/or executive officers are eligible to participate.

68


Table of Contents

 
Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrants’ have duly caused this report to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 26, 2009.
 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  Ralph G. D’Ambrosio
  Title:  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrants’ in the capacities indicated on February 26, 2009.
 
         
Signature   Title
 
     
/s/  Michael T. Strianese

Michael T. Strianese
  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) and Director
     
/s/  Ralph G. D’Ambrosio

Ralph G. D’Ambrosio
  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
     
/s/  Dan Azmon

Dan Azmon
  Controller and Principal Accounting Officer
     
/s/  Robert B. Millard

Robert B. Millard
  Director
     
/s/  Claude R. Canizares

Claude R. Canizares
  Director
     
/s/  Peter A. Cohen

Peter A. Cohen
  Director
     
/s/  Thomas A. Corcoran

Thomas A. Corcoran
  Director
     
/s/  John M. Shalikashvili

John M. Shalikashvili
  Director
     
/s/  Arthur L. Simon

Arthur L. Simon
  Director
     
/s/  Alan H. Washkowitz

Alan H. Washkowitz
  Director
     
/s/  John P. White

John P. White
  Director


69


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
         
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    F-2  
       
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007
    F-3  
       
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
    F-4  
       
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
    F-5  
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
    F-6  
       
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-7  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. and L-3 Communications Corporation:
 
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. and L-3 Communications Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audits of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
 
As indicated in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2006 the Company adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans - an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) (“SFAS 158”) and in 2007 the Company changed the measurement date of its pension and postretirement benefits plans in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 158. As indicated in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2008 the Company changed its annual goodwill impairment measurement date.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
February 26, 2009


F-2


Table of Contents

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except share data)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 867     $ 780  
Billed receivables, net of allowances of $26 in 2008 and $21 in 2007
    1,226       1,279  
Contracts in process
    2,267       2,099  
Inventories
    259       249  
Deferred income taxes
    211       246  
Other current assets
    131       110  
                 
Total current assets
    4,961       4,763  
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net
    821       754  
Goodwill
    8,029       8,165  
Identifiable intangible assets
    417       441  
Deferred debt issue costs
    45       56  
Other assets
    212       212  
                 
Total assets
  $ 14,485     $ 14,391  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable, trade
  $ 602     $ 571  
Accrued employment costs
    700       633  
Accrued expenses
    479       369  
Advance payments and billings in excess of costs incurred
    530       463  
Income taxes
    45       63  
Other current liabilities
    351       483  
                 
Total current liabilities
    2,707       2,582  
                 
Pension and postretirement benefits
    802       450  
Deferred income taxes
    110       245  
Other liabilities
    414       501  
Long-term debt
    4,538       4,537  
                 
Total liabilities
    8,571       8,315  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 18)
               
Minority interests
    83       87  
                 
Shareholders’ equity:
               
L-3 Holdings’ common stock: $.01 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized, 118,633,746 shares outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 124,174,825 shares outstanding at December 31, 2007 (L-3 Communications’ common stock: $.01 par value, 100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding)
    4,072       3,753  
L-3 Holdings’ treasury stock (at cost), 13,995,450 shares at December 31, 2008 and 5,533,159 shares at December 31, 2007
    (1,319 )     (525 )
Retained earnings
    3,410       2,608  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
    (332 )     153  
                 
Total shareholders’ equity
    5,831       5,989  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 14,485     $ 14,391  
                 
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in millions, except per share data)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Net sales:
                       
Products
  $ 7,130     $ 6,572     $ 5,933  
Services
    7,771       7,389       6,544  
                         
Total net sales
    14,901       13,961       12,477  
                         
Cost of sales:
                       
Products (excludes stock-based charge of $24 in 2006)
    6,380       5,844       5,272  
Services (excludes stock-based charge of $15 in 2006)
    6,962       6,669       5,926  
                         
Total cost of sales
    13,342       12,513       11,198  
                         
Litigation gain (charge)
    126             (129 )
Stock-based charge
                (39 )
                         
Operating income
    1,685       1,448       1,111  
Interest and other income, net
    28       31       20  
Interest expense
    271       296       296  
Minority interests in net income of consolidated subsidiaries
    11       9       10  
                         
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    1,431       1,174       825  
Provision for income taxes
    502       418       299  
                         
Income from continuing operations
    929       756       526  
Gain on sale of a business, net of income taxes of $13 million
    20              
                         
Net income
  $   949     $   756     $   526  
                         
L-3 Holdings’ earnings per common share:
                       
Basic:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 7.66     $ 6.05     $ 4.27  
Gain on sale of a business, net of income taxes
  $ 0.17              
                         
Net income
  $ 7.83     $ 6.05     $ 4.27  
                         
Diluted:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 7.56     $ 5.98     $ 4.22  
Gain on sale of a business, net of income taxes
  $ 0.16              
                         
Net income
  $ 7.72     $ 5.98     $ 4.22  
                         
L-3 Holdings’ weighted average common shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    121.2       124.9       123.1  
                         
Diluted
    122.9       126.5       124.8  
                         
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(in millions, except per share data)
 
                                                                 
    L-3 Holdings’
                            Accumulated
       
    Common Stock     Additional
                      Other
    Total
 
    Shares
    Par
    Paid-in
    Treasury
    Retained
    Unearned
    Comprehensive
    Shareholders’
 
    Issued     Value     Capital     Stock     Earnings     Compensation     (Loss) Income     Equity  
 
Balance at December 31, 2005
    120.4     $ 1     $ 3,040     $     $ 1,545     $ (18 )   $ (77 )   $ 4,491  
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                                    526                       526  
Minimum pension liability, net of income taxes of $14
                                                    21       21  
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of income taxes of $1
                                                    123       123  
Unrealized losses on hedging instruments, net of income taxes of $4
                                                    (7 )     (7 )
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                                            663  
Adjustment to adopt SFAS 158, net of income taxes of $70
                                                    (109 )     (109 )
Cash dividends paid on common stock ($0.75 per share)
                                    (93 )                     (93 )
Shares issued:
                                                               
Employee savings plans
    1.4               111                                       111  
Exercise of stock options
    3.0               132                                       132  
Employee stock purchase plan
    0.9               60                                       60  
Stock-based compensation expense
                    78                                       78  
Treasury stock purchased
    (0.3 )                     (25 )                             (25 )
Reclassification to adopt SFAS 123(R)
                    (18 )                     18                
Other
    (0.2 )             (2 )                                     (2 )
                                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2006
    125.2       1       3,401       (25 )     1,978             (49 )     5,306  
Adoption of SFAS 158 measurement date provision
                                    (4 )             39       35  
Cumulative effect adjustment of FIN 48
                                    4                       4  
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                                    756                       756  
Pension and postretirement benefit plans:
                                                               
Net gain arising during the period, net of income taxes of $10
                                                    18       18  
Net prior service cost arising during the period, net of income taxes of $1
                                                    (2 )     (2 )
Amortization of net loss, net of income taxes of $5
                                                    9       9  
Amortization of prior service cost (credit), net of income taxes of $1
                                                    (1 )     (1 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                                    135       135  
Unrealized gains on hedging instruments, net of income taxes of $3
                                                    4       4  
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                                            919  
Cash dividends paid on common stock ($1.00 per share)
                                    (126 )                     (126 )
Shares issued:
                                                               
Employee savings plans
    1.3               125                                       125  
Exercise of stock options
    1.6               112                                       112  
Employee stock purchase plan
    0.8               65                                       65  
Stock-based compensation expense
                    53                                       53  
Treasury stock purchased
    (5.2 )                     (500 )                             (500 )
Other
    0.5               (4 )                                     (4 )
                                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2007
    124.2       1       3,752       (525 )     2,608             153       5,989  
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                                    949                       949  
Pension and postretirement benefit plans:
                                                               
Net loss arising during the period, net of income taxes of $174
                                                    (271 )     (271 )
Net prior service cost arising during the period, net of income taxes of $1
                                                    (1 )     (1 )
Amortization of net loss, net of income taxes of $2
                                                    3       3  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                                    (222 )     (222 )
Unrealized gains on hedging instruments, net of income taxes of $4
                                                    6       6  
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                                            464  
Cash dividends paid on common stock ($1.20 per share)
                                    (147 )                     (147 )
Shares issued:
                                                               
Employee savings plans
    1.5               141                                       141  
Exercise of stock options
    0.7               51                                       51  
Employee stock purchase plan
    0.8               69                                       69  
Stock-based compensation expense
                    64                                       64  
Treasury stock purchased
    (8.5 )                     (794 )                             (794 )
Other
    (0.1 )             (6 )                                     (6 )
                                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2008
    118.6     $ 1     $ 4,071     $ (1,319 )   $ 3,410     $     $ (332 )   $ 5,831  
                                                                 
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 949     $ 756     $ 526  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
    152       150       136  
Amortization of intangibles and other assets
    54       57       53  
Deferred income tax provision
    161       113       128  
Stock-based compensation expense
    64       53       47  
Contributions to employee savings plans in L-3 Holdings’ common stock
    141       125       111  
Non-cash portion of stock-based charge
                31  
Amortization of deferred debt issue costs (included in interest expense)
    11       10       10  
Gain on sale of a business
    (20 )            
Impairment charge
    28              
Gain on sale of a product line
    (12 )            
Other non-cash items
    12       19       4  
                         
Subtotal
    1,540       1,283       1,046  
                         
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding acquired amounts:
                       
Billed receivables
    49       (51 )     (34 )
Contracts in process
    (162 )     (188 )     (133 )
Inventories
    (25 )     4       8  
Accounts payable, trade
    31       90       (8 )
Accrued employment costs
    66       51       75  
Accrued expenses
    81       65       11  
Advance payments and billings in excess of costs incurred
    101       (2 )     44  
Income taxes
    (2 )     116       106  
Excess income tax benefits related to share-based payment arrangements
    (10 )     (17 )     (63 )
Other current liabilities
    (128 )     (9 )     89  
Pension and postretirement benefits
    (81 )     (10 )     (68 )
All other operating activities
    (73 )     (62 )     1  
                         
Subtotal
    (153 )     (13 )     28  
                         
Net cash from operating activities
    1,387       1,270       1,074  
                         
Investing activities:
                       
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (283 )     (235 )     (943 )
Proceeds from sale of a business and product lines
    63              
Capital expenditures
    (218 )     (157 )     (156 )
Dispositions of property, plant and equipment
    15       8       2  
Other investing activities
    (9 )     (4 )     6  
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (432 )     (388 )     (1,091 )
                         
Financing activities:
                       
Borrowings under revolving credit facility
                864  
Repayment of borrowings under revolving credit facility
                (864 )
Repayment of borrowings under term loan facility
                (100 )
Common stock repurchased
    (794 )     (500 )     (25 )
Cash dividends paid on L-3 Holdings’ common stock
    (147 )     (126 )     (93 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    40       89       74  
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan
    69       65       60  
Excess income tax benefits related to share-based payment arrangements
    10       17       63  
Other financing activities
    (18 )     (9 )     (8 )
                         
Net cash used in financing activities
    (840 )     (464 )     (29 )
                         
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (28 )     14        
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    87       432       (46 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year
    780       348       394  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year
  $ 867     $ 780     $ 348  
                         
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.   Description of Business
 
L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. derives all of its operating income and cash flows from its wholly-owned subsidiary, L-3 Communications Corporation (L-3 Communications). L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. (L-3 Holdings and, together with its subsidiaries, referred to herein as L-3 or the Company) is a prime system contractor in aircraft modernization and maintenance, Command, Control, Communications, Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance (C3ISR) systems, and government services. L-3 is also a leading provider of high technology products, subsystems and systems. The Company’s customers include the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) and its prime contractors, U.S. Government intelligence agencies, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS), U.S. Department of State (DoS), U.S. Department of Justice (DoJ), allied foreign governments, domestic and international commercial customers and select other U.S. federal, state and local government agencies.
 
The Company has the following four reportable segments, comprised of: (1) C3ISR, (2) Government Services, (3) Aircraft Modernization and Maintenance (AM&M) and (4) Specialized Products. Financial information relating to the Company’s reportable segments is included in Note 21. C3ISR provides products and services for the global ISR market, networked communications systems and secure communications products. The Company believes that these products and services are critical elements for a substantial number of major command, control, communication, intelligence gathering and space systems. These products and services are used to connect a variety of airborne, space, ground and sea-based communication systems and are used in the transmission, processing, recording, monitoring, and dissemination functions of these communication systems. Government Services provides training and operational support services, enterprise information technology solutions, intelligence solutions and support, command & control systems and software services and global security & engineering solutions services. AM&M provides modernization, upgrades and sustainment, maintenance and logistics support services for military and various government aircraft and other platforms. Specialized Products provides a broad range of products and related services across several business areas that include power & control systems, electro-optic/infrared (EO/IR), microwave, avionics & displays, simulation & training, precision engagement, security & detection systems, propulsion systems, telemetry & advanced technology, undersea warfare and marine services.
 
2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Presentation: The accompanying financial statements comprise the consolidated financial statements of L-3 Holdings and L-3 Communications. L-3 Holdings’ only asset is its investment in the common stock of L-3 Communications, its wholly-owned subsidiary, and its only obligations are (1) the 3% Convertible Contingent Debt Securities (CODES) due 2035, which were issued by L-3 Holdings on July 29, 2005, (2) its guarantee of borrowings under the senior credit facility of L-3 Communications and (3) its guarantee of other contractual obligations of L-3 Communications and its subsidiaries. L-3 Holdings’ obligations relating to the CODES have been jointly, severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed by L-3 Communications and certain of its wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. Accordingly, such debt has been reflected as debt of L-3 Communications in its consolidated financial statements in accordance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 54. All issuances of and conversions into L-3 Holdings’ equity securities, including grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units by L-3 Holdings to employees and directors of L-3 Communications and its subsidiaries, have been reflected in the consolidated financial statements of L-3 Communications. As a result, the consolidated financial positions, results of operations and cash flows of L-3 Holdings and L-3 Communications are substantially the same. See Note 23 for additional information regarding the audited financial information of L-3 Communications and its subsidiaries.


F-7


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of sales and costs of sales during the reporting period. The most significant of these estimates and assumptions relate to contract revenue, profit and loss recognition, fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, market values for inventories reported at lower of cost or market, pension and post-retirement benefit obligations, stock-based employee compensation expense, income taxes, including the valuations of deferred tax assets, litigation reserves and environmental obligations, accrued product warranty costs, and the recoverability, useful lives and valuation of recorded amounts of long-lived assets, identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. Changes in estimates are reflected in the periods during which they become known. Actual amounts will differ from these estimates and could differ materially.
 
Certain reclassifications have been made to conform prior-year amounts to the current-year presentation.
 
Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements of the Company include all wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions are eliminated in consolidation. Investments in equity securities, joint ventures and limited liability corporations over which the Company has significant influence but does not have voting control are accounted for using the equity method. Investments over which the Company does not have significant influence are accounted for using the cost method.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at time of purchase.
 
Contracts in Process: Contracts in process include unbilled receivables and inventories for contracts that are within the scope of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Statement of Position 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts (SOP 81-1), Accounting Research Bulletin No. 43, Chapter 11, Section A, Government Contracts, Cost-Plus-Fixed Fee Contracts (ARB 43) and Accounting Research Bulletin No. 45, Long-Term Construction Type Contracts (ARB 45). Unbilled Contract Receivables represent accumulated incurred costs and earned profits or losses on contracts in process that have been recorded as sales, primarily using the cost-to-cost method, which have not yet been billed to customers. Inventoried Contract Costs represent incurred costs on contracts in process that have not yet been recognized as costs and expenses because the related sales, which are primarily recorded using the units-of-delivery method, have not been recognized. Contract costs include direct costs and indirect costs, including overhead costs. As discussed in Note 5, the Company’s inventoried contract costs for U.S. Government contracts, and contracts with prime contractors or subcontractors of the U.S. Government include allocated general and administrative costs (G&A), independent research and development (IRAD) costs and bid and proposal (B&P) costs. Contracts in Process contain amounts relating to contracts and programs with long performance cycles, a portion of which may not be realized within one year. For contracts in a loss position, the unrecoverable costs expected to be incurred in future periods are recorded in Estimated Costs in Excess of Estimated Contract Value to Complete Contracts in Process in a Loss Position, which is a component of Other Current Liabilities. Under the terms of certain revenue arrangements (contracts) with the U.S. Government, the Company may receive progress payments as it incurs costs, or milestone payments as it performs work. The U.S. Government has a security interest in the Unbilled Contract Receivables and Inventoried Contract Costs to which progress payments have been applied, and such progress payments are reflected as a reduction of the related amounts. Milestone payments that have been received in excess of contract costs and estimated profits on revenue arrangements are reported on the Company’s balance sheet as Advance Payments and Billings in Excess of Costs Incurred.


F-8


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
The Company values its acquired contracts in process in connection with business acquisitions on the date of acquisition at contract value less the Company’s estimated costs to complete the contract and a reasonable profit allowance on the Company’s completion effort commensurate with the profit margin that the Company earns on similar contracts.
 
Inventory: Inventories other than Inventoried Contract Costs are stated at cost (first-in, first-out or average cost), but not in excess of realizable value. A provision for excess or inactive inventory is recorded based upon an analysis that considers current inventory levels, historical usage patterns and future sales expectations.
 
Property, Plant and Equipment: Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed by applying principally the straight-line method to the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Useful lives range substantially from 10 to 40 years for buildings and improvements and 3 to 10 years for machinery, equipment, furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvements. When property or equipment is retired or otherwise disposed of, the net book value of the asset is removed from the Company’s balance sheet and the net gain or loss is included in the determination of operating income. Property, plant and equipment acquired as part of a business acquisition is valued at current replacement cost, unless the expected future use indicates a lower value.
 
Goodwill: The Company accounts for goodwill in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill and other Intangible Assets. The carrying value of goodwill and indefinite lived identifiable intangible assets are not amortized, but are tested for impairment based on their estimated fair values using a discounted cash flows valuation annually as well as whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable.
 
Pursuant to the Company’s adoption of SFAS 142 on January 1, 2002, the Company selected an annual goodwill impairment measurement date of January 1; and the Company has determined that goodwill was not impaired as of January 1, 2008. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company changed its annual impairment measurement date to November 30. The change was made to better align the impairment test date with: (1) the Company’s fiscal year-end, (2) the most recent financial information such that the results would better reflect the fiscal year being reported on, (3) the U.S. Federal Government’s fiscal year-end of September 30, and the related annual budgeting process, which has a significant impact on the Company’s business, and (4) the Company’s business planning and forecasting process. This change to the date of the Company’s annual goodwill impairment test constitutes a change in the method of applying an accounting principle, as discussed in paragraph 4 of SFAS No. 154 (as amended), “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections” (SFAS 154). The Company believes that this change in accounting principle is preferable.
 
SFAS 154 requires the Company to report a change in accounting principle through retrospective application of the new accounting principle to all periods, unless it is impractical to do so. However, the change to the impairment measurement date had no impact on L-3’s prior period financial statements. Furthermore, there were no impairment charges that resulted from the November 30, 2008 impairment test, and no event indicating an impairment has occurred subsequent to November 30, 2008.
 
Identifiable Intangible Assets: Identifiable intangible assets represent assets acquired as part of the Company’s business acquisitions and include customer contractual relationships, technology and favorable leasehold interests. The initial measurement of these intangible assets is based on their fair values. The values assigned to acquired identifiable intangible assets are determined, as of the date of acquisition, based on estimates and judgments regarding expectations for the estimated future after-tax earnings and cash flows (including cash flows from working capital) from these assets over their estimated lives, including the probability of expected future contract renewals and sales, less a cost-of-capital charge, all of which is


F-9


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
discounted to present value. Identifiable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives as the economic benefits are consumed, ranging from 4 to 30 years.
 
Revenue Recognition: The majority of the Company’s contracts are generally fixed price, cost-reimbursable or time-and-material type contracts. Depending on the type of contract, sales and profits are recognized based on: (1) a percentage-of-completion (POC) method of accounting, (2) allowable costs incurred plus the estimated profit on those costs (cost-reimbursable), or (3) direct labor hours expended multiplied by the contractual fixed rate per hour plus incurred costs for material (time-and-material).
 
Sales and profits on fixed-price type contracts that are covered by SOP 81-1, ARB 43 and ARB 45 are substantially recognized using POC methods of accounting. Sales and profits on fixed-price production contracts under which units are produced and delivered in a continuous or sequential process are recorded as units are delivered based on their contractual selling prices (the “units-of-delivery” method). Sales and profits on each fixed-price production contract under which units are not produced and delivered in a continuous or sequential process, or under which a relatively few number of units are produced, are recorded based on the ratio of actual cumulative costs incurred to the total estimated costs at completion of contract multiplied by the total estimated contract revenue, less cumulative sales recognized in prior periods (the “cost-to-cost” method). Under both POC methods of accounting, a single estimated total profit margin is used to recognize profit for each contract over its entire period of performance, which can exceed one year. Losses on contracts are recognized in the period in which they are determined. The impact of revisions of contract estimates, which may result from contract modifications, performance or other reasons, are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions are made.
 
Sales and profits on cost-reimbursable type contracts that are within the scope of ARB 43, in addition to SOP 81-1, are recognized as allowable costs are incurred on the contract, at an amount equal to the allowable costs plus the estimated profit on those costs. The estimated profit on a cost-reimbursable type contract is fixed or variable based on the contractual fee arrangement. Incentive and award fees are the primary variable fee contractual arrangements. Incentive and award fees on cost-reimbursable type contracts are included as an element of total estimated contract revenues and are recorded to sales in accordance with SOP 81-1 when a basis exists for the reasonable prediction of performance in relation to established contractual targets and the Company is able to make reasonably dependable estimates for them.
 
Sales and profits on time and material type contracts are recognized on the basis of direct labor hours expended multiplied by the contractual fixed rate per hour, plus the actual costs of materials and other direct non-labor costs.
 
Sales on arrangements for (1) fixed-price type contracts that require us to perform services that are not related to production of tangible assets (Fixed-Price Service Contracts) and (2) certain commercial customers are recognized in accordance with SAB 104, Revenue Recognition (SAB 104). Sales for the Company’s businesses whose customers are primarily commercial business enterprises are substantially all generated from single element revenue arrangements. Sales are recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred or services have been performed, the selling price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Sales for Fixed-Price Service Contracts that do not contain measurable units of work performed are generally recognized on straight-line basis over the contractual service period, unless evidence suggests that the revenue is earned, or obligations fulfilled, in a different manner. Sales for Fixed-Price Service Contracts that contain measurable units of work performed are generally recognized when the units of work are completed. Sales and profit on cost-reimbursable and time and material type contracts within the scope of SAB 104 are recognized in the same manner as those within the scope of ARB 43 and SOP 81-1, except for incentive and award fees. Cost-based incentive fees are recognized when they are realizable in the amount that would be due under the contractual termination provisions as if the


F-10


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
contract was terminated. Performance based incentive fees and award fees are recorded as sales when awarded by the customer.
 
Sales and profit in connection with contracts to provide services to the U.S. Government within the scope of SAB 104 that may be at risk of collection because the contracts are incrementally funded and subject to the availability of funds appropriated are deferred until the contract modification is obtained, indicating that adequate funds are available to the contract or task order.
 
Research and Development: IRAD costs sponsored by the Company include B&P costs, and relate to both U.S. Government products and services and those for commercial and international customers. The IRAD and B&P costs for the Company’s businesses that are U.S. Government contractors are recoverable indirect contract costs that are allocated to our U.S. Government contracts in accordance with U.S. Government procurement regulations, and are specifically excluded from the scope of SFAS No. 2, Accounting for Research and Development Costs (SFAS 2). In accordance with SOP 81-1 and the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide, Audits of Federal Government Contractors, the Company includes IRAD and B&P costs allocated to U.S. Government contracts in inventoried contract costs, and charges them to costs of sales when the related contract sales are recognized as revenue. Research and development costs for the Company’s businesses that are not U.S. Government contractors are expensed as incurred in accordance with SFAS 2.
 
Customer-funded research and development costs are incurred pursuant to contracts (revenue arrangements) to perform research and development activities according to customer specifications. These costs are not accounted for as research and development expenses in accordance with SFAS 2, and are also not indirect contract costs. Instead, these costs are direct contract costs and are expensed when the corresponding revenue is recognized, which is generally as the research and development services are performed. Customer-funded research and development costs are substantially all incurred under cost-reimbursable type contracts with the U.S. Government.
 
Computer Software Costs: The Company’s software development costs for computer software products to be sold, leased or marketed that are incurred after establishing technological feasibility for the computer software products are capitalized as other assets and amortized on a product by product basis using the amount that is the greater of the straight-line method over the useful life or the ratio of current revenues to total estimated revenues in accordance with SFAS No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed. Substantially all of the capitalized software development costs pertain to the Company’s commercial aviation businesses. Capitalized software development costs, net of accumulated amortization, was $47 million at December 31, 2008 and $64 million at December 31, 2007, and is included in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization expense for capitalized software development costs was $8 million for 2008, and $6 million for both 2007 and 2006. The Company recorded a non-cash Impairment Charge of $28 million relating to a write-down of capitalized software development costs for a general aviation product line in the second quarter of 2008, which is recorded in cost of sales for products in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
 
Product Warranties: Product warranty costs are accrued when revenue is recognized for the covered products. Product warranty expense is recognized based on the terms of the product warranty and the related estimated costs. Accrued warranty costs are reduced as product warranty costs are incurred.


F-11


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
The table below presents the changes in the Company’s accrued product warranty costs.
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Accrued product warranty costs(1):
               
Balance at January 1
  $      98     $      92  
Acquisitions during this period
    5        
Accruals for product warranties issued during the period
    44       44  
Changes to accruals for product warranties existing before January 1
    2       5  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    (3 )     2  
Settlements made during the period
    (44 )     (45 )
                 
Balance at December 31
  $ 102     $ 98  
                 
 
(1) Warranty obligations incurred in connection with long-term production contracts are accounted for within the contract estimates at completion (EACs) and are excluded from the above amounts. The balance at end of period includes both long-term and short-term amounts.
 
Deferred Debt Issue Costs: Costs to issue debt are capitalized and deferred when incurred, and subsequently amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt using the effective interest rate method.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments: The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts. Foreign currency forward contracts are recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value and are generally designated and accounted for as cash flow hedges. Gains and losses on designated foreign currency forward contracts that are considered highly effective in offsetting the corresponding change in the cash flows of the hedged transaction are recorded net of income taxes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and then recognized in earnings when the underlying hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on foreign currency forward contracts that are not considered highly effective are recognized in earnings immediately and were not material to the Company’s results of operations for all periods presented. At December 31, 2008, the maximum term of foreign currency forward contracts that hedge forecasted transactions was approximately seven years. Derivative financial instruments also include embedded derivatives. The embedded derivatives related to the issuance of the Company’s debt are recorded at fair value with changes reflected in the Statements of Operations.
 
Translation of Foreign Currency and Foreign Currency Transactions: Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the local (functional) currency of the respective business at the approximate prevailing rate at the time of the transaction. Foreign exchange transaction gains and losses in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are not material to the Company’s results of operations. The operations of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated from the local (functional) currencies into U.S. dollars using weighted average rates of exchange during each reporting period. The rates of exchange at each balance sheet date are used for translating certain balance sheet accounts, and gains or losses resulting from these translation adjustments are included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
 
Stock-Based Compensation: The Company follows the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123(R)). The fair value based method requires the Company to expense all stock-based employee compensation. Stock-based employee compensation is primarily a non-cash expense because the Company settles these obligations by issuing shares of L-3 Holdings common stock instead of settling such obligations with cash payments.


F-12


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Compensation expense for all restricted stock, restricted stock unit and stock option awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award based on the grant date fair value. All of the stock options granted to employees by the Company are non-qualified stock options under U.S. income tax regulations. Compensation expense for long-term performance units payable in L-3 Holdings common stock are based on the fair value of the units at the grant date (measurement date), adjusted each reporting period for progress towards the target award, and recognized on a straight line basis over the requisite service period. Compensation expense for long-term performance units that are payable in cash is based on a binomial valuation technique (the Monte Carlo valuation model) adjusted for historical performance each reporting period and recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
 
SFAS 123(R) replaces SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123) and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25). Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for employee stock-based compensation under the recognition and measurement principles of APB 25. Under APB 25, compensation expense for employee stock-based compensation was required to be recognized based on the excess, if any, of the fair value of L-3 Holdings’ common stock on the grant date over the amount an employee had to pay to acquire the stock. The Company historically did not recognize compensation expense for stock options prior to January 1, 2006. However, based on the results of a review completed in 2006, the Company determined that its accounting treatment in accordance with APB 25 has not been historically applied correctly. See Note 3 for the scope and findings of the review of past stock option granting practices.
 
Income Taxes: The Company provides for income taxes using the liability method. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect tax carryforwards and the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes, as determined under enacted tax laws and rates. The effect of changes in tax laws or rates is accounted for in the period of enactment. Valuation allowances for deferred tax assets are provided when it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realized, considering, when appropriate, tax planning strategies.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement 109” (FIN 48). FIN 48 prescribes (1) a minimum recognition threshold that an income tax benefit arising from an uncertain income tax position taken, or expected to be taken, on an income tax return is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements and (2) the measurement of the income tax benefits recognized from such positions. The Company’s accounting policy is to classify uncertain income tax positions that are not expected to be resolved in one year as non-current income tax liabilities and to classify interest and penalties on uncertain income tax positions as elements of the provision for income taxes on its financial statements. See Note 16 for the implementation impact of the adoption of FIN 48.
 
Accounting Standards Issued and Not Yet Implemented: In December 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefit” (FSP FAS 132(R)-1). FSP FAS 132(R)-1 expands the disclosures of an employer’s defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan assets, amending SFAS No. 132 (R), Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits”. FSP FAS 132(R)-1 is effective for the Company beginning December 31, 2009. The adoption of FSP FAS 132(R)-1 will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows, but will have an impact on the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit plan assets disclosures.
 
In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP Emerging Issues Task Force 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities” (FSP EITF 03-6-1). FSP EITF 03-6-1 clarifies that unvested share-based awards, such as restricted stock or restricted stock


F-13


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
units, which entitle the holder to receive non-forfeitable rights to dividends before vesting, meet the definition of participating securities. As participating securities, these securities are therefore included in the calculation of basic earnings per share (EPS). FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009. All prior-period EPS data presented shall be adjusted retrospectively to conform to the provisions of FSP EITF 03-6-1. FSP EITF 03-6-1 will decrease basic and diluted EPS, but will not have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. The estimated decreases in basic and diluted EPS are presented in the table below.
 
                 
    Basic
    Diluted
 
    EPS     EPS  
 
Year ended December 31, 2006
  $ (0.02 )   $ (0.02 )
Year ended December 31, 2007
  $ (0.04 )   $ (0.03 )
Year ended December 31, 2008
  $ (0.06 )   $ (0.04 )
 
In May 2008, the FASB issued FSP Accounting Pronouncement Bulletin 14-1, “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement)” (FSP APB 14-1). FSP APB 14-1 provides new accounting guidance for convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion, including partial cash settlement. The FSP clarifies that: (1) these types of convertible debt instruments are not considered debt instruments within the scope of APB Opinion No. 14, Accounting for Convertible Debt and Debt Issued with Stock Purchase Warrants, and (2) issuers of these types of convertible debt instruments separately account for the liability and equity components in a manner that reflects the Company’s non-convertible debt borrowing rate. FSP APB 14-1 is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2009 and will be applied retrospectively. A cumulative effect adjustment will be reflected in the carrying amounts of the Company’s assets and liabilities as of the beginning of the first period presented. FSP APB 14-1 will have an impact on the Company’s financial position and reduce the Company’s results of operations, but will not have an impact on the Company’s cash flows. The estimated impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations is presented in the tables below.
 
                         
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)
 
    increase/(decrease)  
 
Financial Position
                       
Deferred debt issue costs
  $ (1.2 )   $ (1.7 )   $ (2.2 )
Long-term debt
  $ (45.4 )   $ (65.2 )   $ (83.8 )
Deferred income tax liability
  $ 17.7     $ 25.4     $ 32.6  
Shareholders’ equity
  $ 26.5     $ 38.1     $ 49.0  
 
                 
    Net
    Diluted
 
    Income     EPS  
 
Year ended December 31, 2006
  $   (10.1 )   $ (0.08 )
Year ended December 31, 2007
  $ (10.9 )   $ (0.09 )
Year ended December 31, 2008
  $ (11.5 )   $ (0.09 )
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (SFAS 161), which amends SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (SFAS 133). SFAS 161 enhances the disclosures for derivative instruments and related hedging activities to include, among other disclosures, the location and fair value amounts of derivative instruments, hedged items and related gains and losses in the balance sheet and income statements, presented in a tabular


F-14


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
format. SFAS 161 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009 and will be applied prospectively. SFAS 161 will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations (SFAS 141(R)), which supercedes SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations (SFAS 141). SFAS 141(R) changes how business acquisitions will be accounted for and affects how business acquisitions will be reflected in the Company’s financial statements. Among other items, the standard requires: (1) expensing of most transaction and restructuring costs, (2) recognizing and measuring contingent consideration at fair value on the acquisition date, with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in earnings, and (3) capitalizing in-process research and development. SFAS 141(R) is to be applied prospectively to business combinations completed on or after January 1, 2009. The adoption of SFAS 141(R) is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows when it becomes effective. Subsequent to adoption, the resolution for uncertain tax positions related to prior acquisitions that differ from recorded amounts will be adjusted through earnings, rather than goodwill.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements (SFAS 160). SFAS 160 amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 5, Consolidated Financial Statements. SFAS 160 changes the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be re-characterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The Company’s Statement of Operations will include: (1) net income from both L-3 and the minority shareholder(s) share of earnings and (2) a new category called Net Earnings Attributable to Parent, which is similar to current net income. SFAS 160 will also expand disclosures to clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of noncontrolling owners. SFAS 160 is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009 and will be applied prospectively, except for presentation and disclosure requirements, which will be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. As of December 31, 2008, the initial impact on the Company of implementing SFAS 160 would be to reclassify $83 million of minority interests to non-controlling interests within stockholder’s equity.
 
3.   Review of Past Stock Option Granting Practices
 
In June 2006, the Company voluntarily initiated a review of its historical stock-based compensation award practices and related accounting treatment. The review was completed in 2006 and was conducted by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors with the assistance of outside legal counsel. In accordance with New York Stock Exchange requirements, the Audit Committee is composed solely of independent directors.
 
The scope of the review included all stock-based awards granted by the Company from May 1998, when the Company completed its initial public offering, through the quarter ended March 31, 2006, with a focus on the period from May 1998 through July 2003, when stock-based awards were generally approved by unanimous written consents of the Compensation Committee of the Board. Since July 2003, the Compensation Committee approves all stock-based compensation awards to employees, including officers, at Compensation Committee meetings and these approval/meeting dates for the stock option grants were correctly used as the accounting measurement date for the grant. In addition, the review focused on the exercises of stock options that may not be deductible under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) and on issues relating to amounts that may be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code.
 
Based on the review’s findings, during the quarter ended June 30, 2006, the Company recorded the Stock-Based Charge. The review found that from May 1998 through July 2003, the price of L-3 Holdings’ stock on the date selected as the grant date and accounting measurement date was less than the stock price on the formal


F-15


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
approval date in substantially all cases. In addition, the review found that the date selected by management as (i) the grant date, which was in most cases the date specified in the unanimous written consent, (ii) the date used to determine the exercise price for the stock options, and (iii) the accounting measurement date, preceded the date of formal approval for the stock options, and in many cases also preceded the date of submission of the grants for approval by the Company’s Compensation Committee or entire Board of Directors. The Company concluded that a number of the unanimous written consents may not have been effective on the date specified in the unanimous written consent because there was insufficient evidence to conclude that all the signatures were received by the Company on that date. Therefore, the use of the date specified in the unanimous written consent as the accounting measurement date, as well as in certain circumstances the option exercise price, was incorrect. As part of the review, L-3 determined that it received each signature to the unanimous written consents prior to the time the letters notifying employees of their options awards (“Notification Letters”) were sent to employees. Accordingly, the Company used the dates of the Notification Letters sent to employees (and not the dates of the unanimous written consents) as the measurement dates for purposes of calculating its Stock-Based Charge.
 
The review also found that the accounting measurement dates used for stock option grants to one future employee and employees of three acquired businesses were incorrectly the dates specified in the unanimous written consent and not the employee’s hire date or the acquisition dates, which occurred later. In connection with these grants, L-3 used the new hire date or acquisition dates, as applicable, for purposes of calculating its Stock-Based Charge.
 
The review was not able to determine the reasons for the original errors that caused the Company to use incorrect accounting measurement dates in its historical option granting practices.
 
This charge included non-cash compensation expense of $31 million ($20 million after income taxes) primarily related to stock option grants made during the period from May 1998 to July 2003 that should have been measured as compensation cost at the requisite stock option grant dates, and subsequently amortized to expense over the three-year vesting period for each stock option grant. The Stock-Based Charge also included $8 million ($5 million after income taxes) relating to amounts that would be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and an accrual for external legal and accounting costs incurred for the review through June 30, 2006. The impact of the non-cash compensation expense by year and for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 on the Company’s previously reported net income is presented in the table below.
 
                                 
    Net Income as
    Net Income if
          %
 
Period
  Reported     Adjusted     Decrease     Decrease  
    (in millions)  
 
1998
  $ 32.6     $ 32.3     $ 0.3       0.9 %
1999
    58.7       57.8       0.9       1.5  
2000
    82.7       81.7       1.0       1.2  
2001
    115.5       113.4       2.1       1.8  
2002
    178.1       173.1       5.0       2.8  
2003
    277.6       271.8       5.8       2.1  
2004
    381.9       377.5       4.4       1.2  
2005
    508.5       507.8       0.7       0.1  
Q1 2006
    138.9       138.7       0.2       0.1  
                                 
Total
  $  1,774.5     $  1,754.1     $  20.4          
                                 
 
In addition, the Stock-Based Charge reduced retained earnings as of June 30, 2006 by $25 million, and increased additional paid-in-capital by $20 million. The findings did not identify any compensation


F-16


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
deductions related to the exercises of stock options that were improperly deducted on the Company’s tax returns in violation of Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
With respect to the portion of the Stock-Based Charge that related to amounts that would be deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, on November 20, 2006 the Company filed an “Offer to Amend Certain Options” under the Tender Offer rules of the Exchange Act for employees who were issued stock options with an exercise price less than the fair market value on the date of grant, which vested after December 31, 2004 and were outstanding. For those employees who accepted the tender offer, the Company modified the outstanding stock options covered by the tender offer, subject to certain limitations, on December 19, 2006. This modification allowed the affected employees to avoid adverse tax consequences by increasing the exercise price to the fair market value of such option on the date of grant and paying the difference in the exercise prices in cash during 2007. The Stock-Based Charge included an estimated cost resulting from such modifications of approximately $4 million ($2 million after income taxes) that should have been recorded as a liability during 2005, which was not included in the non-cash compensation expense in the table above. In addition, for employees with stock options that have vested after December 31, 2004, which were exercised during 2006 before the tender offer was filed, these employees were subject to an incremental 20% income tax on the amount considered deferred compensation. The Company paid these affected employees an amount equal to such incremental taxes. The Stock-Based Charge included such expected payments of approximately $2 million ($1 million after income taxes).
 
The Company does not believe that a restatement of its prior-period financial statements for the years ended prior to January 1, 2006, is required for the Stock-Based Charge. Based on the materiality guidelines contained in SAB No. 99, Materiality (SAB 99), the Company believes that the Stock-Based Charge is not material to any of the individual prior periods affected.
 
Beginning in July 2006, the Compensation Committee determined that it would, subject to limited exceptions, grant stock-based compensation awards on pre-determined annual dates.
 
4.    Acquisitions and Dispositions
 
All of the business acquisitions are included in the Company’s results of operations from their respective dates of acquisition.
 
2008 Business Acquisitions
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, in separate transactions, the Company acquired four businesses and increased its ownership interest in a subsidiary for an aggregate purchase price of $259 million in cash, plus acquisition costs. These acquisitions were all financed with cash on hand. Based on preliminary and final purchase price allocations, the aggregate goodwill recognized for these businesses and increase in ownership interest was $187 million, of which $86 million is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The goodwill was assigned to the reportable segments listed below:
 
         
Segment
  December 31, 2008  
    (in millions)  
 
Specialized Products
  $   150  
Government Services
    37  
         
Total
  $ 187  
         
 
In certain instances, the purchase price is subject to adjustment based on post-acquisition financial performance not to exceed an aggregate amount of $1 million, as discussed below. Any such additional


F-17


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
consideration will be accounted for as goodwill. A description of each business acquisition made by the Company during 2008 is listed below:
 
  •     All of the outstanding stock of International Resources Group Ltd. (IRG) on December 3, 2008. IRG is an international professional services firm that provides specialized management, policy and training support in the areas of energy, environment and natural resource management, relief and reconstruction, and economic development to U.S. Government agencies and international development organizations;
 
  •     All of the outstanding stock of G.A. International Electronics and subsidiaries (GAI) on July 25, 2008. Headquartered in Florida, GAI provides repair services and retrofit installation of navigation and communication systems for cruise vessels and cargo ships. The purchase price for GAI is subject to additional consideration not to exceed $1 million that is contingent upon its post-acquisition financial performance through July 25, 2011;
 
  •     All of the assets and liabilities of the Northrop Grumman Electro-Optical Systems (EOS) business on April 21, 2008. The EOS business is a provider of night vision technology and electro-optical products for military, commercial and public safety customers;
 
  •     On April 4, 2008, the Company increased its ownership interest in its Medical Education Technologies, Inc. (METI) business from 80% to 85% for a purchase price of $3 million. This business supplies human patient and surgical simulators, as well as related educational products. On October 8, 2008, the Company sold its 85% ownership interest in METI, as described below under 2008 Business and Product Line Dispositions; and
 
  •     All of the outstanding stock of HSA Systems Pty Ltd. (HSA) on March 14, 2008. HSA is a provider of geospatial, marine and electronic systems for maritime and defense customers.
 
During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, the Company completed the final purchase price allocations for EOS and HSA. The final purchase price allocations for these business acquisitions, compared to their preliminary purchase price allocations, did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position. The purchase price allocations for IRG and GAI are expected to be completed during the first quarter of 2009, and will be based on their final purchase prices, including the payment of contingent consideration, if any, and final appraisals and other analyses of fair values for acquired assets and assumed liabilities. The purchase price for IRG is subject to adjustment based on actual closing date net assets, which has not been finalized. Additional consideration, if any, will be accounted for as goodwill. The Company does not expect the difference, if any, between the preliminary and final purchase price allocations to have a material impact on its results of operations or financial position.
 
Additionally, on January 30, 2009, the Company acquired Chesapeake Sciences Corporation (CSC). CSC is a developer and manufacturer of anti-submarine warfare systems for use onboard submarines and surface ship combatants.
 
2007 Business Acquisitions
 
During 2007, in separate transactions, the Company acquired ownership interests in four businesses for an aggregate purchase price of $225 million in cash, plus acquisition costs. These acquisitions were all financed with cash on hand. Based on preliminary and final purchase price allocations, the aggregate goodwill


F-18


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
recognized for these businesses was $178 million, of which $140 million is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The goodwill was assigned to the reportable segments listed below:
 
         
Segment
  December 31, 2008  
    (in millions)  
 
Specialized Products
  $   146  
Government Services
    32  
         
Total
  $ 178  
         
 
In certain instances, the purchase price is subject to adjustment based on post-acquisition financial performance not to exceed an aggregate amount of $13 million, as discussed below. Any such additional consideration will be accounted for as goodwill. A description of each business acquisition made by the Company during 2007 is listed below:
 
  •     All of the outstanding stock of Geneva Aerospace, Inc. (Geneva) on January 31, 2007. The Geneva acquisition is subject to additional consideration not to exceed $13 million, which is contingent upon its post acquisition financial performance for the year ending December 31, 2009. Geneva is a provider of guidance and navigation systems for unmanned aerial vehicles;
 
  •     All of the outstanding stock of Global Communication Solutions, Inc. (GCS) on May 4, 2007. GCS is a provider of satellite communications systems that integrate data, broadband internet, telephony, multimedia, audio, video and computer networking;
 
  •     All of the outstanding stock of APSS S.r.l. (APSS) on August 31, 2007. APSS is a provider of mechanical, electric and automation systems for ships; and
 
  •     All of the outstanding stock of MKI Systems, Inc. (MKI) on December 3, 2007. MKI focuses on acquisition, logistics and program management for the DoD, especially the Marine Corps.
 
The Company has completed the purchase price allocations for all acquisitions made during 2007, except for those business acquisitions in which the purchase price is subject to adjustment, as described above. The final purchase price allocations were based on the final purchase prices, including the payment of contingent consideration, if any, and final appraisals and other analyses of fair values. The final purchase price allocations for these businesses acquisitions, compared to their preliminary purchase price allocations, did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.
 
2006 Business Acquisitions
 
During 2006, in separate transactions, the Company acquired ownership interests in 14 businesses, for an aggregate purchase price of $972 million, plus acquisition costs. The 2006 business acquisitions were initially financed with a combination of cash on hand and revolving credit facility borrowings, which have subsequently been repaid. Based on preliminary and final purchase price allocations, the aggregate goodwill recognized for


F-19


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
these business acquisitions was $849 million, of which goodwill of $42 million is considered deductible for income tax purposes. The goodwill was assigned to the reportable segments listed below:
 
         
Segment
  December 31, 2008  
    (in millions)  
Specialized Products
  $ 491  
C3 ISR
    210  
AM&M
    144  
Government Services
    4  
         
Total
  $ 849  
         
 
In certain instances, the purchase price is subject to adjustment based on post-acquisition financial performance or certain other performance conditions not to exceed an aggregate amount of $43 million, as discussed below. Any such additional consideration will be accounted for as goodwill. A description of each business acquisition made by the Company during 2006 is listed below:
 
  •     All of the outstanding stock of SAM Electronics GmbH (SAM) on January 31, 2006, for $189 million in cash, plus acquisition costs. SAM, which has its principal operations in Germany, is a manufacturer and supplier of maritime electrical and electronic systems to commercial shipyards and international navies;
 
  •     All of the outstanding stock of SafeView, Inc. (SafeView) on March 9, 2006, and CyTerra Corporation (CyTerra) on March 21, 2006, for an aggregate purchase price of $190 million in cash, plus additional consideration, not to exceed $35 million, which is contingent upon SafeView’s financial performance through December 31, 2008. The remaining contractual purchase price is currently subject to an arbitration proceeding, see Note 18. SafeView is a developer and manufacturer of non-invasive security systems and portals for military and public safety use, including airports. CyTerra is a leader in the development and manufacture of a number of sophisticated sensors with threat detection capabilities for the military and homeland security markets;
 
  •     Increased its ownership in METI on April 4, 2006 from approximately 47% to 80% for a purchase price of $11 million in cash.
 
  •     All of the outstanding stock of SSG Precision Optronics, Inc. (SSG) on June 1, 2006, for $68 million in cash. SSG specializes in optics, telescopes and precision optical subsystems for government, military and commercial customers;
 
  •     All of the outstanding stock of Nautronix Defense Group (Nautronix) on June 1, 2006 for $71 million in cash, plus additional consideration, not to exceed $2 million, which is contingent upon certain contract awards to Nautronix through 2010. Nautronix is a leader in through-water communications, acoustic ranges and positioning technology;
 
  •     All of the outstanding stock of Crestview Aerospace Corporation (Crestview) on June 29, 2006 for $153 million in cash, part of which was used for the payoff of mortgages on facilities. The purchase price includes a $6 million increase based on final closing date net assets. Crestview provides aircraft structures, major airframe assemblies and military aircraft modifications for leading prime contractors and original equipment manufacturers;
 
  •     All of the outstanding stock of TRL Electronics plc (TRL) for $165 million in cash and $6 million in notes payable issued by the Company to certain shareholders of TRL, which were due and paid on March 30, 2007. The Company acquired a controlling ownership interest in TRL on July 12, 2006. TRL, which has its principal operations in the United Kingdom, offers advanced radio and satellite


F-20


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
communications systems, providing governments and defense organizations around the world with the ability to trace, locate, monitor and defend transmissions, as well as to communicate securely;
 
  •     All of the outstanding stock of Nova Engineering (Nova) on October 25, 2006, for $47 million in cash, plus additional consideration, not to exceed $5 million, which is contingent upon its financial performance through the year ending December 31, 2010. Nova offers engineering services plus unique commercial-off-the-shelf products, including mobile ad hoc networking routers, flight test telemetry equipment and sensor communications systems. Nova products and services support critical defense programs as well as industrial and public safety customers; and
 
  •     All of the outstanding stock of Advanced Systems Architectures Ltd. (ASA) on January 25, 2006, TCS on January 26, 2006, Magnet-Motor on March 20, 2006, gForce Technologies, Inc. (gForce) on October 12, 2006 and TACNET on November 27, 2006 for an aggregate purchase price of $72 million in cash, plus additional consideration, not to exceed $1 million, which is contingent upon the financial performance of TACNET through December 31, 2010. ASA is a systems engineering and software developer of multi-sensor fusion and tracking systems for military applications. TCS specializes in fixed and rotary wing aircraft and avionics system engineering services for the U.S. Air Force. TACNET provides an integrated suite of electronics designed for use in a variety of law enforcement vehicles.
 
The Company has completed the purchase price allocations for all acquisitions made during 2006, except for those business acquisitions in which the purchase price is subject to adjustment, as described above. The final purchase price allocations were based on the final purchase prices, including the payment of contingent consideration, if any, and final appraisals and other analyses of fair values. The final purchase price allocations for these business acquisitions, compared to their preliminary purchase price allocations, did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Statements of Operations Data
 
The following unaudited pro forma Statements of Operations data presents the combined results of the Company and its business acquisitions completed during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, assuming that the business acquisitions completed during 2008 and 2007 had occurred on January 1, 2007, and that the business acquisitions completed during 2007 and 2006 had occurred on January 1, 2006.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions, except per share data)  
 
Pro forma net sales
  $ 15,024     $ 14,307     $ 12,783  
Pro forma net income
  $ 949     $ 756     $ 517  
Pro forma diluted earnings per share
  $ 7.72     $ 5.98     $ 4.14  
 
The unaudited pro forma results disclosed in the table above are based on various assumptions and are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have occurred had the Company completed these acquisitions on the dates indicated above.
 
2008 Business and Product Line Dispositions
 
On October 8, 2008, the Company divested its 85% ownership interest in METI, which is within the Specialized Products segment. The sale resulted in an after-tax gain of $20 million (pre-tax gain of $33 million). The gain is excluded from income from continuing operations in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. The revenues, operating results and net assets of


F-21


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
METI for all periods presented were not material and therefore not presented as discontinued operations. The sales price and related gain with respect to this business divestiture are subject to adjustment based on closing date net working capital. The net proceeds from the sale are included in investing activities on the Statement of Cash Flows. This business generated $48 million of sales and $4 million of operating income for the year ended December 31, 2008, $52 million of sales and $4 million of operating income for the year ended December 31, 2007 and $32 million of sales and $3 million of operating income for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
On May 9, 2008, the Company sold the Electron Technologies Passive Microwave Devices (PMD) product line within the Specialized Products segment and recognized an after-tax gain of approximately $7 million (pre-tax gain of $12 million), which was recorded as a reduction of cost of sales for products in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The net proceeds from the sale are included in investing activities on the statement of cash flows. The PMD product line generated $8 million of sales for the year ended December 31, 2008, $23 million of sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 and $21 million of sales for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
5.   Contracts in Process
 
The components of contracts in process are presented in the table below. The unbilled contract receivables, inventoried contract costs and unliquidated progress payments are principally related to contracts with the U.S. Government and prime contractors or subcontractors of the U.S. Government. Identifiable intangible assets related to contracts in process assumed by the Company in its business acquisitions and the underlying contractual customer relationships are separately recognized at the date of acquisition, and are discussed and presented in Note 7.
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Unbilled contract receivables, gross
  $   2,026     $   1,876  
Less: unliquidated progress payments
    (409 )     (391 )
                 
Unbilled contract receivables, net
    1,617       1,485  
                 
Inventoried contract costs, gross
    754       673  
Less: unliquidated progress payments
    (104 )     (59 )
                 
Inventoried contract costs, net
    650       614  
                 
Total contracts in process
  $   2,267     $   2,099  
                 
 
Unbilled Contract Receivables. Unbilled contract receivables represent accumulated incurred costs and earned profits on contracts (revenue arrangements), which have been recorded as sales, but have not yet been billed to customers. Unbilled contract receivables arise from the cost-to-cost method of revenue recognition that is used to record sales on certain fixed-price contracts. Unbilled contract receivables from fixed-price type contracts are converted to billed receivables when amounts are invoiced to customers according to contractual billing terms, which generally occur when deliveries or other performance milestones are completed. Unbilled contract receivables also arise from cost-reimbursable type contracts and time-and-material type contracts, for revenue amounts that have not been billed by the end of the accounting period due to the timing of preparation of invoices to customers. The Company believes that approximately 92% of the unbilled contract receivables at December 31, 2008 will be billed and collected within one year.


F-22


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Unliquidated Progress Payments. Unliquidated progress payments arise from fixed-price type contracts with the U.S. Government that contain progress payment clauses, and represent progress payments on invoices that have been collected in cash, but have not yet been liquidated. Progress payment invoices are billed to the customer as contract costs are incurred at an amount generally equal to 75% to 80% of incurred costs. Unliquidated progress payments are liquidated as deliveries or other contract performance milestones are completed, at an amount equal to a percentage of the contract sales price for the items delivered or work performed, based on a contractual liquidation rate. Therefore, unliquidated progress payments are a contra asset account, and are classified against unbilled contract receivables if revenue for the underlying contract is recorded using the cost-to-cost method, and against inventoried contract costs if revenue is recorded using the units-of-delivery method.
 
Inventoried Contract Costs. In accordance with SOP 81-1 and the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide, Audits of Federal Government Contractors, the Company accounts for the portion of its G&A costs, IRAD costs and B&P costs that are allowable and reimbursable indirect contract costs under U.S. Government procurement regulations on its U.S. Government contracts (revenue arrangements) as inventoried contract costs. G&A, IRAD and B&P costs are allocated to contracts for which the U.S. Government is the end customer and are charged to costs of sales when sales on the related contracts are recognized. The Company’s unallowable portion of its G&A, IRAD and B&P costs for its U.S. Government contractor businesses are expensed as incurred and are not included in inventoried contract costs.
 
The table below presents a summary of G&A, IRAD and B&P costs included in inventoried contract costs and the changes to them, including amounts charged to cost of sales for U.S. Government contracts for the period presented.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Amounts included in inventoried contract costs at beginning of the year
  $ 68     $ 59     $ 56  
Add:  Contract costs incurred(1)
    1,272       1,150       1,040  
  Amounts included in acquired inventoried contract costs
    6             3  
Less:  Amounts charged to cost of sales
    (1,272 )     (1,141 )     (1,040 )
                         
Amounts included in inventoried contract costs at end of the year
  $ 74     $ 68     $ 59  
                         
 
 
(1) Incurred costs include IRAD and B&P costs of $287 million for 2008, $263 million for 2007 and $243 million for 2006.
 
The table below presents a summary of selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses for the Company’s commercial businesses, which are expensed as incurred and not included in inventoried contracts costs.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
  $ 290     $ 266     $ 216  
Research and development expenses
    86       93       77  
                         
Total
  $   376     $   359     $   293  
                         


F-23


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
6.   Inventories
 
Inventories at Lower of Cost or Market. The table below presents the components of inventories at cost (first-in, first-out or average cost), but not in excess of realizable value.
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Raw materials, components and sub-assemblies
  $ 95     $ 106  
Work in process
    121       106  
Finished goods
    43       37  
                 
Total
  $  259     $  249  
                 
 
7.   Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill. In accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations (SFAS 141), the Company allocates the cost of business acquisitions to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition (commonly referred to as the purchase price allocation). As part of the purchase price allocations for the Company’s business acquisitions, identifiable intangible assets are recognized as assets apart from goodwill if they arise from contractual or other legal rights, or if they are capable of being separated or divided from the acquired business and sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged. However, in accordance with SFAS 141, the Company does not recognize any intangible assets apart from goodwill for the assembled workforces of its business acquisitions. At December 31, 2008, the Company had approximately 65,000 employees, and the substantial majority of the sales generated by the Company’s businesses are from the productive labor efforts of its employees, as compared to selling manufactured products or right-to-use technology.
 
Generally, the largest intangible asset from the businesses that the Company acquires are the value of their assembled workforces, which includes the human capital of the management, administrative, marketing and business development, scientific, engineering and technical employees of the acquired businesses. The success of the Company’s businesses, including their ability to retain existing business (revenue arrangements) and to successfully compete for and win new business (revenue arrangements), is primarily dependent on the management, marketing and business development, contracting, engineering and technical skills and knowledge of its employees, rather than on productive capital (plant and equipment, and technology and intellectual property). Additionally, for a significant portion of its businesses, the Company’s ability to attract and retain employees who have U.S. Government security clearances, particularly those of top-secret and above, is critical to its success, and is often a prerequisite for retaining existing revenue arrangements and pursuing new ones. Generally, patents, trademarks and licenses are not material for the Company’s acquired businesses. Furthermore, the Company’s U.S. Government contracts (revenue arrangements) generally permit other companies to use the Company’s patents in most domestic work performed by such other companies for the U.S. Government. Therefore, because intangible assets for assembled workforces are part of goodwill in accordance with paragraph 39 of SFAS 141, the substantial majority of the intangible assets for the Company’s business acquisitions is recognized as goodwill. Additionally, the value assigned to goodwill for the Company’s business acquisitions also includes the value that the Company expects to realize from cost reduction measures that it implements for its acquired businesses.


F-24


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
The table below presents the changes in goodwill allocated to the Company’s reportable segments.
 
                                         
          Government
          Specialized
    Consolidated
 
    C3ISR     Services     AM&M     Products     Total  
    (in millions)  
 
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $   986     $ 2,264     $ 1,199     $ 3,716     $ 8,165  
Business acquisitions
    3       44       3       149       199  
Completion of Internal Revenue Service (IRS) audits(1)
    (42 )     (12 )     (44 )     (43 )     (141 )
Sale of business
                      (11 )     (11 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments(2)
    (51 )           (54 )     (78 )     (183 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $   896     $   2,296     $   1,104     $   3,733     $  8,029  
                                         
 
 
(1) For further discussion regarding the completion of IRS audits of L-3’s U.S. Federal income tax returns for 2004 and 2005, including income tax positions taken in connection with certain business acquisitions, see Note 16.
 
(2) The decrease in goodwill from foreign currency translation adjustments is due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar during 2008 against the functional currencies of L-3’s foreign subsidiaries, primarily in Canada, Germany and the United Kingdom.
 
The increase of $199 million related to business acquisitions was comprised of (1) an increase of $187 million for business acquisitions completed and an additional ownership interest acquired during the year ended December 31, 2008, (2) an increase of $10 million for earnouts related to certain business acquisitions completed prior to January 1, 2008, and (3) an increase of $5 million primarily related to final purchase price determinations for certain business acquisitions completed prior to January 1, 2008. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $3 million related to the completion of the final estimate of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for certain business acquisitions completed prior to January 1, 2008.
 
Identifiable Intangible Assets. The most significant identifiable intangible asset that is separately recognized in accordance with SFAS 141 for the Company’s business acquisitions is customer contractual relationships. All of the Company’s customer relationships are established through written customer contracts (revenue arrangements). The fair value for customer contractual relationships is determined, as of the date of acquisition, based on estimates and judgments regarding expectations for the estimated future after-tax earnings and cash flows (including cash flows for working capital) arising from the follow-on sales on contract (revenue arrangement) renewals expected from the customer contractual relationships over their estimated lives, including the probability of expected future contract renewals and sales, less a contributory assets charge, all of which is discounted to present value.


F-25


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Information on the Company’s identifiable intangible assets that are subject to amortization is presented in the table below.
 
                                                         
    December 31, 2008                    
    Weighted
                      December 31, 2007  
    Average
    Gross
          Net
    Gross
          Net
 
    Amortization
    Carrying
    Accumulated
    Carrying
    Carrying
    Accumulated
    Carrying
 
    Period     Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amount     Amortization     Amount  
    (in years)     (in millions)  
 
Customer contractual relationships
    23     $ 505     $ 124     $ 381     $ 488     $ 92     $ 396  
Technology
    8       76       47       29       73       36       37  
Other, primarily favorable leasehold interests
    8       14       7       7       14       6       8  
                                                         
Total
    22     $ 595     $ 178     $ 417     $ 575     $ 134     $ 441  
                                                         
 
Amortization expense recorded by the Company for its identifiable intangible assets is presented in the table below.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Amortization expense
  $   45     $   47     $   41  
                         
 
Based on gross carrying amounts at December 31, 2008, the Company’s estimate of amortization expense for identifiable intangible assets for the years ending December 31, 2009 through 2013 are presented in the table below.
 
                                         
    Year Ending December 31,  
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013  
    (in millions)  
 
Estimated amortization expense
  $ 51     $ 51     $ 46     $ 37     $ 29  
                                         
 
As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the Company had $1 million of indefinite-lived identifiable intangible assets.


F-26


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
8.   Other Current Liabilities and Other Liabilities
 
The table below presents the components of other current liabilities.
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Other Current Liabilities:
               
Accruals for pending and threatened litigation (see Note 18)
  $   4     $ 134  
Accrued product warranty costs
    97       98  
Accrued interest
    66       74  
Estimated costs in excess of estimated contract value to complete contracts in process in a loss position
    58       58  
Deferred revenues
    25       13  
Aggregate purchase price payable for acquired businesses
          10  
Other
    101       96  
                 
Total other current liabilities
  $ 351     $ 483  
                 
 
The table below presents the components of other liabilities.
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Other Liabilities:
               
Non-current income taxes payable (see Note 16)
  $ 177     $ 238  
Deferred compensation
    79       79  
Accrued workers compensation
    45       41  
Unfavorable lease obligations
    8       12  
Non-current portion of net deferred gains from terminated interest rate swap agreements
    9       12  
Notes payable and capital lease obligations
    10       11  
Accrued product warranty costs
    5        
Accruals for pending and threatened litigation (see Note 18)
          5  
Other non-current liabilities
    81       103  
                 
Total other liabilities
  $ 414     $ 501  
                 


F-27


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
9.   Property, Plant and Equipment
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Land
  $ 55     $ 49  
Buildings and improvements
    257       236  
Machinery, equipment, furniture and fixtures
    1,055       935  
Leasehold improvements
    272       246  
                 
Gross property, plant and equipment
    1,639       1,466  
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (818 )     (712 )
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 821     $ 754  
                 
 
10.   Debt
 
The components of long-term debt and a reconciliation to the carrying amount of long-term debt are presented in the table below.
 
                 
    December 31,  
        2008             2007      
    (in millions)  
 
L-3 Communications:
               
Borrowings under Revolving Credit Facility
  $     $  
Borrowings under Term Loan Facility maturing 2010(1)
    650       650  
75/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012
    750       750  
61/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013
    400       400  
61/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014
    400       400  
57/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015
    650       650  
63/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015
    1,000       1,000  
                 
Subtotal
    3,850       3,850  
                 
L-3 Holdings:
               
3% Convertible Contingent Debt Securities due 2035
    700       700  
                 
Principal amount of long-term debt
    4,550       4,550  
Less: Unamortized discounts
    (12 )     (13 )
                 
Carrying amount of long-term debt
  $ 4,538     $ 4,537  
                 
 
 
(1) The interest rate at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was 2.70% and 6.34%, respectively, and is based on the LIBOR rate (as defined) plus a spread.
 
L-3 Communications
 
At December 31, 2008, the Company’s Senior Credit Facility was comprised of a $1 billion five-year revolving credit facility and a term loan facility, collectively referred to as the Senior Credit Facility, maturing on March 9, 2010.


F-28


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
At December 31, 2008, available borrowings under the revolving credit facility were $940 million after reductions for outstanding letters of credit of $60 million.
 
Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at L-3 Communications’ option, at either a “base rate” equal to the higher of 0.50% per annum above the latest federal funds rate and the Bank of America “prime rate” (as defined) plus a spread ranging from 0.00% to 0.75% per annum or a “LIBOR rate” (as defined) plus a spread ranging from 0.625% to 1.75% per annum, both depending on L-3 Communications’ debt rating at the time of determination. L-3 Communications pays (1) commitment fees calculated on the daily amounts of the available unused commitments at a rate ranging from 0.125% to 0.375% per annum, (2) letter of credit fees ranging from 0.46875% to 1.3125% per annum for performance and commercial letters of credit and (3) letter of credit fees ranging from 0.625% to 1.75% for financial letters of credit, in all cases depending on L-3 Communications’ debt rating at the time of determination. The debt rating is based on the ratings as determined by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Fitch Ratings of L-3 Communications’ non-credit-enhanced, senior unsecured long-term debt.
 
The Company sold Senior Subordinated Notes from June 28, 2002 to July 29, 2005, which are included as components of long-term debt in the table above. The notes are general unsecured obligations of L-3 Communications and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt of L-3 Communications. The terms of each Senior Subordinated Note are presented in the table below.
 
                                                 
                    Net
    Effective
        Redemption
 
        Amount
          Cash
    Interest
        Price % of
 
Note   Date of Issuance   Issued     Discount(1)     Proceeds     Rate     Call Date(2)   Principal(3)  
 
75/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due June 15, 2012
  June 28, 2002   $ 750     $     $ 732       7.625 %   June 15, 2007     102.542 %
61/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due July 15, 2013
  May 21, 2003   $ 400     $ 2     $ 391       6.170 %   July 15, 2008     103.063 %
61/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due January 15, 2014
  December 22, 2003   $ 400     $ 7     $ 390       6.310 %   January 15, 2009     103.063 %
57/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due January 15, 2015
  November 12, 2004   $ 650     $     $ 639       5.875 %   January 15, 2010     102.938 %
63/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due October 15, 2015
  July 29, 2005   $ 1,000     $ 9     $ 972       6.470 %   October 15, 2010     103.188 %
 
 
(1) Discounts are recorded as a reduction to the principal amount of the notes and are amortized as interest expense over the term of the notes.
 
(2) Notes are subject to redemption at any time, at the option of L-3 Communications, in whole or in part, on or after the call date.
 
(3) Redemption prices (plus accrued and unpaid interest) include a premium on the principal amount (plus accrued and unpaid interest). The prices above represent the current redemption prices or the price during the 12-month period starting on the first allowable date of redemption, which decline annually to 100% of principal (plus accrued and unpaid interest) starting three years from the first allowable date of redemption, and thereafter.
 
L-3 Holdings
 
On July 29, 2005, L-3 Holdings sold $600 million of 3% Convertible Contingent Debt Securities (CODES) due August 1, 2035. Interest is payable semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 of each year. On August 4, 2005, L-3 Holdings sold an additional $100 million of CODES, pursuant to an over-allotment option exercised by the initial purchasers of the CODES.
 
The CODES are convertible into cash and shares of L-3 Holdings’ common stock based on a conversion rate of 9.8882 shares of L-3 Holdings common stock per one thousand dollars in principal amount of the CODES (equivalent to a conversion price of $101.13 per share) only under the following circumstances:


F-29


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
(1) prior to August 1, 2033, on any date during any fiscal quarter (and only during such fiscal quarter) beginning after September 30, 2005, if the closing sales price of the common stock of L-3 Holdings is more than 120% of the then current conversion price (currently $121.36) for at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading-day period ending on the last trading day of the previous fiscal quarter; (2) on or after August, 1, 2033, at all times on or after any date on which the closing sale price of the common stock of L-3 Holdings is more than 120% of the then current conversion price (currently $121.36); (3) if we distribute to all holders of our common stock, rights or warrants (other than pursuant to a rights plan) entitling them to purchase, for a period of 45 calendar days or less, shares of L-3 Holdings’ common stock at a price less than the average closing sales price for the ten trading days preceding the declaration date for such distribution; (4) if we distribute to all holders of our common stock, cash and other assets, debt securities or rights to purchase L-3 Holdings’ securities (other than pursuant to a rights plan), which distribution has a per share value exceeding 10% of the closing sale price of L-3 Holdings common stock on the trading day preceding the declaration date for such distribution; (5) during the five consecutive business-day period following any five consecutive trading-day period in which the average trading price of the CODES was less than 98% of the average of the closing sale price of L-3 Holdings common stock during such five trading day period multiplied by the then current conversion rate; (6) during a specified period if the CODES have been called for redemption; or (7) during a specified period if a “fundamental change” (as such term is defined in the indenture governing the CODES) occurs. The conversion rate is subject to adjustments in certain circumstances set forth in the indenture governing the CODES. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the conversion feature of the CODES was dilutive to earnings per share until the third quarter (see Note 15).
 
Upon conversion of the CODES, the settlement amount will be computed as follows: (1) if L-3 Holdings elects to satisfy the entire conversion obligation in cash, L-3 Holdings will deliver to the holder for each one thousand dollars in principal amount of the CODES converted cash in an amount equal to the conversion value; or (2) if L-3 Holdings elects to satisfy the conversion obligation in a combination of cash and common stock, L-3 Holdings will deliver to the holder for each one thousand dollars in principal amount of the CODES converted (x) cash in an amount equal to (i) the fixed dollar amount per one thousand dollars in principal amount of the CODES of the conversion obligation to be satisfied in cash specified in the notice regarding L-3 Holdings’ chosen method of settlement or, if lower, the conversion value, or (ii) the percentage of the conversion obligation to be satisfied in cash specified in the notice regarding L-3 Holdings chosen method of settlement multiplied by the conversion value, as the case may be (the “cash amount”); provided that in either case the cash amount shall in no event be less than the lesser of (a) the principal amount of the CODES converted and (b) the conversion value; and (y) a number of shares of common stock of L-3 Holdings for each of the 20 trading days in the conversion period equal to 1/20th of (i) the conversion rate then in effect minus (ii) the quotient of the cash amount divided by the closing price of common stock of L-3 Holdings for that day (plus cash in lieu of fractional shares, if applicable.)
 
The CODES are senior unsecured obligations of L-3 Holdings and rank equal in right of payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness and senior to all future senior subordinated indebtedness of L-3 Holdings. The CODES are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by the existing and future domestic subsidiaries of L-3 Holdings that guarantee any other indebtedness of L-3 Holdings or any of its domestic subsidiaries.
 
At any time on or after February 1, 2011, the CODES are subject to redemption at the option of L-3 Holdings, in whole or in part, at a cash redemption price (plus accrued and unpaid interest, including contingent interest and additional interest, if any) equal to 100% of the principal amount of the CODES.
 
Holders of the CODES may require L-3 Holdings to repurchase the CODES, in whole or in part, on February 1, 2011, February 1, 2016, February 1, 2021, February 1, 2026 and February 1, 2031 at a cash repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the CODES (plus accrued and unpaid interest,


F-30


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
including contingent interest and additional interest, if any). In addition, holders of the CODES may require L-3 Holdings to repurchase the CODES at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the CODES (plus accrued and unpaid interest, including contingent interest and additional interest, if any) if a “fundamental change” occurs prior to maturity of the CODES.
 
Holders of the CODES have a right to receive contingent interest payments, which will be paid on the CODES during any six-month period commencing February 1, 2011 in which the trading price of the CODES for each of the five trading days ending on the second trading day preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the CODES. The contingent interest payable per one thousand dollars in principal amount of CODES will equal 0.25% of the average trading price of one thousand dollars in principal amount of CODES during the five trading days ending on the second trading day preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period. The contingent interest payment provision has been accounted for as an embedded derivative. The embedded derivative had an initial fair value of zero. The amount assigned to the embedded derivative will be adjusted periodically through other income (expense) for changes in its fair value, if any.
 
Subordination and Guarantees
 
The borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility are guaranteed by L-3 Holdings and by substantially all of the material wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of L-3 Communications on a senior basis. The payment of principal and premium, if any, and interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, jointly and severally, by certain of L-3 Communications’ wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The guarantees of the Senior Subordinated Notes rank pari passu with one another and are junior to the guarantees of the Senior Credit Facility. The payment of principal and premium, if any, and interest on the CODES are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, jointly and severally by certain of L-3 Holdings’ wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The guarantees of the CODES rank pari passu with the guarantees of the Senior Subordinated Notes and are junior to the guarantees of the Senior Credit Facility.
 
Covenants
 
Financial and other restrictive covenants. The Senior Credit Facility and Senior Subordinated Notes indentures contain financial and other restrictive covenants that limit, among other things, the ability of the Company to borrow additional funds, incur liens, make investments, merge or consolidate, dispose of assets, pay dividends or repurchase its common stock. The Company’s Senior Credit Facility contains covenants that require that (1) the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio be less than or equal to 4.0 to 1.0 for each fiscal quarter and (2) the Company’s consolidated interest coverage ratio be greater than or equal to 3.0 to 1.0. Calculations of the consolidated leverage ratio and consolidated interest coverage ratio are to (a) take into account acquisitions on a pro forma basis as if they had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period and (b) exclude the $126 million litigation charge and associated reversal related to the OSI Systems, Inc. matter, which is more fully described in Note 18, and certain non-recurring costs incurred by the Company’s acquired businesses prior to the acquisition date from the pro forma results of operations of those acquired businesses. As of December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with its financial and other restrictive covenants.
 
In addition, the Senior Subordinated Notes indentures contain covenants that restrict the ability of L-3 Communications to incur indebtedness and issue capital stock that matures or is redeemable 91 days or less after the maturity date of such series of notes, and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur indebtedness or issue preferred stock, unless the Company’s fixed charge coverage ratio would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0 on a pro forma basis. The covenants are subject to several material exceptions, including an exception for indebtedness under the Company’s credit facilities up to a specified amount.


F-31


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
In the event that the long-term senior debt rating of L-3 Communications is reduced below BBB−, or the equivalent, by two of the three rating agencies, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Fitch Ratings prior to the date the long-term debt rating of L-3 Communications is at least BBB− , or the equivalent, from all three rating agencies, L-3 Holdings will be required, within 45 business days, to pledge 100% of the capital stock of L-3 Communications, and L-3 Communications and each subsidiary guarantor will be required to pledge 100% of the capital stock of each of their material wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries and 65% of their first tier material wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries, in favor of the lenders under the Senior Credit Facility.
 
Restricted Payments. L-3 Holdings relies on dividends paid by L-3 Communications to generate the funds necessary to pay dividends on its common stock. The Senior Credit Facility contains provisions that limit the ability of L-3 Communications to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any capital stock and make investments in L-3 Holdings. However, the Senior Credit Facility permits L-3 Communications to:
 
  •   fund payments of interest on indebtedness of L-3 Holdings and to fund payments of dividends on disqualified preferred stock issued by L-3 Holdings, so long as (1) any such indebtedness or disqualified preferred stock is guaranteed by L-3 Communications and (2) the proceeds received by L-3 Holdings from the issuance of such indebtedness or disqualified preferred stock have been invested by L-3 Holdings in L-3 Communications;
 
  •   fund payments and prepayments of principal of indebtedness of L-3 Holdings and to fund optional and mandatory redemptions of disqualified preferred stock issued by L-3 Holdings, so long as (1) any such indebtedness or disqualified preferred stock is guaranteed by L-3 Communications and (2) the amount of such fundings, together with the amount of permitted intercompany advances does not exceed the aggregate amount of investments made by L-3 Holdings in L-3 Communications with the proceeds from any issuance of indebtedness or disqualified preferred stock by L-3 Holdings after March 9, 2005 that is guaranteed by L-3 Communications;
 
  •   pay regularly scheduled dividends on disqualified preferred stock issued by L-3 Communications;
 
  •   redeem disqualified preferred stock issued by L-3 Communications so long as the amount of such redemptions does not exceed the aggregate proceeds received by L-3 Communications from the issuance of disqualified preferred stock after March 9, 2005; and
 
  •   beginning with the quarter ended March 25, 2005, pay other dividends on and make other redemptions of its equity interests (including for the benefit of L-3 Holdings) and make other investments in L-3 Holdings, so long as no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing, up to an aggregate amount of $1.0 billion, increased (or decreased) quarterly by an amount equal to 50% of the consolidated net income (or deficit) of L-3 Communications for the quarter, plus (1) 100% of the proceeds from any issuance of capital stock (other than disqualified preferred stock) by L-3 Holdings after March 9, 2005 if those proceeds were invested in L-3 Communications, plus (2) 100% of the proceeds from any issuance of indebtedness or disqualified preferred stock by L-3 Holdings after March 9, 2005 if those proceeds were invested in L-3 Communications and the indebtedness or disqualified preferred stock is not guaranteed by L-3 Communications, plus (3) 100% of the proceeds from any issuance of capital stock (other than disqualified preferred stock) by L-3 Communications after March 9, 2005.
 
Disqualified preferred stock discussed above is stock, other than common stock, that is not classified as a component of shareholders’ equity on the balance sheet. At December 31, 2008, L-3 Holdings and L-3 Communications did not have any disqualified preferred stock.


F-32


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
The Senior Subordinated Notes indentures also contain provisions that limit the ability of L-3 Communications to pay dividends to L-3 Holdings and make investments in L-3 Holdings, subject to exceptions. Subject to certain limitations, the indentures permit L-3 Communications to make such restricted payments so long as it would be able to incur at least one dollar of additional indebtedness under the fixed charge coverage ratio test described above and meet other conditions.
 
Cross default provisions. The Senior Credit Facility contains cross default provisions that are triggered when a payment default occurs or certain other defaults occur that would allow the acceleration of indebtedness, guarantee obligations or certain other agreements of L-3 Communications or its subsidiaries in an aggregate amount of at least $40 million and those defaults (other than payment defaults and defaults that have resulted in acceleration) have not been cured after 10 days. The Senior Subordinated Notes indentures contain cross acceleration provisions that are triggered when holders of the indebtedness of L-3 Holdings, L-3 Communications or their restricted subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by such entities) accelerate at least $10 million in aggregate principal amount of those obligations.
 
11.   Shareholders’ Equity
 
In October 2008, L-3 Holdings completed its previously announced $750 million share repurchase program, which was approved by its Board of Directors on December 11, 2007. On November 24, 2008, L-3 Holdings’ Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase program that authorizes L-3 Holdings to repurchase up to an additional $1 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock through December 31, 2010. Repurchases are made from time to time at management’s discretion in accordance with applicable federal securities laws. All share repurchases of L-3 Holdings common stock have been recorded as treasury shares. At December 31, 2008, the dollar value of the remaining authorized repurchase program was $931 million.
 
From January 1, 2009 through February 25, 2009, L-3 Holdings had repurchased 980,609 shares of its common stock at an average price of $76.65 per share for an aggregate amount of $75 million.
 
12.   Fair Value Measurements
 
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157). The provisions of SFAS 157 are applicable to all of the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured and recorded at fair value. SFAS 157 establishes a new framework for measuring fair value and expands related disclosures. SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received for an asset or the exit price that would be paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants. SFAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that gives the highest priority to observable inputs and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy defined by SFAS 157 are described below.
 
Level 1:      Quoted market prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date. The Company’s Level 1 assets include cash equivalents, primarily institutional money market funds, whose carrying value represents fair value because of the short-term maturities of the investments held by these funds.
 
Level 2:      Pricing inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. The Company’s Level 2 assets and liabilities include foreign currency forward contracts. Fair value is determined using a valuation model based on observable market inputs, including quoted forward foreign currency exchange rates, and consideration of non-performance risk.


F-33


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
 
Level 3:      Pricing inputs that are generally unobservable inputs and not corroborated by market data. The Company has no Level 3 assets or liabilities.
 
The following table presents our assets and liabilities by level measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2008.
 
                         
Description
  Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    (in millions)  
 
Assets
                       
Cash equivalents
  $   794     $   —     $   —  
Derivatives
          22        
                         
Total Assets
  $ 794     $ 22     $  
                         
Liabilities
                       
Derivatives
  $     $ 21     $  
 
The Company has deferred the provisions of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities not recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis in accordance with FSP Financial Accounting Standard 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (FSP 157-2). FSP 157-2 delayed the effective date of application of SFAS 157 to all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities not recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis until January 1, 2009. The adoption of SFAS 157 to those assets and liabilities within the scope of FSP 157-2 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows when it becomes effective. The Company does not have any non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities that would be recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2008.
 
13.   Financial Instruments
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company’s financial instruments consisted primarily of cash and cash equivalents, billed receivables, trade accounts payable, borrowings under the term loan facility, Senior Subordinated Notes, CODES and foreign currency forward contracts. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, billed receivables and trade accounts payable are representative of their respective fair values because of the short-term maturities or expected settlement dates of these instruments. The fair value of borrowings under the term loan facility are based on similar debt issued as of December 31, 2008. The Senior Subordinated Notes are registered, unlisted public debt traded in the over-the-counter market and their fair values are based on quoted trading activity. The fair values of the CODES are based on quoted prices for the same or similar issues. The fair values of foreign currency forward contracts were estimated based on forward exchange rates at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are presented in the table below.
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
          (in millions)        
     Carrying 
    Estimated
     Carrying 
    Estimated
 
    Amount      Fair Value      Amount      Fair Value   
 
Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility
  $ 650     $ 608     $ 650     $ 650  
Senior Subordinated Notes
    3,188       2,916       3,187       3,172  
CODES
    700       697       700       849  
Foreign currency forward contracts(1)
    1       1       (12 )     (12 )
 
 
(1) Notional amounts of foreign currency forward contracts were $414 million at December 31, 2008 and $288 million at December 31, 2007.


F-34


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk Management. The Company’s U.S. and foreign businesses enter into contracts with customers, subcontractors or vendors, and certain of these contracts are denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of the U.S. and foreign businesses. To protect the functional currency equivalent cash flows associated with certain of these contracts denominated in a foreign currency, the Company has entered into foreign currency forward contracts. The Company’s activities involving foreign currency forward contracts are designed to hedge the changes in the functional currency equivalent cash flows due to movements in the foreign exchange rate compared to the functional currency. The foreign currencies hedged are primarily the Canadian dollar, Euro, British Pound and U.S. dollar. The Company manages exposure to counterparty credit risk by entering into foreign currency forward contracts only with major financial institutions that are expected to fully perform under the terms of such contracts. The notional amounts, as noted above, are used to measure the volume of these contracts and do not represent exposure to foreign currency losses.
 
14.   Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
 
The changes in the accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income balances, net of related tax effects are presented in the table below:
 
                                         
                            Total
 
          Unrealized
            Unrecognized  
    accumulated
 
    Foreign
     gains (losses) 
     Minimum 
    losses and
    other
 
    currency
    on hedging
    pension
    prior service
      comprehensive  
 
     translation      instruments     liability     cost, net     (loss) income  
    (in millions)  
 
Balance at December 31, 2005
  $  2     $      2     $   (81 )   $     $ (77 )
Adoption of SFAS 158
                60       (169 )     (109 )
Period change
    123       (7 )     21             137  
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2006
    125       (5 )           (169 )     (49 )
Adoption of SFAS 158 measurement date provision (See Note 19)
                      39       39  
Period change
    135       4             24       163  
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2007
    260       (1 )           (106 )     153  
Period change
     (222 )     6             (269 )     (485 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 38     $ 5     $     $  (375 )   $   (332 )
                                         


F-35


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
15.   L-3 Holdings Earnings Per Share
 
A reconciliation of basic and diluted EPS is presented in the table below.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions, except per share data)  
 
Basic:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 929     $ 756     $ 526  
Gain on sale of a business, net of income taxes
    20              
                         
Net income
  $ 949     $ 756     $ 526  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    121.2       124.9       123.1  
                         
Basic earnings per share:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 7.66     $ 6.05     $ 4.27  
Gain on sale of a business, net of income taxes
    0.17              
                         
Net income
  $ 7.83     $ 6.05     $ 4.27  
                         
Diluted:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 929     $ 756     $ 526  
Gain on sale of a business, net of income taxes
    20              
                         
Net income
  $ 949     $ 756     $ 526  
                         
Common and potential common shares:
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    121.2       124.9       123.1  
Assumed exercise of stock options
    4.1       5.0       5.0  
Unvested restricted stock awards
    1.1       0.9       0.6  
Employee stock purchase plan contributions
    0.4       0.4       0.5  
Assumed purchase of common shares for treasury
    (4.1 )     (4.8 )     (4.4 )
Assumed conversion of the CODES
    0.2       0.1        
                         
Common and potential common shares
    122.9       126.5       124.8  
                         
Diluted earnings per share:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 7.56     $ 5.98     $ 4.22  
Gain on sale of a business, net of income taxes
    0.16              
                         
Net income
  $ 7.72     $ 5.98     $ 4.22  
                         
 
L-3 Holdings’ CODES had no impact on diluted EPS for the year ended December 31, 2006 because the average market price of L-3 Holdings common stock during this period was less than the price at which the CODES would have been convertible into L-3 Holdings common stock. As of December 31, 2008, the conversion price was $101.13.
 
Excluded from the computations of diluted EPS are equity securities underlying employee stock-based compensation of 1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, 0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, because they were anti-dilutive.


F-36


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Diluted EPS for the year ended December 31, 2008 includes (1) a gain of $0.66 per share for the reversal of a current liability for pending and threatened litigation as a result of a June 27, 2008 decision by the U.S. Court of Appeals which vacated an adverse 2006 jury verdict (see Note 18), (2) a gain of $0.06 per share for the sale of the PMD product line (see Note 4), and (3) a non-cash charge of $0.14 per share related to a write-down of capitalized software development costs (see Note 2).
 
Diluted EPS for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes (1) a charge of $0.63 per share for an adverse jury verdict (see Note 18), and (2) a charge of $0.20 per share related to stock-based awards granted during the period from May 1998 to July 2003 (see Note 3).
 
16.   Income Taxes
 
Income before income taxes is summarized in the table below.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
        2008             2007             2006      
    (in millions)  
 
Domestic
  $ 1,280     $ 1,012     $ 727  
Foreign
    151       162       98  
                         
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
  $ 1,431     $ 1,174     $ 825  
                         
 
The components of the Company’s current and deferred portions of the provision for income taxes are presented in the table below.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
        2008             2007             2006      
    (in millions)  
 
Current income tax provision:
                       
Federal
  $ 244     $ 228     $ 107  
State and local
    47       43       36  
Foreign
    50       34       28  
                         
Subtotal
    341       305       171  
                         
Deferred income tax provision (benefit):
                       
Federal
    144       88       125  
State and local
    24       14       (1 )
Foreign
    (7 )     11       4  
                         
Subtotal
    161       113       128  
                         
Total provision for income taxes
  $ 502     $ 418     $ 299  
                         


F-37


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective income tax rate of the Company is presented in the table below.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
        2008             2007             2006      
 
Statutory federal income tax rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
    3.1       3.1       2.7  
Foreign income taxes
    (1.1 )     (1.3 )     (1.6 )
Extraterritorial income exclusion benefits
                (0.4 )
Manufacturing benefits
    (0.9 )     (0.7 )     (0.7 )
Research and experimentation and other tax credits
    (1.0 )     (0.9 )     (0.6 )
Resolution of tax contingencies
    (1.2 )     (1.0 )      
Other, net
    1.2       1.4       1.8  
                         
Effective income tax rate
    35.1 %     35.6 %     36.2 %
                         
 
The significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented in the table below.
 
                 
    December 31,  
        2008             2007      
    (in millions)  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Inventoried costs
  $ 3     $ 32  
Compensation and benefits
    69       61  
Pension and postretirement benefits
    293       148  
Income recognition on contracts in process
    90       81  
Litigation charge
          50  
Loss carryforwards
    15       27  
Tax credit carryforwards
    10       7  
Other
    107       84  
                 
Gross deferred tax assets
    587       490  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Goodwill and other intangible assets
  $   439     $   442  
Property, plant and equipment
    41       34  
Other
    2       4  
                 
Gross deferred tax liabilities
    482       480  
                 
Valuation allowance
    4       9  
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 101     $ 1  
                 


F-38


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
The following table presents the classification of the Company’s net deferred tax assets.
 
                 
    December 31,  
        2008             2007      
    (in millions)  
 
Current deferred tax assets
  $ 211     $ 246  
Non-current deferred tax liabilities
    (110 )     (245 )
                 
Total net deferred tax assets
  $ 101     $ 1  
                 
 
At December 31, 2008, the Company’s loss carryforwards included $4 million of U.S. Federal net operating loss carryforwards that are subject to limitations and will expire, if unused, between 2023 and 2027, and approximately $124 million of state net operating losses that will expire, if unused, between 2009 and 2028. The Company also has $10 million of tax credit carryforwards related to state research and experimentation credits and investment tax credits that will expire, if unused, primarily beginning in 2012. The Company believes that it will generate sufficient taxable income, of the appropriate character, to fully utilize all the U.S. Federal net operating losses, $73 million of the state net operating losses and all the state credit carryforwards before they expire. The Company previously had a valuation allowance against its U.S. Federal capital loss carryforward from the 2005 acquisition of The Titan Corporation (Titan). The Company utilized these capital loss carryforwards in 2008 and reversed the related $5 million valuation allowance as a reduction to goodwill.
 
The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result, the Company recognized a net decrease in income tax liabilities at January 1, 2007 of $4 million for income tax deductions taken on the Company’s income tax returns, which were accounted for as an increase to retained earnings. In addition, the Company reclassified uncertain income tax positions that are not expected to be resolved within one year as non-current income tax liabilities at the balance sheet date.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $171 million, $144 million of which would reduce the effective income tax rate, if recognized. A reconciliation of the change in unrecognized income tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, is presented in the table below.
 
                 
      2008         2007    
    (in millions)  
 
Balance at January 1
  $ 253     $ 302  
Additions for tax positions related to the current year
    10       10  
Additions for tax positions related to prior years
    14       1  
Reductions for tax positions related to prior years
    (87 )     (24 )
Reductions for tax positions related to settlements with taxing authorities
    (19 )     (31 )
Reduction for tax positions related to prior years as a result of a lapse of statute of limitations
          (5 )
                 
Balance at December 31
  $   171     $   253  
                 
 
The U.S. Federal income tax jurisdiction is the Company’s major tax jurisdiction. The statute of limitations (the Statute) for the Company’s U.S. Federal income tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2004 through 2007 is open as of December 31, 2008. The Company expects the Statute on the 2004 and 2005 years to close in the third quarter of 2009. The Company also expects that the IRS will begin its audit of the Company’s 2006 and 2007 Federal income tax returns in 2009. In addition, the Company has numerous state and foreign income tax audits in process. As of December 31, 2008, the Company anticipates that unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by approximately $30 million over the next 12 months.


F-39


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
In December 2008, the Company reached an agreement with the IRS relating to the audit of its 2004 and 2005 U.S. Federal income tax returns. The Company also settled numerous state and local income tax audits during 2008. As a result of these settlements, the Company reduced its provision for income tax by approximately $27 million in 2008 for the reversal of previously accrued amounts, including interest. In addition, the Company finalized the deferred tax assets acquired in various business acquisitions, resulting in the Company increasing its deferred tax assets by $98 million, reducing its current and non-current tax liabilities by $38 million and reducing its goodwill by $136 million.
 
In March 2007, the IRS completed a limited scope audit of certain income tax positions taken by the Company on its U.S. Federal income tax returns in connection with two business acquisition transactions that resulted in the Company paying additional U.S. Federal income taxes of $7 million. The additional income tax payment was previously accrued as a liability and does not affect the effective income tax rate for 2007. In addition, the statute of limitations of the Company’s 2002 U.S. Federal income tax return expired in April 2007 and for its 2003 U.S. Federal income tax return expired in September 2007. As a result, the Company reduced its provision for income taxes by approximately $7 million during the second quarter of 2007 and $5 million during the third quarter of 2007 for the reversal of previously accrued amounts, primarily interest.
 
In August 2007 the IRS completed its audit of the pre-acquisition U.S. Federal income tax returns of Titan for the 2002 and 2003 tax years (the Company acquired Titan on July 29, 2005). As a result of the completion of the Titan audits, the Company reduced unrecognized income tax benefits by $47 million, which did not impact the Company’s effective income tax rate. Of the $47 million, $25 million of net operating loss carryforwards were disallowed on audit, and the remaining $22 million of allowed losses were recorded as a reduction to goodwill.
 
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, current and non-current income taxes payable include accrued interest of $18 million ($11 million after income taxes) and $22 million ($13 million after income taxes), respectively, and penalties of $7 million and $5 million, respectively. The Company’s income tax expense included a benefit of $2 million and an expense of $1 million for interest related items in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
17.   Stock-Based Compensation
 
In 2006, the Company voluntarily initiated and completed a review of its historical stock-based compensation practices and related accounting treatment. See Note 3 for a discussion of the scope and findings of the review.
 
Stock-based Compensation Plans. Effective April 29, 2008, the Company adopted the 2008 Long Term Performance Plan (2008 LTPP) and the 2008 Directors Stock Incentive Plan (2008 DSIP). As a result, no subsequent awards in respect of shares of L-3 Holdings common stock have been or will be issued under the Company’s 1997 Stock Option Plan, the 1998 Directors Stock Option Plan and the 1999 Long Term Performance Plan (Prior Plans).
 
Awards under the 2008 LTPP may be granted to any officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or to any other individual who provides services to or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Awards under the 2008 LTPP may be in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and other stock-based awards (including restricted stock units and performance units). Awards under the 2008 DSIP may be granted only to non-employee directors of the Company. Awards under the 2008 DSIP may be in the form of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and minimum ownership stock. The 2008 LTPP and the 2008 DSIP are collectively referred to as the 2008 Plans.


F-40


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Under the terms of the 2008 LTPP, (i) the maximum number of shares of L-3 Holdings’ common stock that may be issued pursuant to “full value” awards (i.e., all awards other than stock options and stock appreciation rights) is 2,500,000, (ii) the maximum number of shares of L-3 Holdings’ common stock that may be issued pursuant to “incentive” stock option awards (i.e., stock options granted in accordance with Section 422 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) is 3,000,000, (iii) the maximum number of shares of L-3 Holdings’ common stock that may be issued (or paid in cash by reference to such shares) pursuant to all awards granted during a calendar year to any individual participant is 500,000 and (iv) the maximum number of shares of L-3 Holdings’ common stock that may be issued (or paid in cash by reference to such shares) to any participant over the life of the 2008 LTPP with respect to performance-based awards may not exceed 5% of L-3 Holdings’ total outstanding shares of common stock.
 
At December 31, 2008, the number of shares of L-3 Holdings’ common stock authorized for grant under the 2008 Plans was 5.3 million, of which 4.0 million shares were still available for awards.
 
To date, awards under the 2008 Plans and Prior Plans (collectively, the Plans) have been in the form of L-3 Holdings’ restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units and options to purchase L-3 Holdings’ common stock. The Company adopted the Plans in order to provide incentives to directors, officers, employees and other individuals providing services to or on behalf of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company believes that its stock-based compensation awards encourage high levels of performance by individuals who contribute to the success of the Company and enable the Company to attract, retain and reward talented and experienced individuals. This is accomplished by providing eligible individuals with an opportunity to obtain or increase a proprietary interest in the Company and/or by providing eligible individuals with additional incentives to join or remain with the Company. The Plans serve to better align the interests of management and its employees with those of the Company’s shareholders.
 
Stock Options. The exercise price of stock options that may be granted under the 2008 Plans may not be less than the fair market value of L-3 Holdings’ common stock on the date of grant. Options expire after 10 years from the date of grant and are vested ratably over a three year period on the annual anniversary of the date of grant. All unvested options are subject to forfeiture following termination of employment. Compensation expense for stock option awards was $17 million ($10 million after income taxes) for the year ended December 31, 2008, $20 million ($12 million after income taxes) for the year ended December 31, 2007 and $23 million ($14 million after income taxes) for the year ended December 31, 2006. All of the stock option awards issued under the Plans are non-qualified stock options for U.S. income tax regulations. The table below


F-41


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
presents a summary of the Company’s stock option activity under the Plans as of December 31, 2008 and changes during the year then ended.
 
                                 
                Weighted
       
            Weighted  
    Average
       
          Average
    Remaining
      Aggregate  
 
      Number of  
    Exercise
      Contractual  
    Intrinsic
 
    Options     Price     Term     Value  
    (in thousands)           (in Years)     (in millions)  
 
Number of shares under option
                               
Outstanding at January 1, 2008
    5,209.1     $ 66.13       7.0     $ 207  
                                 
Options granted
    839.7       96.90                  
Options exercised
    (720.6 )     55.70                  
Options forfeited
    (169.9 )     80.97                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
    5,158.3     $ 72.12       6.7     $ 45  
                                 
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2008(1)
    4,956.4     $ 71.39       6.6     $ 45  
                                 
Exercisable at December 31, 2008
    3,527.8     $  63.44         5.7     $   44  
                                 
 
 
(1) Represents outstanding options reduced by expected forfeitures for options not fully vested.
 
The weighted average grant date fair value of each stock option awarded was $18.65, $22.24 and $19.53 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value, disclosed in the table above, represents the difference between L-3 Holding’s closing stock price on the last trading day for the period, and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money stock options.
 
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised, based on the difference between the L-3 Holdings stock price at the time of exercise and the related exercise price, was $35 million, $66 million and $165 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. At December 31, 2008, unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options was $23 million ($14 million after income taxes), which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining period of 1.4 years.
 
The actual income tax benefit realized related to compensation deductions arising from the exercise of stock options by the Company’s employees totaled $13 million, $25 million and $63 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Stock Option Fair Value Estimation Assumptions. For purposes of estimating the fair value provisions of SFAS 123(R), the Company estimates the fair value of its stock options at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing valuation model. The Company’s valuation model is affected by L-3 Holdings’ stock price as well as weighted average assumptions for a number of subjective variables described below.
 
  •   Expected Holding Period. The expected holding period of stock options granted represents the period of time that stock options granted are expected to be outstanding until they are exercised. The Company uses historical data to estimate stock option exercise data within the valuation model.
 
  •   Expected Volatility. Expected volatility is based on L-3 Holdings’ actual historical share price volatility.
 
  •   Expected Dividend Yield. Expected dividend yield is based on L-3 Holdings’ anticipated dividend payments and historical pattern of dividend increases.


F-42


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
 
  •   Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rates for stock options are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for maturities similar to the expected holding period of the stock options.
 
Changes in assumptions can materially impact the estimated fair value of stock options. The weighted average assumptions used in the valuation model are presented in the table below.
 
                         
    2008
    2007
    2006
 
        Grants             Grants             Grants      
 
Expected holding period (in years)
    4.7       4.5       4.4  
Expected volatility
    20.2 %     20.5 %     25.8 %
Expected dividend yield
    1.6 %     1.3 %     1.2 %
Risk-free interest rate
    3.2 %     4.6 %     4.8 %
 
Restricted Stock. The Company awards shares of restricted stock in the form of restricted stock units that automatically convert into shares of L-3 Holdings’ common stock upon vesting. These awards are subject to forfeiture until certain restrictions have lapsed, including a three year cliff vesting period starting on the date of grant. The weighted average grant date fair value of each restricted stock unit awarded was $98.18, $96.15 and $75.44 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The grant date fair value of the restricted stock awards is based on L-3 Holdings’ closing stock price at the date of grant, and will generally be recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the three year cliff vesting period. However, for employees who attain retirement eligibility status prior to the end of the three year cliff vesting period, and who have provided at least one year of service after the date of grant, compensation expense is recognized over the shorter period from the date of grant to the retirement eligibility date. Retirement eligible employees are those employees that have attained the age of 65 and have completed at least five years of service (which service must be continuous through the date of termination except for a single break in service that does not exceed one year in length).
 
Compensation expense for all restricted stock awards was $32 million ($19 million after income taxes) for the year ended December 31, 2008, $21 million ($13 million after income taxes) for the year ended December 31, 2007 and $13 million ($8 million after income taxes) for the year ended December 31, 2006. The table below presents a summary of the Company’s nonvested restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards as of December 31, 2008 and changes during the year then ended.
 
                 
          Weighted
 
          Average
 
    Number of
    Grant Date
 
    Shares     Fair Value  
    (in thousands)        
 
Nonvested balance at January 1, 2008
    1,063.4     $ 85.06  
Granted
    539.6       98.18  
Vested
    (221.4 )     76.66  
Forfeited
    (92.7 )     86.73  
                 
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2008
    1,288.9     $ 91.88  
                 
 
As of December 31, 2008, total unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested restricted stock awards were $56 million ($34 million after income taxes) and are expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining period of 1.6 years. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 as of their vesting dates was $20 million, $6 million and $6 million, respectively.


F-43


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Long-Term Incentive Program. On August 1, 2007, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved and established the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Program (LTIP). The LTIP is a multi-year performance program. Each LTIP participant receives a target award of performance units, with each unit having a value at the time of grant equal to a share of L-3 Holdings’ common stock. The final value of each unit will vary based upon (1) the level of performance achieved by the Company over the associated performance period in relation to a pre-determined performance goal established by the Compensation Committee and (2) the closing price of L-3 Holdings’ common stock at the end of the performance period. Units issued under the program are payable in either cash or shares of L-3 Holdings’ common stock as determined at the time of grant by the Compensation Committee.
 
The table below presents a summary of the Company’s performance unit awards as of December 31, 2008 and changes during the year then ended.
 
                                 
    Payable in Cash (TSR)     Payable in Shares (EPS)  
          Weighted Average
          Weighted Average
 
    Number of
    Grant Date
    Number of
    Grant Date
 
    Units     Fair Value     Units     Fair Value  
    (In thousands)           (In thousands)        
 
Nonvested balance at January 1, 2008
    22.6     $ 117.68       22.6     $ 99.58  
Granted
    29.2       109.85       29.2       96.34  
Vested
                       
Forfeited
    (0.8 )     117.68       (0.8 )     99.58  
                                 
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2008
    51.0     $ 113.19       51.0     $ 97.73  
                                 
 
In 2008 and 2007, the Company awarded performance units with a weighted average grant date fair value per unit of $103.10 and $108.63, respectively. Of these units, (1) the final value of half of the units is contingent upon the compound annual growth rate in L-3’s diluted EPS (the EPS Element) and (2) the final value of half of the units, is contingent upon L-3’s Total Stockholder Return relative to a peer group of companies (the TSR Element). The performance period for all such units begins on the first day of the Company’s fiscal third quarter of the applicable grant year and ends on the December 31 that is two and a half years later. Units related to the EPS Element are payable in shares of L-3 Holdings’ common stock, while units related to the TSR Element are payable in cash based on the closing price of L-3 Holdings’ common stock at the end of the performance period. The total compensation expense recognized under the LTIP for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $4 million ($2 million after income taxes) and $1 million ($1 million after income taxes), respectively. As of December 31, 2008, total unrecognized compensation costs related to the performance units were $7 million ($4 million after income taxes) and are expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining period of 1.6 years.
 
Performance Units Fair Value Assumptions.  The TSR element is initially measured at fair value and subsequently remeasured each reporting period using a Monte Carlo valuation model that incorporates current assumptions, including L-3 Holdings’ stock price. Changes in assumptions can materially impact the estimated fair value of the TSR element from period to period. The weighted average assumptions used in the valuation model as of December 31, 2008 are presented in the table below.
 
                 
    2008
    2007
 
    Grants     Grants  
 
Expected volatility
    29.4 %     36.1 %
Expected dividend yield
    1.5 %     1.5 %
Risk-free interest rate
    0.8 %     0.4 %


F-44


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
The assumptions above used in the Monte Carlo valuation model for the TSR element are similar to certain of the assumptions used by the Company in its Black-Scholes option-pricing valuation model, which are described above, except for the risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate used in the Monte Carlo valuation model is based on U.S. Treasuries with a maturity matching the remaining measurement period.
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The Company offers an employee stock purchase plan for all eligible employees. Eligible employees include all employees of the Company, its U.S. subsidiaries and certain foreign subsidiaries. Under this plan, shares of L-3 Holdings’ common stock may be purchased by employees of the Company at 85% of the fair market value of L-3 Holdings’ common stock on the last trading day of each six-month offering period. Fair market value is defined as the average of the highest and lowest sales price of a share of L-3 Holdings’ common stock on the last day of the trading period. Employees may purchase shares through payroll deductions not to exceed 10% of their salary and wages for each payroll period, or $21,250 for each year. Employees may not purchase more than $25,000 worth of L-3 Holdings’ common stock for each year based on the value of the common stock at the beginning of each offering period during the year. The plan authorizes L-3 Holdings to issue up to 8.0 million shares, of which 3.2 million shares were available for future issuance as of December 31, 2008 (i.e., excluding the effect of shares issued in January 2009 as described below). In July 2008, the Company issued 0.5 million shares under its employee stock purchase plan at an average price of $77.30 per share, which covered employee contributions for the six months ended June 30, 2008. In January 2009, the Company issued an additional 0.6 million shares under its employee stock purchase plan at an average price of $62.29 per share, which covered employee contributions for the six months ended December 31, 2008. For both the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company recognized $12 million ($10 million after income taxes) in compensation expense related to the discount for L-3 Holdings’ common stock purchases under the employee stock purchase plan.
 
18.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
Non-Cancelable Operating Leases
 
The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under agreements expiring at various dates through 2028. Certain leases contain renewal options or escalation clauses providing for increased rental payments based upon maintenance, utility and tax increases. No lease agreement imposes a restriction on the Company’s ability to pay dividends, engage in debt or equity financing transactions, or enter into further lease agreements.
 
The following table presents future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2008.
 
                         
    Real Estate     Equipment     Total  
          (in millions)        
 
2009
  $  152     $  23     $  175  
2010
    153       18       171  
2011
    109       13       122  
2012
    83       10       93  
2013
    65       7       72  
Thereafter
    208       29       237  
                         
Total minimum payments required
    770       100       870  
Less: Sublease rentals under non-cancelable leases
    27             27  
                         
Net minimum payments required
  $ 743     $ 100     $ 843  
                         


F-45


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Rent expense, net of sublease income, was $166 million for 2008, $162 million for 2007 and $157 million for 2006.
 
Letters of Credit
 
The Company enters into standby letters of credit with financial institutions covering performance and financial guarantees pursuant to contractual arrangements with certain customers. The Company had total outstanding letters of credit aggregating $372 million at December 31, 2008, and $435 million at December 31, 2007. These letters of credit may be drawn upon in the event of the Company’s nonperformance.
 
Guarantees
 
The Company, from time to time, enters into contractual guarantees that arise in connection with its business acquisitions, dispositions, and other contractual arrangements in the normal course of business.
 
In connection with the Company’s acquisition of MAPPS in 2005, the Company acquired a 47.5% interest in FAST Holdings Limited (FAST), a joint venture corporation. FAST has been contracted to provide and operate training facilities and equipment for the United Kingdom’s Astute Class Training Service (ACTS) program. The Company has guaranteed 50% of certain bank debt borrowed by FAST to finance its activities on the ACTS program. At December 31, 2008, the Company’s guarantee amounted to $41 million. The Company’s guarantee is expected to decrease as FAST makes its scheduled repayments of the bank debt that is guaranteed by the Company and will be released upon customer acceptance of all contract deliverables, which is expected to occur no later than 2010.
 
The Company has two existing real estate lease agreements, which include residual guarantee amounts, expiring on August 31, 2010 and are accounted for as operating leases. On or before the lease expiration date, the Company can exercise options under the lease agreements to either renew the leases, purchase both properties for $28 million, or sell both properties on behalf of the lessor (the “Sale Option”). If the Company elects the Sale Option, the Company must pay the lessor a residual guarantee amount of $23 million for both properties, on or before the lease expiration date. In addition, at the time both properties are sold, the Company must pay the lessor a supplemental rent payment equal to the gross sales proceeds in excess of the residual guarantee, provided that such amount shall not exceed $5 million. For these real estate lease agreements, if the gross sales proceeds are less than the sum of the residual guarantee amount and the supplemental rent payment, the Company is required to pay a supplemental rent payment to the extent the reduction in the fair value of the properties is demonstrated by an independent appraisal to have been caused by the Company’s failure to properly maintain the properties. The aggregate residual guarantee amounts equal $23 million and are included in the future minimum payments under non-cancelable real estate operating lease payments relating to the expiration dates of such leases.
 
The Company has a contract to provide and operate for the U.S. Air Force (USAF) a full-service training facility, including simulator systems adjacent to a USAF base in Oklahoma. The Company acted as the construction agent on behalf of the third-party owner-lessors for procurement and construction for the simulator systems, which were completed and delivered in August 2002. The Company, as lessee, entered into operating lease agreements for a term of 15 years for the simulator systems with the owner-lessors. At the end of the lease term, the Company may elect to purchase the simulator systems at fair market value, which can be no less than $7 million and no greater than $21 million. If the Company does not elect to purchase the simulator systems on the date of expiration, the Company shall pay to the lessor, as additional rent, $3 million and return the simulator systems to the lessors.


F-46


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
U.S. and Foreign Government Procurement Regulations
 
A substantial majority of the Company’s revenues are generated from providing products and services under legally binding agreements, or contracts, with U.S. Government and foreign government customers. U.S. Government contracts are subject to extensive legal and regulatory requirements, and, from time to time, agencies of the U.S. Government investigate whether such contracts were and are being conducted in accordance with these requirements. The Company is currently cooperating with the U.S. Government on several investigations from which civil, criminal or administrative proceedings could result and give rise to fines, penalties, compensatory and treble damages, restitution and/or forfeitures. The Company does not currently anticipate that any of these investigations will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, under U.S. Government regulations, an indictment of the Company by a federal grand jury could result in the Company being suspended for a period of time from eligibility for awards of new government contracts or in a loss of export privileges. A conviction could result in debarment from contracting with the federal government for a specified term. In addition, all of the Company’s U.S. Government contracts are subject to audit and various pricing and cost controls, include standard provisions for termination for the convenience of the U.S. Government or for default, and are subject to cancellation if funds for contracts become unavailable. Foreign government contracts generally include comparable provisions relating to terminations for convenience and default, as well as other procurement clauses relevant to the foreign government.
 
Environmental Matters
 
Management continually assesses the Company’s obligations with respect to applicable environmental protection laws, including those obligations assumed in connection with certain business acquisitions. While it is difficult to determine the timing and ultimate cost to be incurred by the Company in order to comply with these laws, based upon available internal and external assessments, with respect to those environmental loss contingencies of which management is aware, the Company believes that, after considering amounts accrued there are no environmental loss contingencies that, individually or in the aggregate, would be material to the Company’s consolidated results of operations. The Company accrues for these contingencies when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated.
 
Litigation Matters
 
The Company has been subject to and is involved in litigation, government investigations, proceedings, claims or assessments and various contingent liabilities incidental to its businesses, including those specified below. Furthermore, in connection with certain business acquisitions, the Company has assumed some or all claims against, and liabilities of, the acquired business, including both asserted and unasserted claims and liabilities. In accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” the Company records a liability when management believes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of the loss. Generally, the loss is recorded at the amount the Company expects to resolve the liability. The amount of liabilities recorded for pending and threatened litigation is disclosed in Note 8. Amounts recoverable from insurance contracts or third parties are recorded as assets when deemed probable. At December 31, 2008, the Company did not record any amounts for recoveries from insurance contracts or third parties. The Company believes it has recorded adequate provisions for its litigation matters. The Company reviews these provisions quarterly and adjusts these provisions to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other information and events pertaining to a particular matter. An estimate of loss or range of loss is disclosed for a particular litigation matter when such amount or amounts can be reasonably estimated and no loss has been accrued. The Company believes that any damage amounts claimed in the specific matters discussed below are not meaningful indicators of potential


F-47


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
liability. Although the Company believes that it has valid defenses with respect to legal matters and investigations pending against it, litigation is inherently unpredictable. Therefore, it is possible that the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company could be materially adversely affected in any particular period by the unfavorable resolution of one or more of these contingencies.
 
Kalitta Air.  L-3 Integrated Systems and its predecessors have been involved in litigation with Kalitta Air arising from a contract to convert Boeing 747 aircraft from passenger configuration to cargo freighters. The lawsuit was brought in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California on January 31, 1997. The aircraft were modified using Supplemental Type Certificates (STCs) issued in 1988 by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to Hayes International, Inc. (Hayes/Pemco) as a subcontractor to GATX/Airlog Company (GATX). Between 1988 and 1990, Hayes/Pemco modified five aircraft as a subcontractor to GATX using the STCs. Between 1990 and 1994, Chrysler Technologies Airborne Systems, Inc. (CTAS), a predecessor to L-3 Integrated Systems, performed as a subcontractor to GATX and modified an additional five aircraft using the STCs. Two of the aircraft modified by CTAS were owned by American International Airways, the predecessor to Kalitta Air. In 1996, the FAA determined that the engineering data provided by Hayes/Pemco supporting the STCs was inadequate and issued an Airworthiness Directive that effectively grounded the ten modified aircraft. The Kalitta Air aircraft have not been in revenue service since that date. The matter was tried in January 2001 against GATX and CTAS with the jury finding fault on the part of GATX, but rendering a unanimous defense verdict in favor of CTAS. Certain co-defendants had settled prior to trial. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit subsequently reversed and remanded the trial court’s summary judgment rulings in favor of CTAS regarding a negligence claim by Kalitta Air, which asserts that CTAS as an expert in aircraft modification should have known that the STCs were deficient. The retrial began on January 18, 2005, and ended on March 2, 2005 with a deadlocked jury and mistrial. At the retrial, Kalitta Air claimed damages of $235 million. By order dated July 22, 2005, the Trial Court granted the Company’s motion for judgment as a matter of law as to negligence dismissing that claim, denied the Company’s motion for judgment as a matter of law as to negligent misrepresentation, and certified the decision for interlocutory appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. On October 8, 2008, the Ninth Circuit reversed the trial court’s dismissal of the negligence claim and affirmed the trial court’s ruling as to the negligent misrepresentation claim. The case has been remanded to the trial court to reconsider the negligence claim and for further proceedings on the negligent misrepresentation claim. CTAS’ insurance carrier has accepted defense of the matter with a reservation of rights to dispute its obligations under the applicable insurance policy in the event of an adverse jury finding. The Court has ordered the parties to participate in a mediation, which is currently scheduled for March 3, 2009.
 
OSI Systems, Inc.  On November 18, 2002, the Company initiated a proceeding against OSI in the United States District Court sitting in the Southern District of New York seeking, among other things, a declaratory judgment that the Company had fulfilled all of its obligations under a letter of intent with OSI (the Letter of Intent). Under the Letter of Intent, the Company was to negotiate definitive agreements with OSI for the sale to OSI by the Company of certain businesses, which the Company acquired from PerkinElmer, Inc. on June 14, 2002. On February 7, 2003, OSI filed an answer and counterclaims alleging, among other things, that the Company defrauded OSI, breached obligations of fiduciary duty to OSI and breached its obligations under the Letter of Intent. Under the Letter of Intent, the Company proposed selling to OSI the conventional detection business and the ARGUS business that the Company acquired from PerkinElmer, Inc. Negotiations lasted for almost one year and ultimately broke down over issues regarding, among other things, intellectual property, product-line definitions, allocation of employees and due diligence. On May 24, 2006, a jury found in favor of OSI and awarded OSI $126 million in damages, including awards of $33 million for compensatory damages and $93 million for punitive damages, principally on the basis of OSI’s fiduciary-based claims. As a result of the jury verdict, the Company recorded a $129 million litigation charge in connection with this litigation, which was accrued as a current liability, and included an estimate of $3 million for external legal


F-48


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
costs incurred through June 30, 2006. On June 27, 2008, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit vacated the jury verdict, ruled in favor of L-3 on the fiduciary-based claims, and remanded the case for a new trial solely on OSI’s claim of actual fraud. Based on the June 27 decision, the Company reversed the $126 million current liability for pending and threatened litigation and $7 million of related accrued interest in the second quarter of 2008. On September 4, 2008, the Second Circuit denied a motion by OSI seeking a rehearing of the June 27 decision.
 
Korean Lot II Program.  On April 4, 2005, Lockheed Martin Corporation (Lockheed) filed a lawsuit in the Federal District Court for the Northern District of Georgia alleging misappropriation of proprietary information and breach of a license agreement. The complaint alleges that L-3 Integrated Systems (L-3 IS) is in breach of its license agreement with Lockheed and is infringing on Lockheed’s intellectual property rights as a result of its performance of a subcontract awarded to L-3 IS for the Korean Lot II program. The complaint seeks unspecified monetary damages, including punitive damages and attorneys’ fees, and an injunction enjoining L-3 from use or disclosure of the intellectual property at issue in the lawsuit. The case is scheduled to go to trial in May 2009.
 
SafeView Arbitration.  The Company is currently subject to an American Arbitration Association proceeding initiated by Paladin Homeland Security Fund on behalf of all former stockholders of SafeView. The Claimants are alleging violations of federal securities laws, fraud, negligent misrepresentation, breach of contract and unjust enrichment in connection with L-3’s acquisition of SafeView, and in particular the earnout provisions of the acquisition agreement providing for certain payments contingent upon SafeView’s financial performance during the three year period ended December 31, 2008. The Claimants are seeking damages of approximately $35 million (the maximum amount payable under the earnout provisions), unspecified punitive damages and attorneys’ and arbitration fees.
 
Aircrew Training and Rehearsal Support (ATARS) Investigation.  Following a lawsuit filed by Lockheed on April 6, 2006 in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Florida against the Company and certain individuals related to the ATARS II Program (which was settled in November 2007), the Company received Grand Jury subpoenas in connection with an investigation being conducted by the United States Attorney for the Middle District of Florida, Orlando Division. The subpoenas request the production of documents related to Lockheed’s allegations or produced in the civil litigation. The Company is cooperating fully with the U.S. Government.
 
Titan Government Investigation.  In October 2002, Titan received a grand jury subpoena from the Antitrust Division of the DoJ requesting the production of documents relating to information technology services performed for the U.S. Air Force at Hanscom Air Force Base in Massachusetts and Wright-Patterson Air Force Base in Ohio. Titan was informed that other companies who have performed similar services have received subpoenas as well. The Company acquired Titan in July 2005. On September 20, 2006, counsel for the Company was informed by the New York Field Office of the Department of Justice Criminal Antitrust Division that it is considering indictment. Additionally, a former Titan employee received a letter from the DoJ indicating that he is a target of the investigation. If the Field Office recommends indictment then, under normal DoJ procedures, Titan (now known as L-3 Services) will be afforded an opportunity to make a presentation to the Criminal Antitrust Division in Washington, D.C., before the Department of Justice acts on the recommendation. It is not known whether an indictment of L-3 Services or any of its employees will occur. If it does occur, it is possible that L-3 Services could be suspended or debarred from conducting business with the U.S. Government. In December 2008, the DoJ indicated its interest in conducting additional employee interviews concerning a teaming agreement relating to the Wright Patterson Air Force Base procurement. The Company is cooperating fully with the DoJ.


F-49


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
SEC Inquiry.  In March 2007, the Company was contacted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Enforcement Division, requesting that the Company provide certain information relating to its previously disclosed review of its historical stock option granting practices. The Company voluntarily provided the requested information and continues to cooperate fully with the SEC.
 
CyTerra Government Investigation.  Since November 2006, CyTerra has been served with civil and Grand Jury subpoenas by the DoD Office of the Inspector General and the DoJ. The Company is cooperating with the Government and is providing the requested documents. The Company believes that it is entitled to indemnification for any course of defense related to this matter and has made a claim against the escrow under the purchase agreement by which the Company acquired CyTerra in March 2006.
 
Bashkirian Airways.  On July 1, 2004, lawsuits were filed on behalf of the estates of 31 Russian children in the state courts of Washington, Arizona, California, Florida, New York and New Jersey against Honeywell, Honeywell TCAS, the Company, ACSS, Thales USA and Thales France. The suits relate to the crash over southern Germany of Bashkirian Airways Tupelov TU 154M aircraft and a DHL Boeing 757 cargo aircraft. On-board the Tupelov aircraft were 9 crew members and 60 passengers, including 45 children. The Boeing aircraft carried a crew of two. Both aircraft were equipped with Honeywell/ACSS Model 2000, Change 7 Traffic Collision and Avoidance Systems (TCAS). Sensing the other aircraft, the on-board DHL TCAS instructed the DHL pilot to descend, and the Tupelov on-board TCAS instructed the Tupelov pilot to climb. However, the Swiss air traffic controller ordered the Tupelov pilot to descend. The Tupelov pilot disregarded the on-board TCAS and put the Tupelov aircraft into a descent striking the DHL aircraft in midair at approximately 35,000 feet. All crew and passengers of both planes were lost. Investigations by the National Transportation Safety Board after the crash revealed that both TCAS units were performing as designed. The suits allege negligence and strict product liability based upon the design of the units and the training provided to resolve conflicting commands and seek approximately $315 million in damages, including $150 million in punitive damages. The Company’s insurers have accepted defense of the matter and retained counsel. The matters were consolidated in the Federal Court in New Jersey, which has dismissed the actions on the basis of forum non conveniens. The plaintiffs re-filed a complaint on April 23, 2007 with the Barcelona Court’s Registry in Spain. The trial for this matter began in January 2009 and is ongoing.
 
Gol Airlines.  The Company was served with complaints filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York against ExcelAire, Joseph Lepore, Jan Paul Paladino, Honeywell, Lockheed, Raytheon, and Amazon Technologies and Aviation Communications & Surveillance Systems (ACSS), a joint venture of L-3 and Thales. The complaints relate to the September 29, 2006 airplane crash over Brazil of a Boeing 737-800 operated by GOL Linhas Aereas Inteligentes, S.A. and an Embraer 600 business jet operated by ExcelAire. The complaints allege that ACSS designed the Traffic Collision and Avoidance System (TCAS) on the ExcelAire jet, and assert claims of negligence, strict products liability and breach of warranty against ACSS based on the design of the TCAS and the instructions provided for its use. The complaints seek unspecified monetary damages, including punitive damages. The Company’s insurers have accepted defense of this matter and have retained counsel. On July 3, 2008, the District Court dismissed the actions on the basis of forum non conveniens on the grounds that Brazil was the location of the accident and is more convenient for witnesses and document availability. On August 1, 2008, the plaintiffs filed an appeal of this ruling with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.
 
Pilatus PC-12 Aircraft.  On July 6, 2007, the Company was served with an amended complaint filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania against Pilatus Aircraft, Ltd., Pilatus Flugzeuweke Aktiengellschaft, Rosemont Aerospace, Inc., Revue Thommen AC, EMCA, Goodrich Corp., Goodrich Avionics Systems, Inc. (the predecessor to L-3 Avionics) and the Company. The amended complaint relates to the March 26, 2005 crash of a Pilatus PC-12 aircraft near Belafonte, Pennsylvania in which all six on board were lost. The amended complaint alleges that L-3 Avionics (and/or its predecessor company, Goodrich


F-50


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Avionics) designed, manufactured, tested, marketed, and sold the stick shaker/pusher servo actuator on the Pilatus PC-12, and asserts claims against L-3 Avionics and the Company based on negligence, breach of warranty, and strict liability. The amended complaint seeks unspecified monetary damages, including punitive damages. The Company’s insurers have accepted defense of the matter and have retained counsel.
 
T-39 Sabreliner Aircraft.  On January 16, 2008, the Company was served with three wrongful death lawsuits filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York arising from the crash of a T-39 Sabreliner Aircraft near Rome, GA on January 10, 2006. The Plaintiffs allege that L-3 Vertex employed the pilot in command, David Roark, and maintained the aircraft, and are seeking unspecified monetary damages. The cases have been consolidated and transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Florida. The Company’s insurers have accepted defense of the matter and have retained counsel.
 
Blackhawk Helicopter.  On August 7, 2008, a lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Texas relating to the August 22, 2007 crash of a U.S. Army Blackhawk helicopter near Kirkuk, Iraq. The complaint, which was brought on behalf of 14 passengers who were killed in the crash, alleges that the crash was the result of L-3 Vertex’s negligence in connection with a phased maintenance inspection performed approximately one week before the crash, and seeks unspecified monetary damages, including punitive damages. The Company’s insurers have accepted defense of this matter and have retained counsel.
 
19.   Pensions and Other Employee Benefits
 
The Company maintains multiple pension plans, both contributory and non-contributory, covering employees at certain locations. Eligibility for participation in these plans varies and benefits are generally based on the participant’s compensation and/or years of service. The Company’s funding policy is generally to contribute in accordance with cost accounting standards that affect government contractors, subject to the Internal Revenue Code and regulations thereon. Plan assets are invested primarily in listed stocks, mutual funds, bonds, U.S. Government obligations and U.S. Government agency obligations.
 
The Company also provides postretirement medical and life insurance benefits for retired employees and dependents at certain locations. Participants are eligible for these benefits when they retire from active service and meet the eligibility requirements for the Company’s pension plans. These benefits are funded primarily on a pay-as-you-go basis with the retiree generally paying a portion of the cost through contributions, deductibles and coinsurance provisions.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) (SFAS 158). In accordance with SFAS 158, the Company recognizes the unfunded status of its pension and postretirement benefit plans in the consolidated financial statements. SFAS 158 also required the Company to measure pension and postretirement benefit plan assets and benefit obligations as of December 31, beginning no later than the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company elected to early adopt a December 31 measurement date for the year ended December 31, 2007. Previously, the Company used a November 30 measurement date for its pension and post-retirement benefit plans. Due to the change in the measurement date, the 2007 beginning of year retained earnings balance decreased by $4 million and accumulated other comprehensive income balance increased by $39 million, after income taxes. In connection with the change in measurement date, the Company also elected to re-measure its plan assets and benefit obligations as of January 1, 2007, which were used to determine pension and other post retirement benefit plan expenses for the year ended December 31, 2007.


F-51


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
The following table summarizes changes in the benefit obligations, the plan assets and funded status for all of the Company’s pension and postretirement benefit plans, as well as the aggregate balance sheet impact.
 
                                 
          Postretirement
 
    Pension Plans     Benefit Plans  
    2008     2007(1)     2008     2007(1)  
    (in millions)  
 
Change in benefit obligation:
                               
Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year
  $ 1,688     $ 1,658     $ 183     $ 187  
Service cost
    89       103       6       7  
Interest cost
    104       103       10       11  
Plan participants’ contributions
    3       3       4       3  
Amendments
          7       3       (2 )
Actuarial gain
    (45 )     (162 )     (24 )     (16 )
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
    (44 )     44       (7 )     6  
Curtailments, settlements and special termination benefits
    1       (1 )     1        
Transfers for product line divestiture
    (8 )           (1 )      
Benefits paid
    (66 )     (67 )     (13 )     (13 )
                                 
Benefit obligation at the end of the year
  $ 1,722     $ 1,688     $ 162     $ 183  
                                 
Change in plan assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year
  $ 1,407     $ 1,298     $ 34     $ 30  
Actual (loss) return on plan assets
    (394 )     42       (9 )     2  
Employer contributions
    162       94       11       12  
Plan participants’ contributions
    3       3       4       3  
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
    (43 )     37              
Transfers for product line divestiture
    (5 )                  
Benefits paid
    (66 )     (67 )     (13 )     (13 )
                                 
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year
  $ 1,064     $ 1,407     $ 27     $ 34  
                                 
Funded status at the end of the year
  $ (658 )   $ (281 )   $ (135 )   $ (149 )
                                 
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:
                               
Non-current assets
  $ 16     $ 28     $     $  
Current liabilities
                (7 )     (8 )
Non-current liabilities
    (674 )     (309 )     (128 )     (141 )
                                 
    $ (658 )   $ (281 )   $ (135 )   $ (149 )
                                 
 
 
(1) Due to the change in measurement date as discussed above, the change in benefit obligation and plan assets information in the table covers the 13 month period from November 2006 to December 2007. For the month ended December 31, 2006, service cost was $7 million, interest cost was $8 million, actuarial gains were $60 million, benefits paid were $4 million, and actual return on plan assets was $9 million for the pension plans. For the month ended December 31, 2006, service cost was $1 million, interest cost was $1 million, actuarial gains were $5 million, and benefits paid were $1 million for the postretirement benefit plans.


F-52


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
 
The table below summarizes the net loss and prior service cost balances at December 31, in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) account, before related tax effects, for all of the Company’s pension and postretirement benefit plans.
 
                                 
          Postretirement
 
    Pension Plans     Benefit Plans  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Net loss (gain)
  $  621     $ 168     $  (11 )   $  
Prior service cost (credit)
    21       25       (14 )     (19 )
                                 
Total amount recognized
  $  642     $  193     $ (25 )   $  (19 )
                                 
 
The aggregate accumulated benefit obligation (ABO) for all of the Company’s pension plans was $1,443 million at December 31, 2008 and $1,404 million at December 31, 2007. The table below presents information for the pension plans with an ABO in excess of the fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
                 
    Pension Plans  
    2008     2007  
    (in millions)  
 
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 1,542     $ 672  
Accumulated benefit obligation
    1,278       598  
Fair value of plan assets
    870       494  
 
The table below summarizes the weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations for the Company’s pension and postretirement plans disclosed at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
                                 
        Postretirement
    Pension Plans   Benefit Plans
    2008   2007   2008   2007
 
Benefit obligations:
                               
Discount rate
    6.49 %(1)     6.36 %(1)     6.74 %(2)     6.07 %(2)
Rate of compensation increase
    4.50 %     4.50 %     4.50 %     4.50 %
 
 
(1) The discount rate assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations for the Company’s pension plans at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were 6.4% and 6.5% for the U.S. based plans, 7.4% and 5.75% for the Canadian based plans and 6.2% and 5.4% for the German based plans.
 
(2) The discount rate assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations for the Company’s postretirement benefit plans at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were 6.6% and 6.25% for the U.S. based plans and 7.4% and 5.5% for the Canadian based plans.


F-53


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
 
The following table summarizes the components of net periodic benefit cost for the Company’s pension and postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
                                                 
          Postretirement
 
    Pension Plans     Benefit Plans  
    2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
                                               
Service cost
  $ 89     $ 95     $ 88     $ 6     $ 6     $ 6  
Interest cost
    104       95       85       10       10       9  
Expected return on plan assets
    (117 )     (112 )     (90 )     (2 )     (2 )     (1 )
Amortization of prior service costs (credits)
    3       3       3       (3 )     (4 )     (4 )
Amortization of net loss (gain)
    7       11       19       (2 )     3       1  
Curtailment or settlement loss
    1       1                          
                                                 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 87     $ 93     $ 105     $ 9     $ 13     $ 11  
                                                 
 
The following table summarizes the other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income for the Company’s pension and postretirement benefit plans for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
                 
    Pension
    Postretirement
 
    Plans     Benefit Plans  
    (in millions)  
 
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:
               
Net loss (gain)
  $ 459     $ (13 )
Prior service cost
          2  
Amortization of net (loss) gain
    (7 )     2  
Amortization of prior service (cost) credit
    (3 )     3  
                 
Total recognized in other comprehensive income
    449       (6 )
                 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income
  $ 536     $ 3  
                 
 
The following table summarizes the amounts expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income and recognized as components of net periodic benefit costs during 2009.
 
                         
    Pension
    Postretirement
       
    Plans     Benefit Plans     Total  
    (in millions)  
 
Net loss (gain)
  $  52     $  (1 )   $  51  
Prior service cost (credit)
    3       (3 )      
                         
    $ 55     $ (4 )   $ 51  
                         


F-54


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
The table below summarizes the weighted average assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
                                                 
          Postretirement
 
    Pension Plans     Benefit Plans  
    2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006  
 
Net periodic benefit cost:
                                               
Discount rate
    6.36 %(1)     5.85 %(1)     5.75 %     6.07 %(3)     5.62 %(3)     5.50 %
Expected long-term return on plan assets
    8.55 %(2)     8.54 %(2)     8.55 %(2)     6.36 %     6.25 %     6.39 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.50 %     4.50 %     4.50 %     4.50 %     4.50 %     4.50 %
 
(1) The discount rate assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for the Company’s pension plans during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were 6.5% and 6.0% for the U.S. based plans, 5.75% and 5.25% for the Canadian based plans and 5.4% and 4.5% for the German based plans, respectively.
 
(2) The expected long-term return on plan assets assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit costs for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were 8.75% for the U.S. based plans and 7.5% for the Canadian based plans.
 
(3) The discount rate assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for the Company’s postretirement benefit plans during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were 6.25% and 5.75% for the U.S. based plans and 5.5% and 5.0% for the Canadian based plans, respectively.
 
The expected long-term return on plan asset assumption represents the average rate that the Company expects to earn over the long-term on the assets of the Company’s benefit plans, including those from dividends, interest income and capital appreciation. The assumption has been determined based on expectations regarding future long-term rates of return for the plans’ investment portfolio, with consideration given to the allocation of investments by asset class and historical rates of return for each individual asset class.
 
The annual increase in cost of benefits (health care cost trend rate) is assumed to be an average of 9.75% in 2009 and is assumed to gradually decrease to a rate of 5.0% in 2014 and thereafter. Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on amounts reported for postretirement medical benefit plans. A one percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 
                 
    1 percentage point  
    Increase     Decrease  
    (in millions)  
 
Effect on total service and interest cost
  $   1     $   (1 )
Effect on postretirement benefit obligations
    8       (7 )
 
Plan Assets. The Company’s Benefit Plan Committee (Committee) has the responsibility to formulate the investment policies and strategies for the plans’ assets. These policies and strategies are to: (1) invest assets of the plans in a manner consistent with the fiduciary standards of ERISA; (2) preserve the plans’ assets; (3) maintain sufficient liquidity to fund benefit payments and pay plan expenses; (4) evaluate the performance of investment managers; and (5) achieve, on average, a minimum total rate of return equal to the established benchmarks for each asset category.
 
The Committee retains a professional investment consultant to advise and help ensure that the above policies and strategies are met. The Committee does not involve itself with the day to day operations and selection process of individual securities and investments, and, accordingly, has retained the professional services of investment management organizations to fulfill those tasks. The investment management organizations have investment discretion over the assets placed under their management. The Committee provides each investment manager with specific investment guidelines relevant to its asset class.


F-55


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
The Committee has established the allowable range that the plans’ assets may be invested in for each major asset category and regularly monitors each to make sure that the actual investment allocation remains within guidelines. The table below presents the range for each major category of the plans’ assets at December 31, 2008, as well as the Company’s pension plan and postretirement benefit plan weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2008 and 2007, by asset category.
 
                                         
    U.S.     Non-U.S.(1)  
Asset Category
  Range   2008     2007     Range   2008     2007  
 
Domestic equity
  40% - 60%     43 %     51 %   15% - 40%     16 %     24 %
International equity
  10% - 20%     15       18     20% - 40%     25       24  
Fixed income securities
  20% - 40%     26       21     30% - 55%     42       35  
Real estate securities
  5% - 15%     5       6     —              
Other, primarily cash and cash equivalents
  0% - 10%     11       4     0% - 15%     17       17  
                                         
Total
        100 %     100 %         100 %     100 %
                                         
(1) Non-U.S. pension plans represent the Company’s participating Canadian subsidiaries. The plans’ percentage asset allocation at December 31, 2007 for certain business acquisitions includes a receivable due from the seller to fund the acquisition date pension obligations, which is included in other, primarily cash and cash equivalents.
 
Contributions. For the year ending December 31, 2009, the Company currently expects to contribute approximately $65 million to its pension plans and approximately $13 million to its postretirement benefit plans.
 
Multi-employer Benefit Plans. Certain of the Company’s businesses participate in multi-employer defined benefit pension plans. The Company makes cash contributions to these plans based on a fixed rate per hour of service worked by the covered employees. Under these plans, the Company contributed cash and recorded expenses of $13 million for 2008, $11 million for 2007 and $10 million for 2006.
 
Lockheed Martin Commitment. In connection with the Company’s acquisition of ten business units from Lockheed Martin and the formation of the Company in 1997, the Company assumed certain defined benefit pension plan liabilities for present and former employees and retirees of certain businesses from Lockheed Martin. Lockheed Martin previously received a letter from the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC), indicating that the pension plans of two businesses were under funded using the PBGC’s actuarial assumptions (Subject Plans).
 
With respect to the Subject Plans, Lockheed Martin entered into an agreement (Lockheed Martin Commitment) with L-3 and the PBGC dated as of April 30, 1997. The terms and conditions of the Lockheed Martin Commitment include a commitment by Lockheed Martin to the PBGC to, under certain circumstances, assume sponsorship of the Subject Plans or provide another form of financial support for the Subject Plans. The Lockheed Martin Commitment will continue until the Subject Plans are no longer under funded on a PBGC basis for two consecutive years, or immediately if the Company achieves investment grade credit ratings on all of the Company’s outstanding debt. If Lockheed Martin did assume sponsorship of the Subject Plans, it would be primarily liable for the costs associated with funding the Subject Plans or any costs associated with the termination of the Subject Plans. The terms and conditions of the Lockheed Martin Commitment would require the Company to reimburse Lockheed Martin for these costs. Lockheed Martin has not assumed sponsorship or provided another form of financial support for the Subject Plans.
 
The Company believes it has performed its obligations under the Lockheed Martin Commitment and has not received any communications from the PBGC concerning actions which the PBGC contemplates taking in respect of the Subject Plans. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company contributed $3 million to the Subject Plans. At December 31, 2008, the aggregate projected benefit obligation was $245 million and the


F-56


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
aggregate plan assets were $144 million for the Subject Plans. At December 31, 2008, the Company had recorded a liability of $101 million for the under funded status of the Subject Plans.
 
Estimated Future Benefit Payments. The following table presents expected pension and postretirement benefit payments and expected postretirement subsidies due to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate.
 
                         
          Postretirement
 
          Benefits  
    Pension
    Benefit
    Subsidy
 
    Benefits     Payments     Receipts  
    (in millions)  
 
2009
  $ 75       11       1  
2010
    81       12       1  
2011
    86       13       1  
2012
    90       13       1  
2013
    96       14       1  
Years 2014-2018
    619       78       9  
 
Employee Savings Plans. Under its various employee savings plans, the Company matches the contributions of participating employees up to a designated level. The extent of the match, vesting terms and the form of the matching contributions vary among the plans. Under these plans, the Company’s matching contributions in L-3 Holdings’ common stock and cash were $144 million for 2008, $126 million for 2007 and $112 million for 2006.
 
20.   Supplemental Cash Flow Information
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
Interest paid
  $ 267     $ 280     $ 287  
Income tax payments
    343       200       67  
Income tax refunds
    8       7       6  
 
21.   Segment Information
 
The Company has four reportable segments, which are described in Note 1. The Company evaluates the performance of its operating segments and reportable segments based on their sales and operating income. All corporate expenses are allocated to the Company’s operating segments using an allocation methodology prescribed by U.S. Government regulations for government contractors. Accordingly, all costs and expenses, except for the litigation gain in 2008 and the litigation and stock-based charges in 2006 (which were not included in the Company’s segment performance measures), are included in the Company’s measure of segment profitability.


F-57


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
The tables below present net sales, operating income, depreciation and amortization, capital expenditures and total assets by reportable segment.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Net Sales
                       
Products
                       
C3ISR
  $ 1,780     $ 1,751     $ 1,671  
Government Services
    282       273       181  
AM&M
    661       631       582  
Specialized Products
    4,607       4,102       3,650  
Elimination of intercompany sales
    (200 )     (185 )     (151 )
                         
Total products sales
    7,130       6,572       5,933  
                         
Services
                       
C3ISR
    829       589       393  
Government Services
    4,105       4,160       3,751  
AM&M
    1,996       1,900       1,746  
Specialized Products
    972       853       766  
Elimination of intercompany sales
    (131 )     (113 )     (112 )
                         
Total services sales
    7,771       7,389       6,544  
                         
Consolidated total
  $ 14,901     $ 13,961     $ 12,477  
                         
Operating Income
                       
C3ISR
  $ 251     $ 232     $ 216  
Government Services
    421       403       343  
AM&M
    241       247       232  
Specialized Products
    646       566       488  
                         
Segment Total
  $ 1,559     $ 1,448     $ 1,279  
Litigation gain (charge)
    126             (129 )
Stock-based charge
                (39 )
                         
Consolidated total
  $ 1,685     $ 1,448     $ 1,111  
                         
Depreciation and amortization
                       
C3ISR
  $ 39     $ 39     $ 35  
Government Services
    35       33       28  
AM&M
    26       29       26  
Specialized Products
    106       106       100  
                         
Consolidated total
  $ 206     $ 207     $ 189  
                         
Capital Expenditures
                       
C3ISR
  $ 86     $ 32     $ 34  
Government Services
    13       14       8  
AM&M
    12       14       21  
Specialized Products
    100       94       85  
Corporate
    7       3       8  
                         
Consolidated total
  $ 218     $ 157     $ 156  
                         
 


F-58


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Total Assets
                       
C3ISR
  $ 1,814     $ 1,798     $ 1,697  
Government Services
    3,464       3,438       3,333  
AM&M
    1,807       1,928       1,871  
Specialized Products
    6,319       6,193       5,671  
Corporate
    1,081       1,034       715  
                         
Consolidated total
  $ 14,485     $ 14,391     $ 13,287  
                         
 
Corporate assets not allocated to the reportable segments primarily include cash and cash equivalents, corporate office fixed assets, deferred income tax assets and deferred debt issue costs. In addition, substantially all of the Company’s assets are located in North America.
 
The Company’s sales attributable to U.S. customers and foreign customers, based on location of the customer, are summarized in the table below.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
U.S. 
  $ 12,815     $ 11,867     $ 10,683  
Foreign:
                       
Germany
    324       318       258  
Canada
    308       368       351  
United Kingdom
    212       216       178  
Australia
    147       93       87  
South Korea
    140       193       193  
Italy
    93       39       33  
New Zealand
    42       88       111  
Other
    820       779       583  
                         
Total foreign
    2,086       2,094       1,794  
                         
Consolidated
  $ 14,901     $ 13,961     $ 12,477  
                         
 
Net sales to principal customers are summarized in the table below.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (in millions)  
 
U.S. Government agencies(1)
  $ 12,126     $ 11,203     $ 10,062  
Commercial
    1,676       1,786       1,532  
Allied foreign governments(1)
    1,099       972       883  
                         
Consolidated
  $ 14,901     $ 13,961     $ 12,477  
                         
(1) Includes sales for which the Company is the prime contractor as well as sales based on the ultimate customer for which the Company is a subcontractor.

F-59


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
 
22.   Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data
 
Unaudited summarized financial data by quarter for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 is presented in the table below. The Company’s unaudited quarterly results of operations are affected significantly by our business acquisitions. See Note 4.
 
                                 
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
 
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
    (in millions, except per share data)  
 
2008
                               
Sales
  $ 3,506     $ 3,722     $ 3,662     $ 4,011  
Operating income
    368       501       400       416  
Income from continuing operations
    192       278       212       247  
Net income
    192       278       212       267  
Basic EPS:
                               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1.57     $ 2.28     $ 1.75     $ 2.06  
Gain on sale of a business, net of income taxes
                      0.17  
                                 
Net income
  $ 1.57     $ 2.28     $ 1.75     $ 2.23  
                                 
Diluted EPS:
                               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1.54     $ 2.24     $ 1.73     $ 2.04  
Gain on sale of a business, net of income taxes
                      0.17  
                                 
Net income
  $ 1.54     $ 2.24     $ 1.73     $ 2.21  
                                 
2007
                               
Sales
  $ 3,300     $ 3,407     $ 3,448     $ 3,806  
Operating income
    326       355       371       396  
Net income
    162       188       199       207  
Basic EPS
    1.30       1.51       1.58       1.66  
Diluted EPS
    1.29       1.49       1.56       1.63  


F-60


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
23.   Financial Information of L-3 Communications and Its Subsidiaries
 
Total shareholders’ equity for L-3 Communications equals that of L-3 Holdings, but the components, common stock, additional paid-in capital, treasury stock and retained earnings, are different. The table below presents information regarding the balances and changes in common stock, additional paid-in capital, treasury stock and retained earnings of L-3 Communications for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008.
 
                                                 
    L-3 Communications
                         
    Common Stock     Additional
                   
     Shares 
    Par
    Paid-in
    Treasury
    Retained
       
    Issued      Value      Capital     Stock     Earnings     Total  
    (in millions)  
 
Balance at December 31, 2005
    100           $ 3,041           $ 1,545     $ 4,586  
Net income
                            526       526  
Contributions from L-3 Holdings
                361                   361  
Dividends to L-3 Holdings
                            (118 )     (118 )
                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2006
    100             3,402             1,953       5,355  
Net income
                            756       756  
Contributions from L-3 Holdings
                351                   351  
Dividends to L-3 Holdings
                            (626 )     (626 )
                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2007
    100             3,753             2,083       5,836  
Net income
                            949       949  
Contributions from L-3 Holdings
                319                   319  
Dividends to L-3 Holdings
                            (941 )     (941 )
                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2008
    100         —     $ 4,072     $     $ 2,091     $ 6,163  
                                                 
 
The net proceeds received by L-3 Holdings from (i) the sale of its common stock, (ii) exercise of L-3 Holdings’ employee and director stock options, and related tax benefits, and (iii) L-3 Holdings’ common stock contributed to the Company’s savings plans are contributed to L-3 Communications. The amounts paid by L-3 Holdings for dividends and share repurchases are generated from dividends received from L-3 Communications.
 
The debt of L-3 Communications, including the Senior Subordinated Notes and borrowings under amounts drawn against the Senior Credit Facility are guaranteed, on a joint and several, full and unconditional basis, by certain of its domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). See Note 10. The foreign subsidiaries and certain domestic subsidiaries of L-3 Communications (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”) do not guarantee the debt of L-3 Communications. None of the debt of L-3 Communications has been issued by its subsidiaries. There are no restrictions on the payment of dividends from the Guarantor Subsidiaries to L-3 Communications.
 
In lieu of providing separate audited financial statements for the Guarantor Subsidiaries, the Company has included the accompanying condensed combining financial statements based on Rule 3-10 of SEC Regulation S-X. The Company does not believe that separate financial statements of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are material to users of the financial statements.


F-61


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
The following condensed combining financial information presents the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of (1) L-3 Holdings, excluding L-3 Communications and its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Parent”), (2) L-3 Communications, excluding its consolidated subsidiaries, (3) the Guarantor Subsidiaries, (4) the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries and (5) the eliminations to arrive at the information for L-3 on a consolidated basis.
 
                                                 
    L-3
                Non-
             
    Holdings
    L-3
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
          Consolidated
 
    (Parent)     Communications     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     L-3  
    (in millions)  
 
Condensed Combining Balance Sheets
At December 31, 2008:
                                       
Current assets:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $     $ 720     $ (81 )   $ 228     $     $ 867  
Billed receivables, net
          324       701       201             1,226  
Contracts in process
          587       1,461       219             2,267  
Other current assets
          291       170       140             601  
                                                 
Total current assets
          1,922       2,251       788             4,961  
Goodwill
          1,171       5,746       1,112             8,029  
Other assets
    8       476       837       182       (8 )     1,495  
Investment in and amounts due from consolidated subsidiaries
    6,523       8,489       1,283       80       (16,375 )      
                                                 
Total assets
  $  6,531     $   12,058     $  10,117     $  2,162     $  (16,383 )   $  14,485  
                                                 
Current liabilities
  $     $ 824     $ 1,312     $ 571     $     $ 2,707  
Other long-term liabilities
          865       219       242             1,326  
Long-term debt
    700       4,538                   (700 )     4,538  
Minority interests
                            83       83  
Shareholders’ equity
    5,831       5,831       8,586       1,349       (15,766 )     5,831  
                                                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 6,531     $ 12,058     $ 10,117     $ 2,162     $ (16,383 )   $ 14,485  
                                                 
At December 31, 2007:
                                               
Current assets:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $     $ 632     $ (89 )   $ 237     $     $ 780  
Billed receivables, net
          291       767       221             1,279  
Contracts in process
          505       1,347       247             2,099  
Other current assets
          332       142       131             605  
                                                 
Total current assets
          1,760       2,167       836             4,763  
Goodwill
          961       5,912       1,292             8,165  
Other assets
    11       397       865       201       (11 )     1,463  
Investment in and amounts due from consolidated subsidiaries
    6,678       9,027       460       12       (16,177 )      
                                                 
Total assets
  $ 6,689     $ 12,145     $ 9,404     $ 2,341     $ (16,188 )   $ 14,391  
                                                 
Current liabilities
  $     $ 879     $ 1,133     $ 570     $     $ 2,582  
Other long-term liabilities
          740       241       215             1,196  
Long-term debt
    700       4,537                   (700 )     4,537  
Minority interests
                            87       87  
Shareholders’ equity
    5,989       5,989       8,030       1,556       (15,575 )     5,989  
                                                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 6,689     $ 12,145     $ 9,404     $ 2,341     $ (16,188 )   $ 14,391  
                                                 


F-62


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
                                                 
    L-3
                Non-
             
    Holdings
    L-3
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
          Consolidated
 
    (Parent)     Communications     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     L-3  
    (in millions)  
 
Condensed Combining Statements of Operations:
                                               
For the year ended December 31, 2008:
                                               
Net sales
  $     $ 3,192     $ 9,826     $ 2,000     $ (117 )   $ 14,901  
Cost of sales
    64       2,768       8,893       1,798       (181 )     13,342  
Litigation gain
          126                         126  
                                                 
Operating (loss) income
    (64 )     550       933       202       64       1,685  
Interest and other income, net
          130       5       7       (114 )     28  
Interest expense
    24       268       110       7       (138 )     271  
Minority interests in net income of consolidated subsidiaries
                            11       11  
                                                 
Loss (income) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (88 )     412       828       202       77       1,431  
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
    (32 )     124       304       74       32       502  
                                                 
(Loss) income from continuing operations
    (56 )     288       524       128       45       929  
Gain on sale of a business, net of income taxes
          20                         20  
Equity in net income of consolidated subsidiaries
    1,005       641                   (1,646 )      
                                                 
Net income
  $    949     $   949     $    524     $    128     $   (1,601 )   $      949  
                                                 
For the year ended December 31, 2007:
                                               
Net sales
  $     $ 2,706     $ 9,426     $ 1,911     $ (82 )   $ 13,961  
Cost of sales
    53       2,371       8,537       1,687       (135 )     12,513  
                                                 
Operating (loss) income
    (53 )     335       889       224       53       1,448  
Interest and other income, net
          27       3       5       (4 )     31  
Interest expense
    24       294       1       5       (28 )     296  
Minority interests in net income of consolidated subsidiaries
                            9       9  
                                                 
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (77 )     68       891       224       68       1,174  
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
    (27 )     21       317       80       27       418  
Equity in net income of consolidated subsidiaries
    806       709                   (1,515 )      
                                                 
Net income
  $ 756     $ 756     $ 574     $ 144     $ (1,474 )   $ 756  
                                                 
For the year ended December 31, 2006:
                                               
Net sales
  $     $ 2,733     $ 8,168     $ 1,612     $ (36 )   $ 12,477  
Cost of sales
    47       2,411       7,376       1,447       (83 )     11,198  
Litigation charge
          (129 )                       (129 )
Stock-Based charge
    (39 )     (39 )                 39       (39 )
                                                 
Operating (loss) income
    (86 )     154       792       165       86       1,111  
Interest and other income, net
          26       4       6       (16 )     20  
Interest expense
    24       295       1       16       (40 )     296  
Minority interests in net income of consolidated subsidiaries
                            10       10  
                                                 
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (110 )     (115 )     795       155       100       825  
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
    (40 )     (45 )     288       56       40       299  
Equity in net income of consolidated subsidiaries
    596       596                   (1,192 )      
                                                 
Net income
  $ 526     $ 526     $ 507     $ 99     $ (1,132 )   $ 526  
                                                 
 


F-63


Table of Contents

 
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
                                                 
    L-3
                Non-
             
    Holdings
    L-3
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
          Consolidated
 
    (Parent)     Communications     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     L-3  
    (in millions)  
 
Condensed Combining Statements of Cash Flows:
                                               
For the year ended December 31, 2008:
                                               
Operating activities:
                                               
Net cash from operating activities
  $ 941     $ 38     $ 1,202     $ 204     $ (998 )   $ 1,387  
                                                 
Investing activities:
                                               
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
          (283 )                       (283 )
Other investing activities
      (103 )          (15 )       (111 )        (23 )          103          (149 )
                                                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (103 )     (298 )     (111 )     (23 )     103       (432 )
                                                 
Financing activities:
                                               
Common stock repurchased
    (794 )                             (794 )
Other financing activities
    (44 )     348       (1,083 )     (162 )     895       (46 )
                                                 
Net cash (used in) from financing activities
    (838 )     348       (1,083 )     (162 )     895       (840 )
                                                 
Effect of exchange rates on cash
                      (28 )           (28 )
                                                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash
          88       8       (9 )           87  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year
          632       (89 )     237             780  
                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year
  $     $ 720     $ (81 )   $ 228     $     $ 867  
                                                 
For the year ended December 31, 2007:
                                               
Operating activities:
                                               
Net cash from operating activities
  $ 626     $ 107     $ 987     $ 229     $ (679 )   $ 1,270  
Investing activities:
                                               
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
          (235 )                       (235 )
Other investing activities
    (153 )     (38 )     (87 )     (28 )     153       (153 )
                                                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (153 )     (273 )     (87 )     (28 )     153       (388 )
                                                 
Financing activities:
                                               
Common stock repurchased
    (500 )                             (500 )
Other financing activities
    27       495       (890 )     (122 )     526       36  
                                                 
Net cash (used in) from financing activities
    (473 )     495       (890 )     (122 )     526       (464 )
                                                 
Effect of exchange rates on cash
                      14             14  
                                                 
Net increase in cash
          329       10       93             432  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year
          303       (100 )     145             348  
                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year
  $     $ 632     $ (90 )   $ 238     $     $ 780  
                                                 
For the year ended December 31, 2006:
                                               
Operating activities:
                                               
Net cash from operating activities
  $ 118     $ 94     $ 858     $ 142     $ (138 )   $ 1,074  
                                                 
Investing activities:
                                               
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
          (943 )                       (943 )
Other investing activities
    (132 )     (48 )     (74 )     (26 )     132       (148 )
                                                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (132 )     (991 )     (74 )     (26 )     132       (1,091 )
                                                 
Financing activities:
                                               
Common shares repurchased
    (25 )                             (25 )
Other financing activities
    39       912       (889 )     (72 )     6       (4 )
                                                 
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
    14       912       (889 )     (72 )     6       (29 )
                                                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash
          15       (105 )     44             (46 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year
          288       5       101             394  
                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year
  $     $ 303     $ (100 )   $ 145     $     $ 348  
                                                 

F-64

EX-4.5
Exhibit 4.5
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED
BY GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARIES
     Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of February 20, 2009, among L-3 Communications Corporation (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each subsidiary of the Company signatory hereto (each, a “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”, and collectively, the “Guaranteeing Subsidiaries”), and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of June 28, 2002 providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of up to $750,000,000 of 7 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Notes”);
          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”); and
          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
          1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
          2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:
  (a)   Such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, jointly and severally with all other current and future guarantors of the Notes (collectively, the “Guarantors” and each, a “Guarantor”), unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, regardless of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Company under the Indenture or the Notes, that:
  (i)   the principal of, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes, to the extent lawful, and all other Obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee thereunder or under the Indenture will be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms thereof; and

1


 

  (ii)   in case of any extension of time for payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.
  (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that this Subsidiary Guarantee would constitute or result in a violation of any applicable fraudulent conveyance or similar law of any relevant jurisdiction, the liability of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be reduced to the maximum amount permissible under such fraudulent conveyance or similar law.
          3. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES.
  (a)   To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture shall be endorsed by an officer of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee after the date hereof.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.
 
  (c)   If an Officer whose signature is on this Supplemental Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
 
  (d)   The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof under the Indenture, shall constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary.
 
  (e)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, regardless of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.
 
  (f)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant

2


 

      to this Supplemental Indenture will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture.
 
  (g)   If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary, or any custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
 
  (h)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary further agrees that, as between such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand:
  (i)   the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby; and
 
  (ii)   in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture.
  (i)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any other non-paying Guaranteeing Subsidiary so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders or the Trustee under the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture.
          4. GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC. ON CERTAIN TERMS.
  (a)   Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 of the Indenture, nothing contained in the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary with or into the Company or any other Guarantor or shall prevent any transfer, sale or conveyance of the property of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to the Company or any other Guarantor.
 
  (b)   Except as set forth in Article 4 of the Indenture, nothing contained in the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary with or into a

3


 

      corporation or corporations other than the Company or any other Guarantor (in each case, whether or not affiliated with the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or successive consolidations or mergers in which a Guaranteeing Subsidiary or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to a corporation other than the Company or any other Guarantor (in each case, whether or not affiliated with the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided, however, that each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby covenants and agrees that (i) subject to the Indenture, upon any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture to be performed by such Guaranteeing Subsidiaries, shall be expressly assumed (in the event that such Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not the surviving corporation in the merger), by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee, by the corporation formed by such consolidation, or into which such Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have been merged, or by the corporation which shall have acquired such property and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance no Default or Event of Default exists.
 
  (c)   In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture to be performed by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, such successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for such Guaranteeing Subsidiary with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Guaranteeing Subsidiary. Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon the Notes issuable under the Indenture which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
          5. RELEASES.
  (a)   Concurrently with any sale of assets (including, if applicable, all of the Capital Stock of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary), all Liens, if any, in favor of the Trustee in the assets sold thereby shall be released; provided that in the event of an Asset Sale, the Net Proceeds from such sale or other disposition are treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 of the Indenture. If the assets sold in such sale or other disposition

4


 

      include all or substantially all of the assets of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary or all of the Capital Stock of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary, then the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or the Person acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall be released from and relieved of its Obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant hereto; provided that in the event of an Asset Sale, the Net Proceeds from such sale or other disposition are treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 of the Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company or the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its Obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant hereto. If the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, it shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture as provided in this Supplemental Indenture.
 
  (b)   Upon the designation of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be released and relieved of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Supplemental Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such designation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.07 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. Any Guaranteeing Subsidiary not released from its Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other Obligations of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture as provided herein.
 
  (c)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be released and relieved of its obligations under this Supplemental Indenture in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.18 of the Indenture.
          6. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of

5


 

the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.
          7. SUBORDINATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES; ANTI-LAYERING. No Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary and senior in any respect in right of payment to any of the Subsidiary Guarantees. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Subsidiary Guarantee of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of that Guaranteeing Subsidiary (in the same manner and to the same extent that the Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt), which shall include all guarantees of Senior Debt.
          8. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          9. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
          10. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          11. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Company.

6


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
         
Dated: February 20, 2009  L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
Corporate Secretary 
 
 

 


 

Dated: February 20, 2009
Broadcast Sports Inc., a Delaware corporation
D.P. Associates, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Electrodynamics, Inc., an Arizona corporation
Henschel Inc., a Delaware corporation
International Resources Group Ltd., a Delaware corporation
Interstate Electronics Corporation, a California corporation
LinCom Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Advanced Laser Systems Technology, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications AIS GP Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Applied Signal and Image Technology, Inc., a Maryland corporation
L-3 Communications Avionics Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Cincinnati Electronics, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications Crestview Aerospace Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications CyTerra Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Dynamic Positioning and Control Systems, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Electron Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications EO/IR, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications EOTech, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Foreign Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Geneva Aerospace, Inc., a Texas corporation
L-3 Communications InfraredVision Technology Corporation, a California corporation
L-3 Communications Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Klein Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications MariPro, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Mobile-Vision, Inc., a New Jersey corporation
L-3 Communications Nautronix Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Nova Engineering, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications SafeView, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Security and Detection Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Sonoma EO, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications TCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Westwood Corporation, a Nevada corporation
L-3 Fuzing and Ordnance Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 G.A. International, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Global Communications Solutions, Inc., a Virginia corporation
L-3 Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Microdyne Communications Technologies Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Corporation, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Outsourcing Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Pac Ord Inc., a Delaware corporation
Power Paragon, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Electrical Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Switchgear Inc., a Delaware corporation
Titan Facilities, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Troll Technology Corporation, a California corporation
Wescam Air Ops Inc., a Delaware corporation
Wescam Holdings (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation

 


 

         
  As Guaranteeing Subsidiaries
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Integrated Systems L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Flight Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Flight International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Vector International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS VERTEX AEROSPACE LLC, as Sole Member

By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member

By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Vertex Aerospace LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member

By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 

 


 

L-3 Communications Germany Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole
Member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary 
 
 
L-3 Communications Shared Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole
Member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary 
 
 

 


 

         
Dated: February 20, 2009  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee
 
 
  By:   /s/ Franca Ferrera   
    Name:   Franca Ferrera   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 

 


 

NOTATION ON SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE RELATING TO SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE
          Pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture (the “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of February 20, 2009 among L-3 Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Guarantors party thereto (each a “Guarantor” and collectively the “Guarantors”) and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee (the “Trustee”), each Guarantor (i) has jointly and severally unconditionally guaranteed (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, interest and Additional Amounts on the Notes, whether at maturity or an interest payment date, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, (b) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium of, and interest and Additional Amounts on the Notes, and (c) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise and (ii) has agreed to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under the Subsidiary Guarantee (as defined in the Supplemental Indenture).
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Subsidiary Guarantee of any Guarantor would constitute or result in a violation of any applicable fraudulent conveyance or similar law of any relevant jurisdiction, the liability of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be reduced to the maximum amount permissible under such fraudulent conveyance or similar law.
          No past, present or future director, officer, employee, agent, incorporator, stockholder or agent of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any Obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantee, the Indenture, any supplemental indenture delivered pursuant to the Indenture by such Guarantor, or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such Obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.
          The Subsidiary Guarantee shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof.
          The Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which the Subsidiary Guarantee is noted has been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers. Capitalized terms used herein have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2002, among L-3 Communications Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee.

 


 

Dated: February 20, 2009
Broadcast Sports Inc., a Delaware corporation
D.P. Associates, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Electrodynamics, Inc., an Arizona corporation
Henschel Inc., a Delaware corporation
International Resources Group Ltd., a Delaware corporation
Interstate Electronics Corporation, a California corporation
LinCom Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Advanced Laser Systems Technology, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications AIS GP Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Applied Signal and Image Technology, Inc., a Maryland corporation
L-3 Communications Avionics Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Cincinnati Electronics, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications Crestview Aerospace Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications CyTerra Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Dynamic Positioning and Control Systems, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Electron Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications EO/IR, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications EOTech, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Foreign Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Geneva Aerospace, Inc., a Texas corporation
L-3 Communications InfraredVision Technology Corporation, a California corporation
L-3 Communications Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Klein Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications MariPro, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Mobile-Vision, Inc., a New Jersey corporation
L-3 Communications Nautronix Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Nova Engineering, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications SafeView, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Security and Detection Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Sonoma EO, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications TCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Westwood Corporation, a Nevada corporation
L-3 Fuzing and Ordnance Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 G.A. International, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Global Communications Solutions, Inc., a Virginia corporation
L-3 Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Microdyne Communications Technologies Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Corporation, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Outsourcing Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Pac Ord Inc., a Delaware corporation
Power Paragon, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Electrical Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Switchgear Inc., a Delaware corporation
Titan Facilities, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Troll Technology Corporation, a California corporation
Wescam Air Ops Inc., a Delaware corporation
Wescam Holdings (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation

 


 

         
  As Guaranteeing Subsidiaries
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Integrated Systems L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Flight Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Flight International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Vector International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS VERTEX AEROSPACE LLC, as Sole Member

By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member

By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Vertex Aerospace LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member

By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 

 


 

L-3 Communications Germany Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole
Member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Senior Vice President. General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary 
 
 
L-3 Communications Shared Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole
Member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   
 

 

EX-4.7
Exhibit 4.7
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED
BY GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARIES
     Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of February 20, 2009, among L-3 Communications Corporation (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company signatory hereto (each, a “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”, and collectively, the “Guaranteeing Subsidiaries”), and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of May 21, 2003 providing for the issuance of an unlimited amount of 6 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”);
          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations (as defined in the Indenture) under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”); and
          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
          1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
          2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:
  (a)   Such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, jointly and severally with all other current and future guarantors of the Notes (collectively, the “Guarantors” and each, a “Guarantor”), unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, regardless of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Company under the Indenture or the Notes, that:
  (i)   the principal of, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes, to the extent lawful, and all other Obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee thereunder or under the Indenture will be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms thereof; and

1


 

  (ii)   in case of any extension of time for payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that this Subsidiary Guarantee would constitute or result in a violation of any applicable fraudulent conveyance or similar law of any relevant jurisdiction, the liability of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be reduced to the maximum amount permissible under such fraudulent conveyance or similar law.
          3. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES.
  (a)   To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture shall be endorsed by an officer of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee after the date hereof.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.
 
  (c)   If an Officer whose signature is on this Supplemental Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
 
  (d)   The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof under the Indenture, shall constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary.
 
  (e)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that its Obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, regardless of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.
 
  (f)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands

2


 

      whatsoever and covenants that its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture.
 
  (g)   If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary, or any custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
 
  (h)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary further agrees that, as between such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand:
  (i)   the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby; and
 
  (ii)   in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture.
  (i)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any other non-paying Guaranteeing Subsidiary so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders or the Trustee under the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture.
          4. GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC. ON CERTAIN TERMS.
  (a)   Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 of the Indenture, nothing contained in the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary with or into the Company or any other Guarantor or shall prevent any transfer, sale or conveyance of the property of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to the Company or any other Guarantor.

3


 

  (b)   Except as set forth in Article 4 and 5 of the Indenture, nothing contained in the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary with or into a corporation or corporations other than the Company or any other Guarantor (in each case, whether or not affiliated with the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or successive consolidations or mergers in which a Guaranteeing Subsidiary or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to a corporation other than the Company or any other Guarantor (in each case, whether or not affiliated with the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided, however, that each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby covenants and agrees that (i) subject to the Indenture, upon any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture to be performed by such Guaranteeing Subsidiaries, shall be expressly assumed (in the event that such Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not the surviving corporation in the merger), by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee, by the corporation formed by such consolidation, or into which such Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have been merged, or by the corporation which shall have acquired such property and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance no Default or Event of Default exists.
 
  (c)   In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture to be performed by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, such successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for such Guaranteeing Subsidiary with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Guaranteeing Subsidiary. Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon the Notes issuable under the Indenture which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
          5. RELEASES.
  (a)   Concurrently with any sale of assets (including, if applicable, all of the Capital Stock of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary), all Liens, if any, in favor of

4


 

      the Trustee in the assets sold thereby shall be released; provided that in the event of an Asset Sale, the Net Proceeds from such sale or other disposition are treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 of the Indenture. If the assets sold in such sale or other disposition include all or substantially all of the assets of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary or all of the Capital Stock of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary, then the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or the Person acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall be released from and relieved of its Obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant hereto; provided that in the event of an Asset Sale, the Net Proceeds from such sale or other disposition are treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 of the Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company or the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its Obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant hereto. If the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, it shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture as provided in this Supplemental Indenture.
 
  (b)   Upon the designation of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be released and relieved of its Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Supplemental Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such designation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.07 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. Any Guaranteeing Subsidiary not released from its Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other Obligations of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture as provided herein.
 
  (c)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be released and relieved of its obligations under this Supplemental Indenture in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.18 of the Indenture.

5


 

          6. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any Obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such Obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.
          7. SUBORDINATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES; ANTI-LAYERING. No Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary and senior in any respect in right of payment to any of the Subsidiary Guarantees. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Subsidiary Guarantee of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of that Guaranteeing Subsidiary (in the same manner and to the same extent that the Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt), which shall include all guarantees of Senior Debt.
          8. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          9. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
          10. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          11. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Company.

6


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
         
Dated: February 20, 2009  L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
Corporate Secretary 
 
 

 


 

Dated: February 20, 2009
Broadcast Sports Inc., a Delaware corporation
D.P. Associates, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Electrodynamics, Inc., an Arizona corporation
Henschel Inc., a Delaware corporation
International Resources Group Ltd., a Delaware corporation
Interstate Electronics Corporation, a California corporation
LinCom Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Advanced Laser Systems Technology, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications AIS GP Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Applied Signal and Image Technology, Inc., a Maryland corporation
L-3 Communications Avionics Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Cincinnati Electronics, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications Crestview Aerospace Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications CyTerra Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Dynamic Positioning and Control Systems, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Electron Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications EO/IR, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications EOTech, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Foreign Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Geneva Aerospace, Inc., a Texas corporation
L-3 Communications InfraredVision Technology Corporation, a California corporation
L-3 Communications Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Klein Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications MariPro, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Mobile-Vision, Inc., a New Jersey corporation
L-3 Communications Nautronix Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Nova Engineering, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications SafeView, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Security and Detection Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Sonoma EO, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications TCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Westwood Corporation, a Nevada corporation
L-3 Fuzing and Ordnance Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 G.A. International, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Global Communications Solutions, Inc., a Virginia corporation
L-3 Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Microdyne Communications Technologies Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Corporation, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Outsourcing Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Pac Ord Inc., a Delaware corporation
Power Paragon, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Electrical Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Switchgear Inc., a Delaware corporation
Titan Facilities, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Troll Technology Corporation, a California corporation
Wescam Air Ops Inc., a Delaware corporation
Wescam Holdings (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation

 


 

         
  As Guaranteeing Subsidiaries
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Integrated Systems L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Flight Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Flight International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Vector International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS VERTEX AEROSPACE LLC, as Sole Member

By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member

By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Vertex Aerospace LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member

By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 

 


 

L-3 Communications Germany Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole
Member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary 
 
 
L-3 Communications Shared Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole
Member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary 
 
 

 


 

         
Dated: February 20, 2009  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee
 
 
  By:   /s/ Franca Ferrera   
    Name:   Franca Ferrera   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 

 


 

NOTATION ON SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE RELATING TO SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE
          Pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture (the “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of February 20, 2009 among L-3 Communications Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto (each a “Guarantor” and collectively the “Guarantors”) and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee (the “Trustee”), each Guarantor (i) has jointly and severally unconditionally guaranteed (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, interest and Additional Amounts on the Notes, whether at maturity or an interest payment date, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, (b) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium of, and interest and Additional Amounts on the Notes, and (c) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise and (ii) has agreed to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under the Subsidiary Guarantee (as defined in the Supplemental Indenture).
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Subsidiary Guarantee of each Guarantor shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt (as defined in the Indenture) of that Guarantor (in the same manner and to the same extent that the Notes are subordinated to the Senior Debt), which shall include all guarantees of Senior Debt.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Subsidiary Guarantee of any Guarantor would constitute or result in a violation of any applicable fraudulent conveyance or similar law of any relevant jurisdiction, the liability of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be reduced to the maximum amount permissible under such fraudulent conveyance or similar law.
          No past, present or future director, officer, employee, agent, incorporator, stockholder or agent of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any Obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantee, the Indenture, any supplemental indenture delivered pursuant to the Indenture by such Guarantor, or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such Obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.
          The Subsidiary Guarantee shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof.
          The Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which the Subsidiary Guarantee is noted has been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers. Capitalized terms used herein have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture, dated as of May 21, 2003, among L-3 Communications Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee.

 


 

Dated: February 20, 2009
Broadcast Sports Inc., a Delaware corporation
D.P. Associates, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Electrodynamics, Inc., an Arizona corporation
Henschel Inc., a Delaware corporation
International Resources Group Ltd., a Delaware corporation
Interstate Electronics Corporation, a California corporation
LinCom Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Advanced Laser Systems Technology, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications AIS GP Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Applied Signal and Image Technology, Inc., a Maryland corporation
L-3 Communications Avionics Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Cincinnati Electronics, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications Crestview Aerospace Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications CyTerra Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Dynamic Positioning and Control Systems, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Electron Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications EO/IR, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications EOTech, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Foreign Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Geneva Aerospace, Inc., a Texas corporation
L-3 Communications InfraredVision Technology Corporation, a California corporation
L-3 Communications Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Klein Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications MariPro, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Mobile-Vision, Inc., a New Jersey corporation
L-3 Communications Nautronix Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Nova Engineering, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications SafeView, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Security and Detection Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Sonoma EO, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications TCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Westwood Corporation, a Nevada corporation
L-3 Fuzing and Ordnance Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 G.A. International, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Global Communications Solutions, Inc., a Virginia corporation
L-3 Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Microdyne Communications Technologies Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Corporation, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Outsourcing Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Pac Ord Inc., a Delaware corporation
Power Paragon, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Electrical Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Switchgear Inc., a Delaware corporation
Titan Facilities, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Troll Technology Corporation, a California corporation
Wescam Air Ops Inc., a Delaware corporation
Wescam Holdings (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation

 


 

         
  As Guaranteeing Subsidiaries
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Integrated Systems L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Flight Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Flight International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Vector International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS VERTEX AEROSPACE LLC, as Sole Member

By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member

By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Vertex Aerospace LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member

By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 

 


 

L-3 Communications Germany Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole
Member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary 
 
 
L-3 Communications Shared Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole
Member
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary 
 
 

 

EX-4.9
Exhibit 4.9
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED
BY GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARIES
     Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of February 20, 2009, among L-3 Communications Corporation (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company signatory hereto (each, a “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”, and collectively, the “Guaranteeing Subsidiaries”), and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of December 22, 2003 providing for the issuance of an unlimited amount of 6 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”);
          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations (as defined in the Indenture) under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”); and
          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
          1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
          2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:
  (a)   Such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, jointly and severally with all other current and future guarantors of the Notes (collectively, the “Guarantors” and each, a “Guarantor”), unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, regardless of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Company under the Indenture or the Notes, that:
  (i)   the principal of, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes, to the extent lawful, and all other Obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee thereunder or under the Indenture will be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms thereof; and

1


 

  (ii)   in case of any extension of time for payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.
  (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that this Subsidiary Guarantee would constitute or result in a violation of any applicable fraudulent conveyance or similar law of any relevant jurisdiction, the liability of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be reduced to the maximum amount permissible under such fraudulent conveyance or similar law.
          3. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES.
  (a)   To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture shall be endorsed by an officer of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee after the date hereof.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.
 
  (c)   If an Officer whose signature is on this Supplemental Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
 
  (d)   The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof under the Indenture, shall constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary.
 
  (e)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that its Obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, regardless of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.
 
  (f)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant

2


 

      to this Supplemental Indenture will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture.
  (g)   If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary, or any custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
 
  (h)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary further agrees that, as between such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand:
  (i)   the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby; and
 
  (ii)   in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture.
  (i)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any other non-paying Guaranteeing Subsidiary so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders or the Trustee under the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture.
          4. GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC. ON CERTAIN TERMS.
  (a)   Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 of the Indenture, nothing contained in the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary with or into the Company or any other Guarantor or shall prevent any transfer, sale or conveyance of the property of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to the Company or any other Guarantor.
 
  (b)   Except as set forth in Article 4 and 5 of the Indenture, nothing contained in the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary

3


 

      with or into a corporation or corporations other than the Company or any other Guarantor (in each case, whether or not affiliated with the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or successive consolidations or mergers in which a Guaranteeing Subsidiary or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to a corporation other than the Company or any other Guarantor (in each case, whether or not affiliated with the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided, however, that each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby covenants and agrees that (i) subject to the Indenture, upon any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture to be performed by such Guaranteeing Subsidiaries, shall be expressly assumed (in the event that such Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not the surviving corporation in the merger), by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee, by the corporation formed by such consolidation, or into which such Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have been merged, or by the corporation which shall have acquired such property and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance no Default or Event of Default exists.
  (c)   In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture to be performed by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, such successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for such Guaranteeing Subsidiary with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Guaranteeing Subsidiary. Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon the Notes issuable under the Indenture which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
          5. RELEASES.
  (a)   Concurrently with any sale of assets (including, if applicable, all of the Capital Stock of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary), all Liens, if any, in favor of the Trustee in the assets sold thereby shall be released; provided that in the event of an Asset Sale, the Net Proceeds from such sale or other disposition are treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 of the Indenture. If the assets sold in such sale or other disposition

4


 

      include all or substantially all of the assets of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary or all of the Capital Stock of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary, then the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or the Person acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall be released from and relieved of its Obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant hereto; provided that in the event of an Asset Sale, the Net Proceeds from such sale or other disposition are treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 of the Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company or the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its Obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant hereto. If the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, it shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture as provided in this Supplemental Indenture.
  (b)   Upon the designation of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be released and relieved of its Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Supplemental Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such designation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.07 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. Any Guaranteeing Subsidiary not released from its Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other Obligations of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture as provided herein.
 
  (c)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be released and relieved of its obligations under this Supplemental Indenture in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.18 of the Indenture.
          6. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any Obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such Obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of

5


 

the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.
          7. SUBORDINATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES; ANTI-LAYERING. No Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary and senior in any respect in right of payment to any of the Subsidiary Guarantees. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Subsidiary Guarantee of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of that Guaranteeing Subsidiary (in the same manner and to the same extent that the Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt), which shall include all guarantees of Senior Debt.
          8. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          9. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
          10. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          11. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Company.

6


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
         
Dated: February 20, 2009  L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   
 

 


 

Dated: February 20, 2009
Broadcast Sports Inc., a Delaware corporation
D.P. Associates, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Electrodynamics, Inc., an Arizona corporation
Henschel Inc., a Delaware corporation
International Resources Group Ltd., a Delaware corporation
Interstate Electronics Corporation, a California corporation
LinCom Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Advanced Laser Systems Technology, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications AIS GP Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Applied Signal and Image Technology, Inc., a Maryland corporation
L-3 Communications Avionics Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Cincinnati Electronics, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications Crestview Aerospace Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications CyTerra Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Dynamic Positioning and Control Systems, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Electron Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications EO/IR, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications EOTech, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Foreign Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Geneva Aerospace, Inc., a Texas corporation
L-3 Communications InfraredVision Technology Corporation, a California corporation
L-3 Communications Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Klein Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications MariPro, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Mobile-Vision, Inc., a New Jersey corporation
L-3 Communications Nautronix Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Nova Engineering, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications SafeView, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Security and Detection Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Sonoma EO, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications TCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Westwood Corporation, a Nevada corporation
L-3 Fuzing and Ordnance Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 G.A. International, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Global Communications Solutions, Inc., a Virginia corporation
L-3 Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Microdyne Communications Technologies Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Corporation, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Outsourcing Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Pac Ord Inc., a Delaware corporation
Power Paragon, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Electrical Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Switchgear Inc., a Delaware corporation
Titan Facilities, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Troll Technology Corporation, a California corporation
Wescam Air Ops Inc., a Delaware corporation
Wescam Holdings (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation

 


 

         
  As Guaranteeing Subsidiaries
 
 
  By:  /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:  Steven M. Post   
    Title:  Vice President and Secretary   
L-3 Communications Integrated Systems L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
         
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
         
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:     Steven M. Post   
  Title:     Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Flight Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Flight International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Vector International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS VERTEX AEROSPACE LLC, as Sole Member    
         
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member    
         
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
         
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:     Steven M. Post   
  Title:     Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Vertex Aerospace LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member    
         
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
         
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:     Steven M. Post   
  Title:     Vice President and Secretary   

 


 

         
L-3 Communications Germany Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole Member    
         
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:     Steven M. Post   
  Title:     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   
L-3 Communications Shared Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole Member    
         
     
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:     Steven M. Post   
  Title:     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   

 


 

         
         
Dated: February 20, 2009  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee
 
 
  By:   /s/ Franca Ferrera   
    Name:   Franca Ferrera   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 

 


 

NOTATION ON SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE RELATING TO SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE
          Pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture (the “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of February 20, 2009 among L-3 Communications Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto (each a “Guarantor” and collectively the “Guarantors”) and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee (the “Trustee”), each Guarantor (i) has jointly and severally unconditionally guaranteed (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, interest and Additional Interest on the Notes, whether at maturity or an interest payment date, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, (b) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium of, and interest and Additional Interest on the Notes, and (c) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise and (ii) has agreed to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under the Subsidiary Guarantee (as defined in the Supplemental Indenture).
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Subsidiary Guarantee of each Guarantor shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt (as defined in the Indenture) of that Guarantor (in the same manner and to the same extent that the Notes are subordinated to the Senior Debt), which shall include all guarantees of Senior Debt.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Subsidiary Guarantee of any Guarantor would constitute or result in a violation of any applicable fraudulent conveyance or similar law of any relevant jurisdiction, the liability of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be reduced to the maximum amount permissible under such fraudulent conveyance or similar law.
          No past, present or future director, officer, employee, agent, incorporator, stockholder or agent of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any Obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantee, the Indenture, any supplemental indenture delivered pursuant to the Indenture by such Guarantor, or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such Obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.
          The Subsidiary Guarantee shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof.
          The Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which the Subsidiary Guarantee is noted has been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers. Capitalized terms used herein have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2003, among L-3 Communications Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee.

 


 

Dated: February 20, 2009
Broadcast Sports Inc., a Delaware corporation
D.P. Associates, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Electrodynamics, Inc., an Arizona corporation
Henschel Inc., a Delaware corporation
International Resources Group Ltd., a Delaware corporation
Interstate Electronics Corporation, a California corporation
LinCom Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Advanced Laser Systems Technology, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications AIS GP Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Applied Signal and Image Technology, Inc., a Maryland corporation
L-3 Communications Avionics Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Cincinnati Electronics, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications Crestview Aerospace Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications CyTerra Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Dynamic Positioning and Control Systems, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Electron Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications EO/IR, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications EOTech, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Foreign Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Geneva Aerospace, Inc., a Texas corporation
L-3 Communications InfraredVision Technology Corporation, a California corporation
L-3 Communications Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Klein Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications MariPro, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Mobile-Vision, Inc., a New Jersey corporation
L-3 Communications Nautronix Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Nova Engineering, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications SafeView, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Security and Detection Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Sonoma EO, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications TCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Westwood Corporation, a Nevada corporation
L-3 Fuzing and Ordnance Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 G.A. International, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Global Communications Solutions, Inc., a Virginia corporation
L-3 Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Microdyne Communications Technologies Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Corporation, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Outsourcing Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Pac Ord Inc., a Delaware corporation
Power Paragon, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Electrical Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Switchgear Inc., a Delaware corporation
Titan Facilities, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Troll Technology Corporation, a California corporation
Wescam Air Ops Inc., a Delaware corporation
Wescam Holdings (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation

 


 

         
  As Guaranteeing Subsidiaries
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
L-3 Communications Integrated Systems L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
         
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
         
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:     Steven M. Post   
  Title:     Vice President and Secretary   
L-3 Communications Flight Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Flight International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Vector International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS VERTEX AEROSPACE LLC, as Sole Member    
         
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member    
         
     
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
         
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:     Steven M. Post   
  Title:     Vice President and Secretary   
L-3 Communications Vertex Aerospace LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member    
         
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
         
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:     Steven M. Post   
  Title:     Vice President and Secretary   

 


 

L-3 Communications Germany Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole Member    
         
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:     Steven M. Post   
  Title:     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   
L-3 Communications Shared Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole Member    
         
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:     Steven M. Post   
  Title:     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   

 

EX-4.11
Exhibit 4.11
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED
BY GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARIES
     Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of February 20, 2009, among L-3 Communications Corporation (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company signatory hereto (each, a “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”, and collectively, the “Guaranteeing Subsidiaries”), and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of November 12, 2004 providing for the issuance of an unlimited amount of 5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”);
          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations (as defined in the Indenture) under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”); and
          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
          1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
          2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:
  (a)   Such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, jointly and severally with all other current and future guarantors of the Notes (collectively, the “Guarantors” and each, a “Guarantor”), unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, regardless of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Company under the Indenture or the Notes, that:
  (i)   the principal of, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes, to the extent lawful, and all other Obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee thereunder or under the Indenture will be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms thereof; and

1


 

  (ii)   in case of any extension of time for payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.
  (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that this Subsidiary Guarantee would constitute or result in a violation of any applicable fraudulent conveyance or similar law of any relevant jurisdiction, the liability of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be reduced to the maximum amount permissible under such fraudulent conveyance or similar law.
          3. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES.
  (a)   To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture shall be endorsed by an officer of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee after the date hereof.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.
 
  (c)   If an Officer whose signature is on this Supplemental Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
 
  (d)   The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof under the Indenture, shall constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary.
 
  (e)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that its Obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, regardless of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.
 
  (f)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant

2


 

      to this Supplemental Indenture will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture.
 
  (g)   If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary, or any custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
 
  (h)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary further agrees that, as between such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand:
  (i)   the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby; and
 
  (ii)   in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture.
  (i)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any other non-paying Guaranteeing Subsidiary so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders or the Trustee under the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture.
  4.   GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC. ON CERTAIN TERMS.
  (a)   Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 of the Indenture, nothing contained in the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary with or into the Company or any other Guarantor or shall prevent any transfer, sale or conveyance of the property of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to the Company or any other Guarantor.
 
  (b)   Except as set forth in Article 4 and 5 of the Indenture, nothing contained in the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary

3


 

      with or into a corporation or corporations other than the Company or any other Guarantor (in each case, whether or not affiliated with the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or successive consolidations or mergers in which a Guaranteeing Subsidiary or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to a corporation other than the Company or any other Guarantor (in each case, whether or not affiliated with the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided, however, that each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby covenants and agrees that (i) subject to the Indenture, upon any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture to be performed by such Guaranteeing Subsidiaries, shall be expressly assumed (in the event that such Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not the surviving corporation in the merger), by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee, by the corporation formed by such consolidation, or into which such Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have been merged, or by the corporation which shall have acquired such property and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance no Default or Event of Default exists.
 
  (c)   In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture to be performed by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, such successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for such Guaranteeing Subsidiary with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Guaranteeing Subsidiary. Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon the Notes issuable under the Indenture which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
          5. RELEASES.
  (a)   Concurrently with any sale of assets (including, if applicable, all of the Capital Stock of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary), all Liens, if any, in favor of the Trustee in the assets sold thereby shall be released; provided that in the event of an Asset Sale, the Net Proceeds from such sale or other disposition are treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 of the Indenture. If the assets sold in such sale or other disposition

4


 

      include all or substantially all of the assets of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary or all of the Capital Stock of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary, then the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or the Person acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall be released from and relieved of its Obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant hereto; provided that in the event of an Asset Sale, the Net Proceeds from such sale or other disposition are treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 of the Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company or the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its Obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant hereto. If the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, it shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture as provided in this Supplemental Indenture.
 
  (b)   Upon the designation of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be released and relieved of its Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Supplemental Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such designation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.07 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. Any Guaranteeing Subsidiary not released from its Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other Obligations of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture as provided herein.
 
  (c)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be released and relieved of its obligations under this Supplemental Indenture in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.18 of the Indenture.
          6. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any Obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such Obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of

5


 

the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.
          7. SUBORDINATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES; ANTI-LAYERING. No Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary and senior in any respect in right of payment to any of the Subsidiary Guarantees. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Subsidiary Guarantee of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of that Guaranteeing Subsidiary (in the same manner and to the same extent that the Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt), which shall include all guarantees of Senior Debt.
          8. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          9. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
          10. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          11. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Company.

6


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
         
Dated: February 20, 2009  L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   
 


 

Dated: February 20, 2009
Broadcast Sports Inc., a Delaware corporation
D.P. Associates, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Electrodynamics, Inc., an Arizona corporation
Henschel Inc., a Delaware corporation
International Resources Group Ltd., a Delaware corporation
Interstate Electronics Corporation, a California corporation
LinCom Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Advanced Laser Systems Technology, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications AIS GP Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Applied Signal and Image Technology, Inc., a Maryland corporation
L-3 Communications Avionics Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Cincinnati Electronics, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications Crestview Aerospace Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications CyTerra Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Dynamic Positioning and Control Systems, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Electron Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications EO/IR, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications EOTech, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Foreign Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Geneva Aerospace, Inc., a Texas corporation
L-3 Communications InfraredVision Technology Corporation, a California corporation
L-3 Communications Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Klein Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications MariPro, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Mobile-Vision, Inc., a New Jersey corporation
L-3 Communications Nautronix Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Nova Engineering, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications SafeView, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Security and Detection Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Sonoma EO, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications TCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Westwood Corporation, a Nevada corporation
L-3 Fuzing and Ordnance Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 G.A. International, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Global Communications Solutions, Inc., a Virginia corporation
L-3 Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Microdyne Communications Technologies Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Corporation, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Outsourcing Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Pac Ord Inc., a Delaware corporation
Power Paragon, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Electrical Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Switchgear Inc., a Delaware corporation
Titan Facilities, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Troll Technology Corporation, a California corporation
Wescam Air Ops Inc., a Delaware corporation
Wescam Holdings (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation


 

         
  As Guaranteeing Subsidiaries
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Integrated Systems L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner
         
     
    By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Flight Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Flight International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Vector International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS VERTEX AEROSPACE LLC, as Sole
Member
By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole
Member
By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General
Partner
         
     
    By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Vertex Aerospace LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole
Member
By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General
Partner
         
     
    By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   


 

         
L-3 Communications Germany Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole Member
         
     
    By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Shared Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole Member
         
     
    By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   


 

         
         
Dated: February 20, 2009  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee
 
 
  By:   /s/ Franca Ferrera   
    Name:   Franca Ferrera   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   


 

         
NOTATION ON SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE RELATING TO SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE
          Pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture (the “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of February 20, 2009 among L-3 Communications Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto (each a “Guarantor” and collectively the “Guarantors”) and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee (the “Trustee”), each Guarantor (i) has jointly and severally unconditionally guaranteed (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, interest and Additional Interest on the Notes, whether at maturity or an interest payment date, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, (b) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium of, and interest and Additional Interest on the Notes, and (c) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise and (ii) has agreed to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under the Subsidiary Guarantee (as defined in the Supplemental Indenture).
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Subsidiary Guarantee of each Guarantor shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt (as defined in the Indenture) of that Guarantor (in the same manner and to the same extent that the Notes are subordinated to the Senior Debt), which shall include all guarantees of Senior Debt.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Subsidiary Guarantee of any Guarantor would constitute or result in a violation of any applicable fraudulent conveyance or similar law of any relevant jurisdiction, the liability of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be reduced to the maximum amount permissible under such fraudulent conveyance or similar law.
          No past, present or future director, officer, employee, agent, incorporator, stockholder or agent of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any Obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantee, the Indenture, any supplemental indenture delivered pursuant to the Indenture by such Guarantor, or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such Obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.
          The Subsidiary Guarantee shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof.
          The Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which the Subsidiary Guarantee is noted has been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers. Capitalized terms used herein have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture, dated as of November 12, 2004, among L-3 Communications Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee.


 

Dated: February 20, 2009
Broadcast Sports Inc., a Delaware corporation
D.P. Associates, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Electrodynamics, Inc., an Arizona corporation
Henschel Inc., a Delaware corporation
International Resources Group Ltd., a Delaware corporation
Interstate Electronics Corporation, a California corporation
LinCom Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Advanced Laser Systems Technology, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications AIS GP Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Applied Signal and Image Technology, Inc., a Maryland corporation
L-3 Communications Avionics Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Cincinnati Electronics, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications Crestview Aerospace Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications CyTerra Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Dynamic Positioning and Control Systems, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Electron Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications EO/IR, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications EOTech, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Foreign Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Geneva Aerospace, Inc., a Texas corporation
L-3 Communications InfraredVision Technology Corporation, a California corporation
L-3 Communications Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Klein Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications MariPro, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Mobile-Vision, Inc., a New Jersey corporation
L-3 Communications Nautronix Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Nova Engineering, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications SafeView, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Security and Detection Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Sonoma EO, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications TCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Westwood Corporation, a Nevada corporation
L-3 Fuzing and Ordnance Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 G.A. International, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Global Communications Solutions, Inc., a Virginia corporation
L-3 Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Microdyne Communications Technologies Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Corporation, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Outsourcing Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Pac Ord Inc., a Delaware corporation
Power Paragon, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Electrical Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Switchgear Inc., a Delaware corporation
Titan Facilities, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Troll Technology Corporation, a California corporation
Wescam Air Ops Inc., a Delaware corporation
Wescam Holdings (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation


 

         
  As Guaranteeing Subsidiaries
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Integrated Systems L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General
Partner
         
     
    By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Flight Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Flight International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Vector International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS VERTEX AEROSPACE LLC, as Sole
Member
By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole
Member
By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General
Partner
         
     
    By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Vertex Aerospace LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole
Member
By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General
Partner
         
     
    By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   


 

         
L-3 Communications Germany Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole Member
         
     
    By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Shared Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole Member
         
     
    By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   
 

EX-4.13
Exhibit 4.13
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED
BY GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARIES
     Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of February 20, 2009, among L-3 Communications Corporation (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company signatory hereto (each, a “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”, and collectively, the “Guaranteeing Subsidiaries”), and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of July 29, 2005 providing for the issuance of an unlimited amount of 6 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”);
          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations (as defined in the Indenture) under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”); and
          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
          1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
          2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:
  (a)   Such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, jointly and severally with all other current and future guarantors of the Notes (collectively, the “Guarantors” and each, a “Guarantor”), unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, regardless of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Company under the Indenture or the Notes, that:
  (i)   the principal of, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, to the extent lawful, and all other Obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee thereunder or under the Indenture will be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms thereof; and

1


 

  (ii)   in case of any extension of time for payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.
  (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that this Subsidiary Guarantee would constitute or result in a violation of any applicable fraudulent conveyance or similar law of any relevant jurisdiction, the liability of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be reduced to the maximum amount permissible under such fraudulent conveyance or similar law.
          3. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES.
  (a)   To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture shall be endorsed by an officer of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee after the date hereof.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.
 
  (c)   If an Officer whose signature is on this Supplemental Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
 
  (d)   The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof under the Indenture, shall constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary.
 
  (e)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that its Obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, regardless of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.
 
  (f)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant

2


 

      to this Supplemental Indenture will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture.
 
  (g)   If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary, or any custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
 
  (h)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary further agrees that, as between such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand:
  (i)   the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby; and
 
  (ii)   in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture.
  (i)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any other non-paying Guaranteeing Subsidiary so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders or the Trustee under the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture.
          4. GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC. ON CERTAIN TERMS.
  (a)   Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 of the Indenture, nothing contained in the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary with or into the Company or any other Guarantor or shall prevent any transfer, sale or conveyance of the property of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to the Company or any other Guarantor.
 
  (b)   Except as set forth in Article 4 and 5 of the Indenture, nothing contained in the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary

3


 

      with or into a corporation or corporations other than the Company or any other Guarantor (in each case, whether or not affiliated with the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or successive consolidations or mergers in which a Guaranteeing Subsidiary or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to a corporation other than the Company or any other Guarantor (in each case, whether or not affiliated with the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided, however, that each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby covenants and agrees that (i) subject to the Indenture, upon any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture to be performed by such Guaranteeing Subsidiaries, shall be expressly assumed (in the event that such Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not the surviving corporation in the merger), by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee, by the corporation formed by such consolidation, or into which such Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have been merged, or by the corporation which shall have acquired such property and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance no Default or Event of Default exists.
 
  (c)   In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture to be performed by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, such successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for such Guaranteeing Subsidiary with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Guaranteeing Subsidiary. Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon the Notes issuable under the Indenture which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
          5. RELEASES.
  (a)   Concurrently with any sale of assets (including, if applicable, all of the Capital Stock of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary), all Liens, if any, in favor of the Trustee in the assets sold thereby shall be released; provided that in the event of an Asset Sale, the Net Proceeds from such sale or other disposition are treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 of the Indenture (it being understood that only such portion of the Net

4


 

      Proceeds as is required to be applied on or before the date of such sale or other disposition in accordance with the terms of the Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time). If the assets sold in such sale or other disposition include all or substantially all of the assets of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary or all of the Capital Stock of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary, then the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or the Person acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall be released from and relieved of its Obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant hereto; provided that in the event of an Asset Sale, the Net Proceeds from such sale or other disposition are treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 of the Indenture (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Proceeds as is required to be applied on or before the date of such sale or other disposition in accordance with the terms of the Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time). Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company or the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its Obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant hereto. If the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, it shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture as provided in this Supplemental Indenture.
  (b)   Upon the designation of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or upon the release of a Guarantor from its Guarantees of, and all pledges and security interests granted in connection with, all other Indebtedness of the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be released and relieved of its Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Supplemental Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such designation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.07 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. Any Guaranteeing Subsidiary not released from its Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other Obligations of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture as provided herein.

5


 

  (c)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be released and relieved of its obligations under this Supplemental Indenture in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.13 of the Indenture.
          6. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any Obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such Obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.
          7. SUBORDINATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES. The Guarantee of each Guarantor shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of that Guarantor (in the same manner and to the same extent that the Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt), which shall include all guarantees of Senior Debt
          8. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          9. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
          10. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          11. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Company.

6


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
         
Dated: February 20, 2009  L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   
 

 


 

Dated: February 20, 2009
Broadcast Sports Inc., a Delaware corporation
D.P. Associates, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Electrodynamics, Inc., an Arizona corporation
Henschel Inc., a Delaware corporation
International Resources Group Ltd., a Delaware corporation
Interstate Electronics Corporation, a California corporation
LinCom Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Advanced Laser Systems Technology, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications AIS GP Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Applied Signal and Image Technology, Inc., a Maryland corporation
L-3 Communications Avionics Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Cincinnati Electronics, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications Crestview Aerospace Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications CyTerra Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Dynamic Positioning and Control Systems, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Electron Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications EO/IR, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications EOTech, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Foreign Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Geneva Aerospace, Inc., a Texas corporation
L-3 Communications InfraredVision Technology Corporation, a California corporation
L-3 Communications Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Klein Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications MariPro, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Mobile-Vision, Inc., a New Jersey corporation
L-3 Communications Nautronix Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Nova Engineering, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications SafeView, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Security and Detection Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Sonoma EO, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications TCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Westwood Corporation, a Nevada corporation
L-3 Fuzing and Ordnance Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 G.A. International, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Global Communications Solutions, Inc., a Virginia corporation
L-3 Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Microdyne Communications Technologies Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Corporation, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Outsourcing Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Pac Ord Inc., a Delaware corporation
Power Paragon, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Electrical Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Switchgear Inc., a Delaware corporation
Titan Facilities, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Troll Technology Corporation, a California corporation
Wescam Air Ops Inc., a Delaware corporation
Wescam Holdings (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation

 


 

         
  As Guaranteeing Subsidiaries
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Integrated Systems L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
         
     
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
     
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Flight Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Flight International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Vector International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
             
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS VERTEX AEROSPACE LLC, as Sole Member    
 
           
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member    
 
           
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
           
 
  Name:   Steven M. Post    
 
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary    
L-3 Communications Vertex Aerospace LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
             
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member    
 
           
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
           
 
  Name:   Steven M. Post    
 
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary    

 


 

L-3 Communications Germany Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
     
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole Member    
       
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Shared Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
     
  By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole Member    
     
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   
 

 


 

         
Dated: February 20, 2009   THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
 
 
  By:   /s/ Franca Ferrera   
    Name:   Franca Ferrera   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 

 


 

NOTATION ON SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE RELATING TO SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE
          Pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture (the “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of February 20, 2009 among L-3 Communications Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto (each a “Guarantor” and collectively the “Guarantors”) and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee (the “Trustee”), each Guarantor (i) has jointly and severally unconditionally guaranteed (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, interest and Additional Interest on the Notes, whether at maturity or an interest payment date, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, (b) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium of, and interest and Additional Interest on the Notes, and (c) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise and (ii) has agreed to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under the Subsidiary Guarantee (as defined in the Supplemental Indenture).
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Subsidiary Guarantee of each Guarantor shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt (as defined in the Indenture) of that Guarantor (in the same manner and to the same extent that the Notes are subordinated to the Senior Debt), which shall include all guarantees of Senior Debt.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Subsidiary Guarantee of any Guarantor would constitute or result in a violation of any applicable fraudulent conveyance or similar law of any relevant jurisdiction, the liability of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be reduced to the maximum amount permissible under such fraudulent conveyance or similar law.
          No past, present or future director, officer, employee, agent, incorporator, stockholder or agent of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any Obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantee, the Indenture, any supplemental indenture delivered pursuant to the Indenture by such Guarantor, or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such Obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.
          The Subsidiary Guarantee shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof.
          The Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which the Subsidiary Guarantee is noted has been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers. Capitalized terms used herein have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture, dated as of July 29, 2005, among L-3 Communications Corporation, the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee.

 


 

Dated: February 20, 2009
Broadcast Sports Inc., a Delaware corporation
D.P. Associates, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Electrodynamics, Inc., an Arizona corporation
Henschel Inc., a Delaware corporation
International Resources Group Ltd., a Delaware corporation
Interstate Electronics Corporation, a California corporation
LinCom Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Advanced Laser Systems Technology, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications AIS GP Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Applied Signal and Image Technology, Inc., a Maryland corporation
L-3 Communications Avionics Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Cincinnati Electronics, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications Crestview Aerospace Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications CyTerra Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Dynamic Positioning and Control Systems, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Electron Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications EO/IR, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications EOTech, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Foreign Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Geneva Aerospace, Inc., a Texas corporation
L-3 Communications InfraredVision Technology Corporation, a California corporation
L-3 Communications Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Klein Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications MariPro, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Mobile-Vision, Inc., a New Jersey corporation
L-3 Communications Nautronix Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Nova Engineering, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications SafeView, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Security and Detection Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Sonoma EO, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications TCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Westwood Corporation, a Nevada corporation
L-3 Fuzing and Ordnance Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 G.A. International, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Global Communications Solutions, Inc., a Virginia corporation
L-3 Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Microdyne Communications Technologies Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Corporation, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Outsourcing Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Pac Ord Inc., a Delaware corporation
Power Paragon, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Electrical Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Switchgear Inc., a Delaware corporation
Titan Facilities, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Troll Technology Corporation, a California corporation
Wescam Air Ops Inc., a Delaware corporation
Wescam Holdings (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation

1


 

         
  As Guaranteeing Subsidiaries
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Integrated Systems L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
         
     
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
     
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Flight Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Flight International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Vector International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
     
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS VERTEX AEROSPACE LLC, as Sole Member    
     
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member    
     
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
       
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Vertex Aerospace LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
     
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member    
     
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
     
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 

2


 

L-3 Communications Germany Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
     
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole Member    
 
     
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   
 
L-3 Communications Shared Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
         
     
  By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole Member    
     
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
  Name:   Steven M. Post   
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   
 

3

EX-4.15
Exhibit 4.15
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED
BY GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARIES
     Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of February 20, 2009, among L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company signatory hereto (each, a “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”, and collectively, the “Guaranteeing Subsidiaries”), and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of July 29, 2005 providing for the issuance of up to $700,000,000 of 3.0% Convertible Contingent Debt Securities (CODES) due 2035 (the “CODES”);
          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations (as defined in the Indenture) under the CODES and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”); and
          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture and the Trustee has determined that this Supplemental Indenture is in form satisfactory to it.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the CODES as follows:
          1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
          2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:
  (a)   Such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, jointly and severally with all other current and future guarantors of the CODES (collectively, the “Guarantors” and each, a “Guarantor”), unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a CODE authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, regardless of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the CODES or the Obligations of the Company under the Indenture or the CODES, that:
  (i)   the principal of and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on the CODES will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on the CODES, to the extent lawful, and all other Obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee thereunder or under the Indenture will be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms thereof; and

1


 

  (ii)   in case of any extension of time for payment or renewal of any CODES or any of such other Obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.
  (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that this Subsidiary Guarantee would constitute or result in a violation of any applicable fraudulent conveyance or similar law of any relevant jurisdiction, the liability of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be reduced to the maximum amount permissible under such fraudulent conveyance or similar law.
          3. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES.
  (a)   To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Indenture shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary on each CODE authenticated and delivered by the Trustee after the date hereof.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each CODE a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.
 
  (c)   If an Officer whose signature is on this Supplemental Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the CODE on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
 
  (d)   The delivery of any CODE by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof under the Indenture, shall constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary.
 
  (e)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that its Obligations hereunder shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be unconditional, regardless of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the CODES or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the CODES with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.
 
  (f)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary, to the extent permitted by applicable law, hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its

2


 

      Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations contained in the CODES and the Indenture.
  (g)   If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary, or any Custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
 
  (h)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary further agrees that, as between such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand:
  (i)   the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 4 of the Indenture for the purposes of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby;
 
  (ii)   in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Article 4 of the Indenture, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture; and
 
  (iii)   Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any other non-paying Guaranteeing Subsidiary so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders or the Trustee under the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture.
          4. GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC. ON CERTAIN TERMS.
  (a)   Except as set forth in Articles 6 and 9 of the Indenture, nothing contained in the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or in the CODES shall prevent (i) any consolidation or merger of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary with or into the Company or any other Guarantor, (ii) any transfer, sale or conveyance of the property of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to the Company or any other Guarantor or (iii) any merger of a Guarantor with or into with an Affiliate of that Guarantor that has not significant assets or liabilities and was incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Guarantor in another State of the United States so long as the amount of

3


 

      Indebtedness of the Company and the domestic non-Guarantor subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
  (b)   Except as set forth in Article 9 of the Indenture, nothing contained in the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or in the CODES shall prevent any consolidation or merger of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary with or into any Person organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof other than the Company or any other Guarantor (in each case, whether or not affiliated with the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or successive consolidations or mergers in which a Guaranteeing Subsidiary or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, to any Person organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof other than the Company or any other Guarantor (in each case, whether or not affiliated with the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided, however, that each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby covenants and agrees that (i) subject to the Indenture, upon any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture to be performed by such Guaranteeing Subsidiaries, shall be expressly assumed (in the event that such Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not the surviving corporation in the merger), by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee, by any Person formed by such consolidation, or into which such Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have been merged, or by any Person which shall have acquired such property, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance no Default or Event of Default exists and (iii) such transaction will only be permitted under the Indenture if it would be permitted under the terms of all of the indentures governing the Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes as the same are in effect on the date of the Indenture (whether or not those indentures are subsequently amended, waived, modified or terminated or expire and whether or not any of these notes continue to be outstanding).
 
  (c)   In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture to be performed by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for such Guaranteeing Subsidiary with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Guaranteeing Subsidiary. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon the CODES issuable under the Indenture which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and

4


 

      benefit under the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
          5. RELEASES.
  (a)   Concurrently with any sale of assets (including, if applicable, all of the Capital Stock of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary), all Liens, if any, in favor of the Trustee in the assets sold thereby shall be released. If the assets sold in such sale or other disposition (including by way of merger or consolidation) include all or substantially all of the assets of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary or all of the Capital Stock of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary, then the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or the Person acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary) shall be released from and relieved of its Obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant hereto. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company or the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee made pursuant hereto. If the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, it shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on the CODES and for the other obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture as provided in this Supplemental Indenture.
 
  (b)   Upon the designation of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Excluded Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the indentures governing the Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes as the same are in effect on the date of the Indenture (whether or not those indentures are subsequently amended, waived, modified or terminated or expire and whether or not any of those notes continue to be outstanding), such Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be released and relieved of all of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Supplemental Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such designation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and the indentures governing , the Outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes as the same are in effect on the date of the Indenture (whether or not those indentures are subsequently amended, waived, modified or terminated or expire and whether or not any of those notes continue to be outstanding),

5


 

      the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. Any Guaranteeing Subsidiary not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the CODES and for the other obligations of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture as provided herein.
  (c)   Upon any Guarantor being released from its guarantees of, and all pledges and security interests granted in connection with, Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Foreign Subsidiary), such Guarantor shall be released and relieved of its obligations under this Supplemental Indenture.
          6. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the CODES, any Subsidiary Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such Obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the CODES by accepting a CODE waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the CODES. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.
          7. SUBORDINATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES; ANTI-LAYERING. No Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary and senior in any respect in right of payment to any of the Subsidiary Guarantees. No Indebtedness shall be deemed to be subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured.
          8. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          9. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
          10. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          11. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and the Company.

6


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
             
Dated: February 20, 2009   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
           
 
      Name: Steven M. Post    
 
      Title: Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary    

 


 

Dated: February 20, 2009
Broadcast Sports Inc., a Delaware corporation
D.P. Associates, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Electrodynamics, Inc., an Arizona corporation
Henschel Inc., a Delaware corporation
International Resources Group Ltd., a Delaware corporation
Interstate Electronics Corporation, a California corporation
LinCom Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Advanced Laser Systems Technology, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications AIS GP Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Applied Signal and Image Technology, Inc., a Maryland corporation
L-3 Communications Avionics Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Cincinnati Electronics, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications Crestview Aerospace Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications CyTerra Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Dynamic Positioning and Control Systems, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Electron Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications EO/IR, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications EOTech, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Foreign Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Geneva Aerospace, Inc., a Texas corporation
L-3 Communications InfraredVision Technology Corporation, a California corporation
L-3 Communications Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Klein Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications MariPro, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Mobile-Vision, Inc., a New Jersey corporation
L-3 Communications Nautronix Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Nova Engineering, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications SafeView, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Security and Detection Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Sonoma EO, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications TCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Westwood Corporation, a Nevada corporation
L-3 Fuzing and Ordnance Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 G.A. International, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Global Communications Solutions, Inc., a Virginia corporation
L-3 Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Microdyne Communications Technologies Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Corporation, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Outsourcing Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Pac Ord Inc., a Delaware corporation
Power Paragon, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Electrical Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Switchgear Inc., a Delaware corporation
Titan Facilities, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Troll Technology Corporation, a California corporation
Wescam Air Ops Inc., a Delaware corporation
Wescam Holdings (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation

 


 

             
    As Guaranteeing Subsidiaries    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
           
 
      Name: Steven M. Post    
 
      Title: Vice President and Secretary    
L-3 Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation
             
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
     
 
Name: Steven M. Post
   
 
      Title: Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary    
L-3 Communications Integrated Systems L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
             
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
           
    Name: Steven M. Post    
    Title: Vice President and Secretary    
L-3 Communications Flight Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Flight International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Vector International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
             
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS VERTEX AEROSPACE LLC, as Sole Member    
 
           
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member    
 
           
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
           
    Name: Steven M. Post    
    Title: Vice President and Secretary    

 


 

L-3 Communications Vertex Aerospace LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
             
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member    
 
           
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
           
    Name: Steven M. Post    
    Title: Vice President and Secretary    
L-3 Communications Germany Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
             
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole Member    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
           
    Name: Steven M. Post    
    Title: Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary    
L-3 Communications Shared Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
             
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole Member    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
           
    Name: Steven M. Post    
    Title: Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary    

 


 

             
Dated: February 20, 2009   THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Franca Ferrera     
 
           
 
      Name: Franca Ferrera    
 
      Title: Assistant Vice President    

 


 

NOTATION ON SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE RELATING TO SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE
          Pursuant to the Supplemental Indenture (the “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of February 20, 2009 among L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto (each a “Guarantor” and collectively the “Guarantors”) and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee (the “Trustee”), each Guarantor (i) has jointly and severally unconditionally guaranteed (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on the CODES, whether at maturity or an interest payment date, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, (b) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on the CODES, and (c) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any CODES or any of such other Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise and (ii) has agreed to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under the Subsidiary Guarantee (as defined in the Supplemental Indenture). This Guarantee is subordinated to the Senior Debt of each Guarantor to extent set forth in Article 13 of the Indenture.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Subsidiary Guarantee of any Guarantor would constitute or result in a violation of any applicable fraudulent conveyance or similar law of any relevant jurisdiction, the liability of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be reduced to the maximum amount permissible under such fraudulent conveyance or similar law.
          No past, present or future director, officer, employee, agent, incorporator, stockholder or agent of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any Obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the CODES, any Subsidiary Guarantee, the Indenture, any supplemental indenture delivered pursuant to the Indenture by such Guarantor, or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such Obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a CODE waives and releases all such liability.
          The Subsidiary Guarantee shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof.
          The Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the CODE upon which the Subsidiary Guarantee is noted has been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers. Capitalized terms used herein have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture, dated as of July 29, 2005, among L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee.

 


 

Dated: February 20, 2009
Broadcast Sports Inc., a Delaware corporation
D.P. Associates, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Electrodynamics, Inc., an Arizona corporation
Henschel Inc., a Delaware corporation
International Resources Group Ltd., a Delaware corporation
Interstate Electronics Corporation, a California corporation
LinCom Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Advanced Laser Systems Technology, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications AIS GP Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Applied Signal and Image Technology, Inc., a Maryland corporation
L-3 Communications Avionics Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Cincinnati Electronics, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications Crestview Aerospace Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications CyTerra Corporation, a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Dynamic Positioning and Control Systems, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Electron Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications EO/IR, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Communications EOTech, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Foreign Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Geneva Aerospace, Inc., a Texas corporation
L-3 Communications InfraredVision Technology Corporation, a California corporation
L-3 Communications Investments Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Klein Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications MariPro, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications Mobile-Vision, Inc., a New Jersey corporation
L-3 Communications Nautronix Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Nova Engineering, Inc., an Ohio corporation
L-3 Communications SafeView, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Security and Detection Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Sonoma EO, Inc., a California corporation
L-3 Communications TCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 Communications Westwood Corporation, a Nevada corporation
L-3 Fuzing and Ordnance Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
L-3 G.A. International, Inc., a Florida corporation
L-3 Global Communications Solutions, Inc., a Virginia corporation
L-3 Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Microdyne Communications Technologies Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Corporation, a Maryland corporation
Microdyne Outsourcing Incorporated, a Maryland corporation
Pac Ord Inc., a Delaware corporation
Power Paragon, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Electrical Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
SPD Switchgear Inc., a Delaware corporation
Titan Facilities, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Troll Technology Corporation, a California corporation
Wescam Air Ops Inc., a Delaware corporation
Wescam Holdings (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation

 


 

             
    As Guaranteeing Subsidiaries    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
           
 
      Name: Steven M. Post    
 
      Title: Vice President and Secretary    
L-3 Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation
             
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
     
 
Name: Steven M. Post
   
 
      Title: Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary    
L-3 Communications Integrated Systems L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
             
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
           
    Name: Steven M. Post    
    Title: Vice President and Secretary    
L-3 Communications Flight Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Flight International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
L-3 Communications Vector International Aviation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
             
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS VERTEX AEROSPACE LLC, as Sole Member    
 
           
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member    
 
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
           
    Name: Steven M. Post    
    Title: Vice President and Secretary    

 


 

L-3 Communications Vertex Aerospace LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
             
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTEGRATED SYSTEMS L.P., as Sole Member    
 
           
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS AIS GP CORPORATION, as General Partner    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
           
    Name: Steven M. Post    
    Title: Vice President and Secretary    
L-3 Communications Germany Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
             
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole Member    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
           
    Name: Steven M. Post    
    Title: Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary    
L-3 Communications Shared Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
             
    By: L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, as Sole Member    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post     
 
           
    Name: Steven M. Post    
    Title: Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary    

 

EX-10.14
Exhibit 10.14
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
2008 LONG TERM PERFORMANCE PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        PAGE  
SECTION 1.
  Purpose     1  
 
SECTION 2.
  Definitions; Rules of Construction     1  
 
SECTION 3.
  Eligibility     3  
 
SECTION 4.
  Awards     3  
 
SECTION 5.
  Shares of Stock and Share Units Available Under Plan     6  
 
SECTION 6.
  Award Agreements     8  
 
SECTION 7.
  Adjustments; Change in Control; Acquisitions     11  
 
SECTION 8.
  Administration     14  
 
SECTION 9.
  Amendment and Termination of this Plan     16  
 
SECTION 10.
  Miscellaneous     16  

 


 

L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
2008 LONG TERM PERFORMANCE PLAN
SECTION 1.     Purpose.
     The purpose of this Plan is to benefit the Corporation’s stockholders by encouraging high levels of performance by individuals who contribute to the success of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries and to enable the Corporation and its Subsidiaries to attract, motivate, retain and reward talented and experienced individuals. This purpose is to be accomplished by providing eligible individuals with an opportunity to obtain or increase a proprietary interest in the Corporation and/or by providing eligible individuals with additional incentives to join or remain with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries.
SECTION 2.     Definitions; Rules of Construction.
     (a)     Defined Terms. The terms defined in this Section shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Plan:
     “Award” means an award granted pursuant to Section 4.
     “Award Agreement” means an agreement described in Section 6 by the Corporation for the benefit of a Participant, setting forth (or incorporating by reference) the terms and conditions of an Award granted to a Participant.
     “Beneficiary” means a person or persons (including a trust or trusts) validly designated by a Participant or, in the absence of a valid designation, entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution, to receive the benefits specified in the Award Agreement and under this Plan in the event of a Participant’s death.
     “Board of Directors” or “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
     “Change in Control” means change in control as defined in Section 7(c).
     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
     “Committee” means the Committee described in Section 8(a).
     “Corporation” means L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc.

 


 

     “Employee” means any person, including an officer (whether or not also a director) in the regular full-time employment of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries who, in the opinion of the Committee is, or is expected to be, primarily responsible for the management, growth or protection of some part or all of the business of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, but excludes, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, an Employee of any Subsidiary that is not a “subsidiary corporation” of the Corporation as defined in Code Section 424(f).
     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
     “Executive Officer” means executive officer as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act. If the Board has designated the executive officers of the Corporation for purposes of reporting under the Exchange Act, the designation shall be conclusive for purposes of this Plan.
     “Fair Market Value” means the closing price of the relevant security as reported on the composite tape of New York Stock Exchange issues (or if, at the date of determination, the security is not so listed or if the principal market on which it is traded is not the New York Stock Exchange, such other reporting system as shall be selected by the Committee) on the relevant date, or, if no sale of the security is reported for that date, the next preceding day for which there is a reported sale. The Committee shall determine the Fair Market Value of any security that is not publicly traded, using criteria as it shall determine, in its sole direction, to be appropriate for the valuation.
     “Insider” means any person who is subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.
     “Minimum Ownership Stock” means any Award of shares of Stock of the Corporation that are issued, in accordance with Section 4(a)(5), in lieu of cash compensation in order to satisfy applicable stock ownership guidelines from time to time in effect.
     “Option” means a Nonqualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option as described in Section 4(a)(1) or (2).
     “Participant” means a person who is granted an Award, pursuant to this Plan, that remains outstanding.
     “Performance-Based Awards” is defined in Section 4(b).
     “Performance Goals” means any combination of one or more of the following criteria: cash flow, earnings per share, return on equity, return on invested capital, total stockholder return or any other performance goal that the Committee in its sole discretion establishes in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code for which applicable shareholder approval requirements are met. Performance Goals may be stated in absolute terms or relative to comparison companies or indices to be achieved during a period of time.

2


 

     “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time.
     “Share Units” means the number of units under an Award (or portion thereof) that is payable solely in cash or is actually paid in cash, determined by reference to the number of             shares of Stock by which the Award (or portion thereof) is measured.
     “Stock” means shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share, subject to adjustments made under Section 7 or by operation of law.
     “Subsidiary” means, as to any person, any corporation, association, partnership, joint venture or other business entity of which 50% or more of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of entities other than corporations), is owned or controlled (directly or indirectly) by that entity, or by one or more of the Subsidiaries of that entity, or by a combination thereof.
     (b)     Rules of Construction. For purposes of this Plan and the Award Agreements, unless otherwise expressly provided or the context otherwise requires, the terms defined in this Plan include the plural and the singular, and pronouns of either gender or neuter shall include, as appropriate, the other pronoun forms.
SECTION 3.     Eligibility.
     Any one or more Awards may be granted to any Employee, or any non-Employee who provides services to or on behalf of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, who is designated by the Committee to receive an Award.
SECTION 4.     Awards.
     (a)     Type of Awards. The Committee may from time to time grant any of the following types of Awards, either singly, in tandem or in combination with other Awards:
     (1)     Nonqualified Stock Options. A Nonqualified Stock Option is an Award in the form of an option to purchase Stock that is not intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 422. The exercise price of each Nonqualified Stock Option granted under this Plan shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date that the Option is granted.

3


 

     (2)     Incentive Stock Options. An Incentive Stock Option is an Award in the form of an option to purchase Stock that is intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 422 or any successor section thereof. The exercise price of each Incentive Stock Option granted under this Plan shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date the Option is granted. If a Participant on the date an Incentive Stock Option is granted owns, directly or indirectly within the meaning of Code Section 424(d), stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation, the exercise price per share of the Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock at the time of grant, and such Incentive Stock Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date such Incentive Stock Option is granted. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Stock with respect to which one or more incentive stock options first become exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year exceeds $100,000, taking into account both Stock subject to Incentive Stock Options under this Plan and stock subject to incentive stock options under all other plans of the Corporation or of other entities referenced in Code Section 422(d)(1), the options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. For this purpose, the Fair Market Value of the Stock subject to options shall be determined as of the date the Options were granted.
     (3)     Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right is an Award in the form of a right to receive, upon surrender of the right, but without other payment, an amount based on the appreciation in the value of the Stock or the Option over a base price established in the Award, payable in cash, Stock or such other form or combination of forms of payout, at times and upon conditions (which may include a Change in Control), as may be approved by the Committee. The minimum base price of a Stock Appreciation Right granted under this Plan shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the underlying Stock on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted.
     (4)     Restricted Stock. Restricted Stock is an Award of issued shares of Stock of the Corporation (other than Minimum Ownership Stock) that are subject to restrictions on transfer and/or such other restrictions on incidents of ownership as the Committee may determine.
     (5)     Other Share-Based Awards. The Committee may from time to time grant Awards under this Plan that provide the Participants with Stock or the right to purchase Stock, or provide other incentive Awards (including, but not limited to, Minimum Ownership Stock, phantom stock or units, performance stock or units, bonus stock, dividend equivalent units, or similar securities or rights) that have a value derived from the value of, or an exercise or conversion privilege at a price related to, or that are otherwise payable in shares of Stock. The Awards shall be in a form determined by the Committee, provided that the Awards shall not be inconsistent with the other express terms of this Plan applicable to such Awards.

4


 

     (b)     Special Performance-Based Awards. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any of the type of Awards listed in Section 4(a) may be granted as awards that satisfy the requirements for “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) (“Performance-Based Awards”), the grant, vesting, exercisability or payment of which may depend on the degree of achievement of the Performance Goals relative to preestablished targeted levels for the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, divisions or other business units. Performance-Based Awards shall be subject to the requirements of clauses (1) through (7) below, except that notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 4(b) to the contrary, any Option or Stock Appreciation Right intended to qualify as a Performance-Based Award shall not be subject to the requirements of clauses (2), (4), (5) and (6) below (with such Awards hereinafter referred to as a “Qualifying Option” or a “Qualifying Stock Appreciation Right”, respectively). An Award that is intended to satisfy the requirements of this Section 4(b) shall be designated as a Performance-Based Award at the time of grant.
     (1)     Eligible Class. The eligible class of persons for Awards under this Section 4(b) shall be all Employees.
     (2)     Performance Goals. The performance goals for any Awards under this Section 4(b) (other than Qualifying Options and Qualifying Stock Appreciation Rights) shall be, on an absolute or relative basis, one or more of the Performance Goals. The specific performance target(s) with respect to Performance Goal(s) must be established by the Committee in advance of the deadlines applicable under Code Section 162(m) and while the performance relating to the Performance Goal(s) remains substantially uncertain.
     (3)     Individual Limits. The maximum number of shares of Stock or Share Units that are issuable under Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or other Awards (described under Section 4(a)(5)) that are granted as Performance-Based Awards to any Participant shall not exceed five percent of the total shares outstanding of the Corporation during the life of the Plan, either individually or in the aggregate, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7. The maximum number of shares of Stock and Share Units issuable or payable pursuant to all Performance-Based Awards (including Qualifying Options and Qualifying Stock Appreciation Rights) granted during a calendar year to any Employee shall be 500,000, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7. Awards that are cancelled during the year shall be counted against these limits to the extent required by Code Section 162(m).

5


 

     (4)     Committee Certification. Before any Performance-Based Award under this Section 4(b) (other than Qualifying Options and Qualifying Stock Appreciation Rights) is paid, the Committee must certify in writing (by resolution or otherwise) that the applicable Performance Goal(s) and any other material terms of the Performance-Based Award were satisfied; provided, however, that a Performance-Based Award may be paid without regard to the satisfaction of the applicable Performance Goal in the event of the Participant’s death, permanent disability or retirement or in the event of a Change in Control as provided in Section 7(b).
     (5)     Terms and Conditions of Awards. Committee Discretion to Reduce Performance Awards. The Committee shall have discretion to determine the conditions, restrictions or other limitations, in accordance with the terms of this Plan and Code Section 162(m), on the payment of individual Performance-Based Awards under this Section 4(b). To the extent set forth in an Award Agreement, the Committee may reserve the right to reduce the amount payable in accordance with any standards or on any other basis (including the Committee’s discretion), as the Committee may impose.
     (6)     Adjustments for Material Changes. To the extent set forth in an Award Agreement, in the event of (i) a change in corporate capitalization, a corporate transaction or a complete or partial corporate liquidation, or (ii) any extraordinary gain or loss or other event that is treated for accounting purposes as an extraordinary item under generally accepted accounting principles, or (iii) any material change in accounting policies or practices affecting the Corporation and/or the Performance Goals or targets, the Committee shall make adjustments to the Performance Goals and/or targets, applied as of the date of the event, and based solely on objective criteria, so as to neutralize, in the Committee’s judgment, the effect of the event on the applicable Performance-Based Award.
     (7)     Interpretation. Except as specifically provided in this Section 4(b), the provisions of this Section 4(b) shall be interpreted and administered by the Committee in a manner consistent with the requirements for exemption of Performance-Based Awards granted to Executive Officers as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m) and regulations and other interpretations issued by the Internal Revenue Service thereunder.
SECTION 5.     Shares of Stock and Share Units Available Under Plan.
     (a)     Aggregate Limits on Shares and Share Units. (i) The maximum number of shares of Stock that may be issued pursuant to all Awards under the Plan is 5,000,000, (ii) the maximum number of such shares of Stock that may be issued pursuant to all Awards of Incentive Stock Options is 3,000,000, and (iii) the maximum number of shares of Stock and Share Units that may be issuable or payable pursuant to all Awards granted during a calendar year to any Participant shall be 500,000, in each case subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 5 or Section 7.

6


 

     (b)     Sublimit on Full Value Awards. The maximum number of shares of Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights is 2,500,000, subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 5 or Section 7.
     (c)     Reissue of Shares and Share Units. Any unexercised, unconverted or undistributed portion of any expired, cancelled, terminated or forfeited Award, or any alternative form of consideration under an Award that is not paid in connection with the settlement of an Award or any portion of an Award, shall again be available for Awards under Sections 5(a) and (b), as applicable, whether or not the Participant has received benefits of ownership (such as dividends or dividend equivalents or voting rights) during the period in which the Participant’s ownership was restricted or otherwise not vested. To the extent an Award is settled in cash in lieu of issuing shares of Stock subject thereto, such shares shall be deemed to constitute Cash Units (and not shares of Stock issued pursuant to an Award) for purposes of the limits set forth in Sections 5(a) and (b). For the avoidance of doubt, the following shares of Stock shall not become available for reissuance under the Plan: (1) shares tendered by Participants as full or partial payment to the Corporation upon exercise of Options or other Awards granted under the Plan; (2) shares of Stock reserved for issuance upon the grant of Stock Appreciation Rights, to the extent the number of reserved shares exceeds the number of shares actually issued upon exercise of the Stock Appreciation Rights; and (3) shares withheld by, or otherwise remitted to, the Corporation to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations upon the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock or the exercise of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or upon any other payment or issuance of shares under any other Award granted under the Plan.
     (d)     Interpretive Issues. Additional rules for determining the number of shares of Stock or Share Units authorized under this Plan may be adopted by the Committee, as it deems necessary or appropriate.
     (e)     Treasury Shares; No Fractional Shares. The Stock which may be issued (which term includes Stock reissued or otherwise delivered) pursuant to an Award under this Plan may be treasury or authorized but unissued Stock or Stock acquired, subsequently or in anticipation of a transaction under this Plan, in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions to satisfy the requirements of this Plan. No fractional shares shall be issued but fractional interests may be accumulated.

7


 

     (f)     Consideration. The Stock issued under this Plan may be issued (subject to Section 10(d)) for any lawful form of consideration, the value of which equals the par value of the Stock or such greater or lesser value as the Committee, consistent with Sections 10(d) and 4(a)(1), (2) and (3), may require.
     (g)     Purchase or Exercise Price; Withholding. The exercise or purchase price (if any) of the Stock issuable pursuant to any Award and any withholding obligation under applicable tax laws shall be paid at or prior to the time of the delivery of such Stock in cash or, subject to the Committee’s express authorization and the restrictions, conditions and procedures as the Committee may impose, any one or combination of (i) cash, (ii) the delivery of shares of Stock, or (iii) a reduction in the amount of Stock or other amounts otherwise issuable or payable pursuant to such Award. In the case of a payment by the means described in clause (ii) or (iii) above, the Stock to be so delivered or offset shall be determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date as of which the payment or offset is made.
     (h)     Cashless Exercise. The Committee may also permit the exercise of the Award and payment of any applicable withholding tax in respect of an Award by delivery of written notice, subject to the Corporation’s receipt of a third party payment in full in cash (or in such other form as permitted under Section 5(g)) for the exercise price and the applicable withholding at or prior to the time of issuance of Stock, in the manner and subject to the procedures as may be established by the Committee.
SECTION 6.     Award Agreements.
     Each Award under this Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement in a form approved by the Committee setting forth the number of shares of Stock or Share Units, as applicable, subject to the Award, and the price (if any) and term of the Award and, in the case of Performance-Based Awards, the applicable Performance Goals, if any. The Award Agreement shall also set forth (or incorporate by reference) other material terms and conditions applicable to the Award as determined by the Committee consistent with the limitations of this Plan.
     (a)     Incorporated Provisions. Award Agreements shall be subject to the terms of this Plan and shall be deemed to include the following terms:
     (1)     Transferability: An Award shall not be assignable nor transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of a Participant the Award shall be exercised only by such Participant or by his or her guardian or legal representative, except that Awards, other than Incentive Stock Options, may be transferred to and thereafter exercised by a family member or family members of a Participant, or transferred to an irrevocable trust or trusts (or other similar estate planning entity or entities) established for the benefit of a Participant and/or one or more of the Participant’s family members, during the Participant’s lifetime. The designation of a Beneficiary hereunder shall not constitute a transfer prohibited by the foregoing provisions.

8


 

     (2)     Rights as Stockholder: A Participant shall have no rights as a holder of Stock with respect to any unissued securities covered by an Award until the date the Participant becomes the holder of record of these securities. Except as provided in Section 7, no adjustment or other provision shall be made for dividends or other stockholder rights, except to the extent that the Award Agreement provides for dividend equivalents or similar economic benefits.
     (3)     Withholding: The Participant shall be responsible for payment of any taxes or similar charges required by law to be withheld from an Award or an amount paid in satisfaction of an Award and these obligations shall be paid by the Participant on or prior to the payment of the Award. In the case of an Award payable in cash, the withholding obligation shall be satisfied by withholding the applicable amount and paying the net amount in cash to the Participant. In the case of an Award paid in shares of Stock, a Participant shall satisfy the withholding obligation as provided in Section 5(g) or Section 5(h).
     (4)     Option Holding Period: Subject to the authority of the Committee under Section 7, and except as otherwise provided by the Committee or as allowed under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, a minimum six-month period shall elapse between the date of initial grant of any Option and the sale of the underlying shares of Stock, and the Corporation may impose legend and other restrictions on the Stock issued on exercise of the Options to enforce this requirement; provided, however, that such limitation shall not apply to the extent provided by the Committee on account of the Participant’s death, permanent disability or retirement or in the event of a Change in Control as provided in Section 7(b).
     (5)     Maximum Term of Awards. No Award that contemplates exercise or conversion may be exercised or converted to any extent, and no other Award that defers vesting, shall remain outstanding and unexercised, unconverted or unvested more than ten years after the date the Award was initially granted.
     (b)     Other Provisions. Award Agreements may include other terms and conditions as the Committee shall approve, including but not limited to the following:

9


 

     (1)     Termination of Employment: A provision describing the treatment of an Award in the event of the retirement, disability, death or other termination of a Participant’s employment with or services to the Company, including any provisions relating to the vesting, exercisability, forfeiture or cancellation of the Award in these circumstances, subject, in the case of Performance-Based Awards, to the requirements for “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m).
     (2)     Vesting; Effect of Termination; Change in Control: Any other terms consistent with the terms of this Plan as are necessary and appropriate to effect the Award to the Participant, including but not limited to the vesting provisions, any requirements for continued employment, any other restrictions or conditions (including performance requirements) of the Award, and the method by which (consistent with Section 7) the restrictions or conditions lapse, and the effect on the Award of a Change in Control. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, (1) the minimum vesting period for Awards of Restricted Stock shall be three years from the date of grant (or one year in the case of Restricted Stock Awards that are Performance-Based Awards) and (2) the vesting period of an Award of Restricted Stock may not be accelerated to a date that is within such minimum vesting period except in the event of the Participant’s death, permanent disability or retirement or in the event of a Change in Control.
     (3)     Replacement and Substitution: Any provisions permitting or requiring the surrender of outstanding Awards or securities held by the Participant in whole or in part in order to exercise or realize rights under or as a condition precedent to other Awards, or in exchange for the grant of new or amended Awards under similar or different terms; provided, that except in connection with an adjustment contemplated by Section 7, no such provisions of an Award Agreement shall permit a “Repricing” as defined in Section 8(d).
     (4)     Dividends: Any provisions providing for the payment of dividend equivalents on unissued shares of Stock or unpaid Share Units underlying an Award, on either a current or deferred or contingent basis, and either in cash or in additional shares of Stock; provided that dividend equivalents may not be paid with respect to Awards of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.
     (c)     Contract Rights, Forms and Signatures. Any obligation of the Corporation to any Participant with respect to an Award shall be based solely upon contractual obligations created by this Plan and an Award Agreement. No Award shall be enforceable until the Award Agreement has been signed on behalf of the Corporation by an Executive Officer (other than the recipient) or his or her delegate. By accepting receipt of the Award Agreement, a Participant shall be deemed to have accepted and consented to the terms of this Plan and any action taken in good faith under this Plan by and within the discretion of the Committee, the Board of Directors or their delegates. Unless the Award Agreement otherwise expressly provides, there shall be no third party beneficiaries of the obligations of the Corporation to the Participant under the Award Agreement.

10


 

SECTION 7.     Adjustments; Change in Control; Acquisitions.
     (a)     Adjustments. If there shall occur any recapitalization, stock split (including a stock split in the form of a stock dividend), reverse stock split, merger, combination, consolidation, or other reorganization or any extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution in respect of the Stock (whether in the form of cash, Stock or other property), or any split-up, spin-off, extraordinary redemption, or exchange of outstanding Stock, or there shall occur any other similar corporate transaction or event in respect of the Stock, or a sale of substantially all the assets of the Corporation as an entirety, then the Committee shall, in the manner and to the extent, if any, as it deems appropriate and equitable to the Participants and consistent with the terms of this Plan, and taking into consideration the effect of the event on the holders of the Stock:
     (1)     proportionately adjust any or all of:
     (A)     the number and type of shares of Stock and Share Units which thereafter may be made the subject of Awards (including the specific maxima and numbers of shares of Stock or Share Units set forth elsewhere in this Plan),
     (B)     the number and type of shares of Stock, other property, Share Units or cash subject to any or all outstanding Awards,
     (C)     the grant, purchase or exercise price, or conversion ratio of any or all outstanding Awards, or of the Stock, other property or Share Units underlying the Awards,
     (D)     the securities, cash or other property deliverable upon exercise or conversion of any or all outstanding Awards,
     (E)     subject to Section 4(b), the performance targets or standards appropriate to any outstanding Performance-Based Awards, or
     (F)     any other terms as are affected by the event; and/or
     (2)     provide for:
     (A)     an appropriate and proportionate cash settlement or distribution, or
     (B)     the substitution or exchange of any or all outstanding Awards, or the cash, securities or property deliverable on exercise, conversion or vesting of the Awards.

11


 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, no adjustment shall be made which would cause this Plan to violate Section 424(a) of the Code or any successor provisions thereto, without the written consent of the Participant adversely affected thereby. The Committee shall act prior to an event described in this paragraph (a) (including at the time of an Award by means of more specific provisions in the Award Agreement) if deemed necessary or appropriate to permit the Participant to realize the benefits intended to be conveyed by an Award in respect of the Stock in the case of an event described in paragraph (a).
     (b)     Change in Control. The Committee may, in the Award Agreement, provide for the effect of a Change in Control on an Award. Such provisions may include, but are not limited to any one or more of the following with respect to any or all Awards: (i) the specific consequences of a Change in Control on the Awards; (ii) a reservation of the Committee’s right to determine in its discretion at any time that there shall be full acceleration or no acceleration of benefits under the Awards; (iii) that only certain or limited benefits under the Awards shall be accelerated; (iv) that the Awards shall be accelerated for a limited time only; or (v) that acceleration of the Awards shall be subject to additional conditions precedent (such as a termination of employment following a Change in Control).
     In addition to any action required or authorized by the terms of an Award, the Committee may take any other action it deems appropriate to ensure the equitable treatment of Participants in the event of or in anticipation of a Change in Control, including but not limited to any one or more of the following with respect to any or all Awards: (i) the acceleration or extension of time periods for purposes of exercising, vesting in, or realizing gain from, the Awards; (ii) the waiver of conditions on the Awards that were imposed for the benefit of the Corporation, (iii) provision for the cash settlement of the Awards for their equivalent cash value, as determined by the Committee, as of the date of the Change in Control; or (iv) such other modification or adjustment to the Awards as the Committee deems appropriate to maintain and protect the rights and interests of Participants upon or following the Change in Control. The Committee also may accord any Participant a right to refuse any acceleration of exercisability, vesting or benefits, whether pursuant to the Award Agreement or otherwise, in such circumstances as the Committee may approve.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(b) or any provision in an Award Agreement to the contrary, if any Award to any Insider is accelerated to a date that is less than six months after the date of the Award, the Committee may prohibit a sale of the underlying Stock (other than a sale by operation or law in exchange for or through conversion into other securities), and the Corporation may impose legend and other restrictions on the Stock to enforce this prohibition.

12


 

     (c)     Change in Control Definition. For purposes of this Plan, with respect to any Award other than an Award issued pursuant to an Award Agreement that separately defines the term “change in control,” a change in control shall include and be deemed to occur upon the following events:
     (1)     The acquisition by any person or group (including a group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of a majority of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities, other than by any employee benefit plan maintained by the Corporation;
     (2)     The sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or of L-3 Communications Corporation or any successor thereto;
     (3)     The election, including the filling of vacancies, during any period of 24 months or less, of 50 percent or more, of the members of the Board, without the approval of Continuing Directors, as constituted at the beginning of such period. “Continuing Directors” shall mean any director of the Company who either (i) is a member of the Board on the date of grant of the relevant Award, or (ii) is nominated for election to the Board by a majority of the Board which is comprised of Directors who were, at the time of such nomination, Continuing Directors; or
     (4)     In the Committee’s sole discretion on a case-by-case basis and solely with respect to Awards granted to Employees of a Subsidiary of the Corporation, or of a business unit or division of the Corporation or such Subsidiary, (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary, business unit or division or (ii) the sale (including without limitation by way of merger) of a majority of the combined voting power of such Subsidiary’s then outstanding voting securities.
     (d)     Business Acquisitions. Awards may be granted under this Plan on the terms and conditions as the Committee considers appropriate, which may differ from those otherwise required by this Plan to the extent necessary to reflect a substitution for or assumption of stock incentive awards held by employees of other entities who become employees of the Corporation or a Subsidiary as the result of a merger of the employing entity with, or the acquisition of the property or stock of the employing entity by, the Corporation or a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly.

13


 

SECTION 8.     Administration.
     (a)     Committee Authority and Structure. This Plan and all Awards granted under this Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee of the Board or subcommittee of the Compensation Committee as may be designated by the Board and constituted so as to permit this Plan to comply with the disinterested administration requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and the “outside director” requirement of Code Section 162(m). The members of the Committee shall be designated by the Board. A majority of the members of the Committee (but not fewer than two) shall constitute a quorum. The vote of a majority of a quorum or the unanimous written consent of the Committee shall constitute action by the Committee.
     (b)     Selection and Grant. The Committee shall have the authority to determine the individuals (if any) to whom Awards will be granted under this Plan, the type of Award or Awards to be made, and the nature, amount, pricing, timing, and other terms of Awards to be made to any one or more of these individuals, subject to the terms of this Plan.
     (c)     Construction and Interpretation. The Committee shall have the power to interpret and administer this Plan and Award Agreements, and to adopt, amend and rescind related rules and procedures. All questions of interpretation and determinations with respect to this Plan, the number of shares of Stock, Stock Appreciation Rights, or units or other Awards granted, and the terms of any Award Agreements, the adjustments required or permitted by Section 7, and other determinations hereunder shall be made by the Committee and its determination shall be final and conclusive upon all parties in interest. In the event of any conflict between an Award Agreement and any non-discretionary provisions of this Plan, the terms of this Plan shall govern.
     (d)     Express Authority to Change Terms of Awards. The Committee may, at any time, alter or amend any or all Award Agreements under this Plan in any manner that would be authorized for a new Award under this Plan, including but not limited to any manner set forth in Section 9 (subject to any applicable limitations thereunder), except that no amendment or cancellation of an Award may effect a Repricing of such Award, except in connection with an adjustment pursuant to Section 7. A “Repricing” means any of the following: (i) changing the terms of an Award to lower its exercise price or base price, (ii) cancelling an Award with an exercise price or base price in exchange for other Awards with a lower exercise price or base price, or (iii) cancelling an Award with an exercise price or base price at a time when such price is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the underlying Stock in exchange for other Awards, cash or property. Without limiting the Committee’s authority under this plan (including Sections 7 and 9), but subject to any express limitations of this Plan (including the prohibitions on Repricing set forth in this Section 8(d)), the Committee shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability or vesting of an Award, to extend the term or waive early termination provisions of an Award (subject to the maximum ten-year term under Section 6(a)(5)), and to waive the Corporation’s rights with respect to an Award or restrictive conditions of an Award (including forfeiture conditions), in any case in such circumstances as the Committee deems appropriate.

14


 

     (e)     Rule 16b-3 Conditions; Bifurcation of Plan. It is the intent of the Corporation that this Plan and Awards hereunder satisfy and be interpreted in a manner, that, in the case of Participants who are or may be Insiders, satisfies any applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3, so that these persons will be entitled to the benefits of Rule 16b-3 or other exemptive rules under Section 16 under the Exchange Act and will not be subjected to avoidable liability thereunder as to Awards intended to be entitled to the benefits of Rule 16b-3. If any provision of this Plan or of any Award would otherwise frustrate or conflict with the intent expressed in this Section 8(e), that provision to the extent possible shall be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid such conflict. To the extent of any remaining irreconcilable conflict with this intent, the provision shall be deemed disregarded as to Awards intended as Rule 16b-3 exempt Awards. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the provisions of this Plan may at any time be bifurcated by the Board or the Committee in any manner so that certain provisions of this Plan or any Award Agreement intended (or required in order) to satisfy the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 are only applicable to Insiders and to those Awards to Insiders intended to satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3.
     (f)     Delegation and Reliance. The Committee may delegate to the officers or employees of the Corporation the authority to execute and deliver those instruments and documents, to do all acts and things, and to take all other steps deemed necessary, advisable or convenient for the effective administration of this Plan in accordance with its terms and purpose, except that the Committee may not delegate any discretionary authority to grant or amend an award or with respect to substantive decisions or functions regarding this Plan or Awards as these relate to the material terms of Performance-Based Awards to Executive Officers or to the timing, eligibility, pricing, amount or other material terms of Awards to Insiders. In making any determination or in taking or not taking any action under this Plan, the Board and the Committee may obtain and may rely upon the advice of experts, including professional advisors to the Corporation. No director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation shall be liable for any such action or determination taken or made or omitted in good faith.
     (g)     Exculpation and Indemnity. Neither the Corporation nor any member of the Board of Directors or of the Committee, nor any other person participating in any determination of any question under this Plan, or in the interpretation, administration or application of this Plan, shall have any liability to any party for any action taken or not taken in good faith under this Plan or for the failure of an Award (or action in respect of an Award) to satisfy Code requirements as to incentive stock options or to realize other intended tax consequences, to qualify for exemption or relief under Rule 16b-3 or to comply with any other law, compliance with which is not required on the part of the Corporation.

15


 

SECTION 9.     Amendment and Termination of this Plan.
     The Board of Directors may at any time amend, suspend or discontinue this Plan, subject to any stockholder approval that may be required under applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such action by the Board or the Committee shall, in any manner adverse to a Participant other than as expressly permitted by the terms of an Award Agreement, affect any Award then outstanding and evidenced by an Award Agreement without the consent in writing of the Participant or a Beneficiary, a Participant’s family member or a trust (or similar estate planning entity) established for the benefit of a Participant and/or one or more of the Participant’s family members entitled to an Award. Notwithstanding the above, any amendment that would (i) materially increase the benefits accruing to any Participant or Participants hereunder, (ii) materially increase the aggregate number of shares of Stock, Share Units or other equity interest(s) that may be issued hereunder, or (iii) materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in this Plan, shall be subject to shareholder approval.
SECTION 10.     Miscellaneous.
     (a)     Unfunded Plans. This Plan shall be unfunded. Neither the Corporation nor the Board of Directors nor the Committee shall be required to segregate any assets that may at any time be represented by Awards made pursuant to this Plan. Neither the Corporation, the Committee, nor the Board of Directors shall be deemed to be a trustee of any amounts to be paid or securities to be issued under this Plan.
     (b)     Rights of Employees.
     (1)     No Right to an Award. Status as an Employee shall not be construed as a commitment that any one or more Awards will be made under this Plan to an Employee or to Employees generally. Status as a Participant shall not entitle the Participant to any additional Award.
     (2)     No Assurance of Employment. Nothing contained in this Plan (or in any other documents related to this Plan or to any Award) shall confer upon any Employee or Participant any right to continue in the employ or other service of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or constitute any contract (of employment or otherwise) or limit in any way the right of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to change a person’s compensation or other benefits or to terminate the employment or services of a person with or without cause.

16


 

     (c)     Effective Date; Duration. This Plan has been adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. This Plan shall become effective upon and shall be subject to the approval of the stockholders the Corporation. This Plan shall remain in effect until any and all Awards under this Plan have been exercised, converted or terminated under the terms of this Plan and applicable Award Agreements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Award may be granted under this Plan after April 29, 2018; provided, however, that any Award granted prior to such date may be amended after such date in any manner that would have been permitted hereunder prior to such date.
     (d)     Compliance with Laws. This Plan, Award Agreements, and the grant, exercise, conversion, operation and vesting of Awards, and the issuance and delivery of shares of Stock and/or other securities or property or the payment of cash under this Plan, Awards or Award Agreements, are subject to compliance with all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations (including but not limited to state and federal insider trading, registration, reporting and other securities laws and federal margin requirements) and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may be necessary or, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, advisable in connection therewith. Any securities delivered under this Plan shall be subject to such restrictions (and the person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Corporation, provide such evidence, assurance and representations to the Corporation as to compliance with any of such restrictions) as the Corporation may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all applicable legal requirements.
     (e)     Section 409A. Notwithstanding other provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreements thereunder, no Award shall be granted, deferred, accelerated, extended, paid out or modified under this Plan in a manner that would result in the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code upon a Participant. In the event that it is reasonably determined by the Board or Committee that, as a result of Section 409A of the Code, payments in respect of any Award under the Plan may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms of the Plan or the relevant Award agreement, as the case may be, without causing the Participant holding such Award to be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, the Company will make such payment on the first day that would not result in the Participant incurring any tax liability under Section 409A of the Code; which, if the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of the Section 409A, shall be the first day following the six-month period beginning on the date of Participant’s termination of Employment.
     (f)     Applicable Law. This Plan, Award Agreements and any related documents and matters shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York and applicable Federal law.
     (g)     Non-Exclusivity of Plan. Nothing in this Plan shall limit or be deemed to limit the authority of the Corporation, the Board or the Committee to grant awards or authorize any other compensation, with or without reference to the Stock, under any other plan or authority.

17

EX-10.17
Exhibit 10.17
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
2008 LONG TERM PERFORMANCE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
(Version 0004)
     This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (this “Agreement”), effective as of the Grant Date (as defined below), is between L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and the Participant (as defined below).
     1. Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Agreement:
          (a) “Award Letter” shall mean the letter to the Participant attached hereto as Exhibit A.
          (b) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
          (c) “Grant Date” shall mean the “Grant Date” listed in the Award Letter.
          (d) “Participant” shall mean the “Participant” listed in the Award Letter.
          (e) “Restricted Units” shall mean that number of restricted units listed in the Award Letter as “Awards Granted.”
          (f) “Section 409A Change in Control Event” shall mean a change in ownership or effective control of the Corporation, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Corporation, within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code.
          (g) “Shares” shall mean a number of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, equal to the number of Restricted Units.
     2. Grant of Units. The Corporation hereby grants the Restricted Units to the Participant, each of which represents the right to receive one Share upon the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period (as defined below), subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in the L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 2008 Long Term Performance Plan (the “Plan”) and this Agreement.
     3. Restricted Unit Account. The Corporation shall cause an account (the “Unit Account”) to be established and maintained on the books of the Corporation to record the number of Restricted Units credited to the Participant under the terms of this Agreement. The Participant’s interest in the Unit Account shall be that of a general, unsecured creditor of the Corporation.
     4. Restricted Period. Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs 6 and 7 hereof, the “Restricted Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Grant Date and expiring on the third anniversary of the Grant Date. Upon the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period, the Shares shall be issued to the Participant in accordance with Section 13.
     5. Restrictions on Transfer During Restricted Period. Until the Restricted Period has expired or terminated, the Restricted Units shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, loaned, or otherwise disposed of, and during the Participant’s lifetime the Participant’s rights with respect

 


 

to the Restricted Units shall be exercised only by such Participant or by his or her guardian or legal representative, except that the Restricted Units may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation, loan or other disposition other than in accordance with this Section 5 shall be null and void.
     6. Change in Control During Restricted Period. Upon the occurrence of a “change in control” that constitutes a Section 409A Change in Control Event, the Restricted Period shall automatically terminate and the Shares shall thereafter be issued to the Participant in accordance with Section 13. In the event of any other “change in control,” the Restricted Period shall not be immediately affected, but shall subsequently terminate (and the Shares shall thereafter be issued to the Participant in accordance with Section 13) upon the earliest to occur of: (a) a Section 409A Change in Control Event, (b) the Participant’s death, (c) the six-month anniversary of the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Corporation and its subsidiaries due to “disability” (as defined in Section 7(c) hereof) or (d) the third anniversary of the Grant Date. For purposes of this Agreement, a “change in control” means:
          (a) The acquisition by any person or group (including a group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of a majority of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities, other than by any employee benefit plan maintained by the Corporation;
          (b) The sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; or
          (c) The election, including the filling of vacancies, during any period of 24 months or less, of 50% or more of the members of the Board of Directors, without the approval of Continuing Directors, as constituted at the beginning of such period. “Continuing Directors” shall mean any director of the Corporation who either (i) is a member of the Board of Directors on the Grant Date, or (ii) is nominated for election to the Board of Directors by a majority of the Board which is comprised of directors who were, at the time of such nomination, Continuing Directors.
     7. Termination of Employment During Restricted Period.
          (a) In the event that the Participant’s employment with the Corporation and its subsidiaries is terminated (other than by reason of death, “retirement” or “disability,” as defined below) prior to the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period and prior to the occurrence of a “change in control” (as defined in Section 6), the Participant shall forfeit the Restricted Units and all of the Participant’s rights hereunder shall cease (unless otherwise provided for by the Committee in accordance with the Plan). The Participant’s rights to the Restricted Units shall not be affected by any change in the nature of the Participant’s employment so long as the Participant continues to be an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.
          (b) In the event the Participant terminates employment with the Corporation and its subsidiaries because of “retirement” prior to the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period and prior to the occurrence of a “change in control” (as defined in Section 6), the Restricted Period shall not be affected and shall expire with the passage of time in accordance with paragraph 4, except that (i) in the event that the Participant dies following retirement but prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the Restricted Period shall automatically terminate and the Shares shall thereafter be delivered to the Participant’s transferee(s) in accordance with Sections 5 and 13 and (ii) the Restricted Period may earlier

2


 

terminate in accordance with Section 6. For purposes of this Agreement, retirement means the Participant (A) terminates employment with the Corporation and its subsidiaries other than for Cause (and is not subject to termination for Cause at the time of such termination) more than one year after the Grant Date, (B) is available for consultation with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries at the reasonable request of the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries and (C) terminates employment on or after attaining age 65 and completing at least five years of service in the aggregate with the Corporation and its subsidiaries (which service must be continuous through the date of termination except for a single break in service that does not exceed one year in length). For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means the Participant’s (1) intentional failure to perform reasonably assigned duties, (2) dishonesty or willful misconduct in the performance of duties, (3) engaging in a transaction in connection with the performance of duties to the Corporation or its subsidiaries which transaction is adverse to the interests of the Corporation and is engaged in for personal profit or (4) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation in connection with the performance of duties (other than traffic violations or similar offenses).
          (c) If the Participant’s employment with the Corporation and its subsidiaries is terminated because of death, the Restricted Period shall automatically terminate and the Shares shall thereafter be issued to the Participant (or to the Participant’s transferee(s) under Section 5 as the case may be) in accordance with Section 13. If the Participant’s employment with the Corporation and its subsidiaries is terminated because of “disability,” the Restricted Period shall not be immediately affected, but shall subsequently terminate (and the Shares shall thereafter be issued to the Participant in accordance with Section 13) upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the six-month anniversary of the date of termination, (ii) the Participant’s death, (iii) a Section 409A Change in Control Event or (iv) the third anniversary of the Grant Date. For purposes of this Agreement, disability means the Participant, as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, becomes eligible for benefits under the long-term disability plan or policy of the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the Participant is eligible to participate.
          (d) Whether (and the circumstances under which) employment has been terminated and the determination of the termination date for the purposes of this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee or (with respect to any employee other than an “Executive Officer” as defined under the Plan) its designee (who, at the date of this Agreement, shall be the Corporation’s Vice President of Human Resources), whose good faith determination shall be final, binding and conclusive; provided, that such designee may not make any such determination with respect to his or her own employment.
     8. Dividends. If the Corporation pays a cash dividend on its common stock, the Participant shall accrue in his or her Dividend Account (as defined below) a cash dividend equivalent with respect to the Restricted Units credited to the Participant’s Unit Account as of the record date for the dividend, with each Restricted Unit being equivalent to one share of common stock. The Corporation shall cause an account (the “Dividend Account”) to be established and maintained as part of the records of the Corporation to evidence the aggregate cash dividend equivalents accrued by the Participant from time to time under this Section. No interest shall accrue on any amounts reflected in the Dividend Account. The Participant’s interest in the amounts reflected in the Dividend Account shall be that of a general, unsecured creditor of the Corporation. Subject to, and as promptly as practicable following, the issuance of the Shares pursuant to Section 13 hereunder, the Corporation shall pay an amount in cash (without interest and subject to applicable withholding taxes) to the Participant (or his or her transferee(s) who are issued the Shares pursuant to Section 13 hereunder) equal to the aggregate cash dividend equivalents accrued in the Participant’s Dividend Account and the Participant’s Dividend Account shall be eliminated at that time. In the event that the Participant forfeits his or her rights to the Restricted Units, the Participant also shall be deemed to have forfeited his or her rights to any cash dividend equivalents accrued in the Participant’s Dividend Account and the Participant’s Dividend Account shall be eliminated at that time.

3


 

     9. No Right to Continued Employment. Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall be interpreted or construed to confer upon the Participant any right to continue employment by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, nor shall this Agreement or the Plan interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time for any reason whatsoever, whether or not with cause.
     10. No Rights as a Stockholder. The Participant’s interest in the Restricted Units shall not entitle the Participant to any rights as a stockholder of the Corporation. The Participant shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or have any of the rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Corporation in respect of, the Shares unless and until such Shares have been issued to the Participant in accordance Section 13.
     11. Adjustments Upon Change in Capitalization. In the event of any reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock dividend or similar capital adjustment, as a result of which shares of any class shall be issued in respect of outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock or shares of Corporation’s Common Stock shall be changed into a different number of shares or into another class or classes or into other property or cash, the Restricted Units, the Participant’s Unit Account and/or the Shares shall be adjusted to reflect such event so as to preserve (without enlarging) the value of the award hereunder, with the manner of such adjustment to be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. This paragraph shall also apply with respect to any extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution in respect of the Corporation’s Common Stock (whether in the form of cash or other property).
     12. General Restrictions. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Corporation shall have no obligation to issue or transfer the Shares as contemplated by this agreement unless and until such issuance or transfer shall comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange on which the Corporation’s shares are listed for trading.
     13. Issuance of Shares. Upon the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period and payment by the Participant of any applicable taxes pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement, the Corporation shall, as soon as reasonably practicable (and in any event within 75 days of the termination or expiration of the Restricted Period), but subject to any delay necessary to comply with Section 12 hereof, issue the Shares to the Participant, free and clear of all restrictions; provided, that if the termination of the Restricted Period results from a Section 409A Change in Control Event, then notwithstanding the foregoing, the Shares shall be issued within 30 days of the Section 409A Change in Control Event. The Corporation shall not be required to deliver any fractional Shares, but shall pay, in lieu thereof, the fair market value (as defined in the Plan) as of the date the restrictions lapse of such fractional share to the Participant. The Corporation shall pay any costs incurred in connection with issuing the Shares. Upon the issuance of the Shares to the Participant, the Participant’s Unit Account shall be eliminated. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, if the Restricted Units have been transferred in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 prior to the issuance of the Shares to the Participant in accordance with this Section, then the issuance of the Shares and any payment in lieu of fractional Shares shall be made to the transferee(s).
     14. Tax Withholding. Upon the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period, the Participant shall remit to the Corporation the minimum amount necessary to satisfy Federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax requirements, if any (“Withholding Taxes”) as a condition to the Corporation’s issuance of any Shares as provided in Section 13. The payment shall be in (i) cash, (ii) the delivery of Shares, (iii) a reduction in the number of Shares otherwise issuable or deliverable or other amounts

4


 

otherwise payable to the Participant pursuant to this Agreement, or (iv) a combination of (i), (ii) and/or (iii). The value of any Shares delivered or withheld as payment in respect of withholding tax requirements shall be determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date of such withholding or delivery. In the event that Withholding Taxes are satisfied by withholding a portion of the Shares otherwise issuable or deliverable to the Participant pursuant to this Agreement, the Corporation shall not withhold any Shares in excess of the minimum number of Shares necessary to satisfy the applicable Withholding Taxes.
     15. Subsidiary. As used herein, the term “subsidiary” shall mean, as to any person, any corporation, association, partnership, joint venture or other business entity of which 50% or more of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of entities other than corporations), is owned or controlled (directly or indirectly) by that entity, or by one or more of the Subsidiaries of that entity, or by a combination thereof.
     16. Plan Governs. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by its terms, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan shall govern in the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan.
     17. Modification of Agreement. This Agreement may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated, and any terms or conditions may be waived, but, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, only by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.
     18. Severability. Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected by such holding and shall continue in full force in accordance with their terms.
     19. Governing Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. If the Participant has received a copy of this Agreement (or the Plan or any other document related hereto or thereto) translated into a language other than English, such translated copy is qualified in its entirety by reference to the English version thereof, and in the event of any conflict the English version will govern.
     20. Successors in Interest. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any successor to the Corporation. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Participant or the Participant’s legal representatives. All obligations imposed upon the Participant and all rights granted to the Corporation under this Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators and successors.
     21. Administration. The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Participant, the Corporation and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Restricted Units. In its absolute discretion, the Board of Directors may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Agreement.
     22. Resolution of Disputes. Any dispute or disagreement which may arise under, or as a result of, or in any way related to, the interpretation, construction or application of this Agreement shall

5


 

be determined by the Committee. Any determination made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Participant and Corporation for all purposes.
     23. Data Privacy Consent. As a condition of the grant of the Restricted Units, the Participant hereby consents to the collection, use and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. The Participant understands that the Corporation and its subsidiaries hold certain personal information about the Participant, including name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number, salary, nationality, job title, ownership interests or directorships held in the Corporation or its subsidiaries, and details of all restricted units or other equity awards or other entitlements to shares of common stock awarded, cancelled, exercised, vested or unvested (“Data”). The Participant further understands that the Corporation and its subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purposes of implementation, administration and management of the Participant’s participation in the Plan, and that the Corporation and any of its subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting the Corporation in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Participant understands that these recipients may be located in the European Economic Area or elsewhere, such as the United States. The Participant hereby authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan or the subsequent holding of shares of common stock on the Participant’s behalf, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer to a broker or other third party with whom the Participant may elect to deposit any shares of common stock acquired under the Plan. The Participant may, at any time, view such Data or require any necessary amendments to it.
     24. Limitation on Rights; No Right to Future Grants; Extraordinary Item of Compensation. By accepting this Agreement and the grant of the Restricted Units contemplated hereunder, the Participant expressly acknowledges that (a) the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be suspended or terminated by the Corporation at any time; (b) the grant of Restricted Units is a one-time benefit that does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of restricted units, or benefits in lieu of restricted units; (c) all determinations with respect to future grants of restricted units, if any, including the grant date, the number of Shares granted and the restricted period, will be at the sole discretion of the Corporation; (d) the Participant’s participation in the Plan is voluntary; (e) the value of the Restricted Units is an extraordinary item of compensation that is outside the scope of the Participant’s employment contract, if any, and nothing can or must automatically be inferred from such employment contract or its consequences; (f) grants of restricted units are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose and are not to be used for calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments, and the Participant waives any claim on such basis; and (g) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty. In addition, the Participant understands, acknowledges and agrees that the Participant will have no rights to compensation or damages related to restricted unit proceeds in consequence of the termination of the Participant’s employment for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of contract.
     25. Award Administrator. The Corporation may from time to time to designate a third party (an “Award Administrator”) to assist the Corporation in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan and any Restricted Units granted thereunder, including by sending Award Letters on behalf of the Corporation to Participants, and by facilitating through electronic means acceptance of Restricted Unit Agreements by Participants.
     26. Section 409A. This Agreement is intended to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Without limiting the foregoing,

6


 

the Committee shall have the right to amend the terms and conditions of this Agreement in any respect as may be necessary or appropriate to comply with Section 409A of the Code or any regulations promulgated thereunder, including without limitation by delaying the issuance of the Shares contemplated hereunder.
     27. Book Entry Delivery of Shares. Whenever reference in this Agreement is made to the issuance or delivery of certificates representing one or more Shares, the Corporation may elect to issue or deliver such Shares in book entry form in lieu of certificates.
     28. Acceptance. This Agreement shall not be enforceable until it has been executed by the Participant. In the event the Corporation has designated an Award Administrator, the acceptance (including through electronic means) of the Restricted Unit award contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with the procedures established from time to time by the Award Administrator shall be deemed to constitute the Participant’s acknowledgment and agreement to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and shall have the same legal effect in all respects of the Participant having executed this Agreement by hand.
                 
 
      By:   L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.    
 
               
 
          /s/ Michael T. Strianese
 
Michael T. Strianese
   
 
          President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
               
 
          /s/ Steven M. Post
 
Steven M. Post
   
 
          Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
     Corporate Secretary
   
 
               
Acknowledged and Agreed
as of the date first written above:
               
 
               
 
 
Participant Signature
               

7

EX-10.20
Exhibit 10.20
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
2008 DIRECTORS STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
1.     Purpose of the Plan
     The L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 2008 Directors Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is designed:
     (a)     to promote the long-term financial interests and growth of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”) and its Subsidiaries by attracting and retaining Non-Employee Directors with the training, experience and ability to enable them to make a substantial contribution to the success of the Corporation’s business; and
     (b)     to further the alignment of interests of Non-Employee Directors with those of the stockholders of the Corporation through opportunities for increased stock, or stock-based, ownership in the Corporation.
2.     Definitions
     As used in the Plan, the following words shall have the following meanings:
     (a)     “Award” means any award granted pursuant to Section 3.
     (b)     “Award Agreement” means an agreement described in Section 6 by the Corporation for the benefit of a Participant, setting forth (or incorporating by reference) the terms and conditions of an Award granted to a Participant.
     (c)     “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
     (d)     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     (e)     “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
     (f)     “Common Stock” or “Share” means common stock, par value $.01 per share of the Corporation, subject to adjustments made under Sections 8 and 9 or by operation of law.
     (g)     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     (h)     “Fair Market Value” means, unless otherwise defined in an Award Agreement, the closing price of the Common Stock as reported on the composite tape of New York Stock Exchange issues (or if, at the date of determination, the Common Stock is not so listed or if the principal market on which it is traded is not the New York Stock Exchange, such other reporting system as shall be selected by the Committee) on the relevant date, or, if no sale of the Common Stock is reported for that date, the next preceding day for which there is a reported sale. The Committee shall determine the Fair Market Value of any security that is not publicly traded, using criteria as it shall determine, in its sole direction, to be appropriate for the valuation.

 


 

2

     (i)     “Non-Employee Director” means a director of the Corporation who is not (i) an employee of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) a director, officer or employee of any entity that owns, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the Common Stock outstanding on the date of grant of the Award or (iii) a person that owns, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the Common Stock outstanding on the date of grant of the Award.
     (j)     “Participant” means a Non-Employee Director to whom one or more grants of Awards have been made and such grants have not all been forfeited or terminated under the Plan.
     (k)     “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation if each of the corporations, or group of commonly controlled corporations, other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain then owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
3.     Awards
     (a)     Type of Awards. Participants may be granted any of the following types of Awards, either singly, in tandem or in combination with other Awards, at such times and for such number of shares of Common Stock as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors (and/or the Committee to the extent such authority is delegated thereto in whole or in part by the Board of Directors):
     (1)     Options. An Option is an Award in the form of an option to purchase shares of Common Stock that is not intended to comply with requirements of Section 422 of the Code. The exercise price of each Option granted under this Plan shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date that the Option is granted. No dividend equivalents may be paid on unissued shares of Common Stock underlying an Award of Options.
     (2)     Restricted Stock. Restricted Stock is an Award of issued shares of Common Stock (other than Minimum Ownership Stock) that are subject to restrictions on transfer and/or such other restrictions on incidents of ownership as the Committee may determine. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, the vesting period for Awards of Restricted Stock shall be three years following date of grant.
     (3)     Restricted Stock Units. A Restricted Stock Unit is an Award of bookkeeping credits that automatically convert into shares of Common Stock upon satisfaction of a stated vesting period or requirement. Restricted Stock Units are not outstanding shares of Common Stock and do not entitle a Participant to voting or other rights with respect to Common Stock; provided, however, that the applicable Award Agreement may provide for the payment of dividend equivalents on unissued shares of Common Stock underlying an Award of Restricted Stock Units, on either a current or deferred or contingent basis, and either in cash or in additional shares of Common Stock.
     (4)     Minimum Ownership Stock. Minimum Ownership Stock is an Award of shares of Common Stock that are issued to the Participant in lieu of cash compensation otherwise payable to the Participant in order to satisfy the Corporation’s applicable stock ownership guidelines from time to time in effect. Minimum Ownership Stock shall not be subject to any vesting period or requirement, but may be subject to restrictions on transfer and/or such other restrictions on incidents of ownership as the Committee may determine.


 

3

     (b)     At or prior to the time of the grant of each Award the Committee shall determine, and shall include or incorporate by reference in the Award Agreement, such other conditions or restrictions on the grant or exercise of the Award as the Committee deems appropriate.
4.     Shares of Common Stock Subject to the Plan
     (a)     Subject to the provisions of Section 8 and this Section 4, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to all Awards under the Plan is 300,000. Any unexercised, unconverted or undistributed portion of any expired, cancelled, terminated or forfeited Award, or any alternative form of consideration under an Award that is not paid in connection with the settlement of an Award or any portion of an Award (including any shares under an Award that are not issued in consideration for a cash settlement of equivalent value), shall again be available for Awards under the Plan, whether or not the Participant has received benefits of ownership (such as dividends or dividend equivalents or voting rights) during the period in which the Participant’s ownership was restricted or otherwise not vested. For the avoidance of doubt, the following shares of Common Stock shall not become available for reissuance under the Plan: (1) shares tendered by Participants as full or partial payment to the Corporation upon exercise of Options and (2) shares withheld by, or otherwise remitted to, the Corporation to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations in connection with an Award.
     (b)     Shares of Common Stock deliverable under the terms of the Plan may be, in whole or in part, authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock, or issued shares of Common Stock held in the Corporation’s treasury, or both.
     (c)     The Corporation shall at all times reserve a number of shares of Common Stock (authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock, issued shares of Common Stock held in the Corporation’s treasury, or both) equal to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to outstanding Award grants and future Award grants under the Plan.
5.     Administration of the Plan
     (a)     The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or a subcommittee appointed by the Committee. The Committee may adopt its own rules of procedure, and action of a majority of the members of the Committee taken at a meeting, or action taken without a meeting by unanimous written consent, shall constitute action by the Committee. The Committee shall have the power and authority to administer, construe and interpret the Plan, to make rules for carrying it out and to make changes in such rules. Any such interpretations, rules and administration shall be consistent with the basic purposes of the Plan.
     (b)     The participating members of the Committee administering the Plan shall include only those members of the Committee who are “Non-Employee Directors” (as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act).
     (c)     Unless in contravention to any laws, rules and regulations governing the Plan, including the Exchange Act, the Committee may delegate to the chief executive officer and to other senior officers of the Corporation its duties under the Plan subject to such conditions and limitations as the Committee shall prescribe; provided that under no circumstances may the chief executive officer or any other senior officer be delegated any authority (including the authority to approve or award the grant of an Award), except as permitted under New York and Delaware law.


 

4

     (d)     The Committee may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers or other persons in respect of the administration of the Plan, who may be employees of the Corporation or outside advisers to the Corporation. The Committee, the Corporation, and the officers and directors of the Corporation shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee in good faith shall be final and binding upon all Participants, the Corporation and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or Award grants, and all members of the Committee shall be fully protected, indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation.
6.     Eligibility
     Award grants may be made under this Plan only to Non-Employee Directors of the Corporation. The terms, conditions and limitations of each Award granted under the Plan shall be set forth or incorporated by reference in an Award Agreement, in a form approved by the Committee, consistent, however, with the terms of the Plan; provided, however, that such Award Agreement shall contain or incorporate by reference provisions dealing with the treatment of Awards (including forfeiture or acceleration of vesting of all or a portion of the Award) in the event of the termination, death or disability of a Participant, or a change of control of the Corporation.
7.     Limitations and Conditions
     (a)     No Award that contemplates exercise or conversion may be exercised or converted to any extent, and no other Award that defers vesting shall remain outstanding and unexercised, unconverted or unvested, more than ten years after the date the Award was initially granted.
     (b)     Nothing contained herein shall affect the right of the Corporation or its directors or stockholders to remove any Non-Employee Director in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws of the Corporation or applicable law.
     (c)     Other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, no benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to do so shall be void, except that Awards may be transferred to and exercised by a family member or family members of a Participant, or transferred to an irrevocable trust or trusts (or other similar estate planning entity or entities) established for the benefit of a Participant and/or one or more of the Participant’s family members. No such benefit shall, prior to receipt thereof by the Participant, be in any manner or subject to attachment, satisfaction or discharge of the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or obligations arising in respect of torts of the Participant. The designation of a beneficiary hereunder shall not constitute a transfer prohibited by the foregoing provisions.
     (d)     A Participant shall have no rights as a holder of Common Stock with respect to any unissued securities covered by an Award until the date the Participant becomes the holder of record of these securities. Except as provided in Section 8, no adjustment or other provision shall be made for dividends or other stockholder rights, except to the extent that the Award Agreement provides for dividend equivalents or similar economic benefits.


 

5

     (e)     During the lifetime of a Participant, an election as to benefits and/or the exercise of Awards may be made only by such Participant or by his or her guardian, trustee or other legal representative, except that Awards may be transferred to and exercised by a family member or family members of a Participant, or transferred to an irrevocable trust or trusts (or other similar estate planning entity or entities) established for the benefit of a Participant and/or one or more of the Participant’s family members.
     (f)     Absent express provisions to the contrary, any grant of Awards under this Plan shall not be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits or contributions under any retirement plan of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries and shall not affect any benefits under any other benefit plan of any kind now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to level of compensation. This Plan is not a “Retirement Plan” or “Welfare Plan” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     (g)     Unless the Committee determines otherwise, no benefit, Award or other promise under the Plan shall be secured by any specific assets of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, nor shall any assets of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries be designated as attributable or allocated to the satisfaction of the Corporation’s obligations under the Plan or any applicable Award Agreement.
8.     Adjustments
     If there shall occur any recapitalization, stock split (including a stock split in the form of a stock dividend), reverse stock split, merger, combination, consolidation, or other reorganization or any extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution in respect of the Common Stock (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock or other property), or any split up, spin off, extraordinary redemption, or exchange of outstanding Common Stock, or there shall occur any other similar corporate transaction or event in respect of the Common Stock, or a sale of substantially all the assets of the Corporation as an entirety, then the Committee shall, in the manner and to the extent, if any, as it deems appropriate and equitable to the Participants and consistent with the terms of this Plan, and taking into consideration the effect of the event on the holders of the Common Stock:
     (a)     proportionately adjust any or all of:
     (1)     the number and type of shares of Common Stock which thereafter may be made the subject of Awards (including the specific maxima and numbers of shares of Common Stock set forth elsewhere in this Plan),
     (2)     the number and type of shares of Common Stock, other property or cash subject to any or all outstanding Awards,
     (3)     the grant, purchase or exercise price, or conversion ratio of any or all outstanding Awards, or of the Common Stock or other property underlying the Awards,
     (4)     the securities, cash or other property deliverable upon exercise or conversion of any or all outstanding Awards, or
     (5)     any other terms as are affected by the event; and/or


 

6

     (b)     provide for:
     (1)     an appropriate and proportionate cash settlement or distribution, or
     (2)     the substitution or exchange of any or all outstanding Awards, or the cash, securities or property deliverable on exercise, conversion or vesting of the Awards.
     The Committee shall act prior to an event described in this Section 8 (including at the time of an Award by means of more specific provisions in the Award Agreement) if deemed necessary or appropriate to permit the Participant to realize the benefits intended to be conveyed by an Award in respect of the Common Stock in the case of an event described in this Section 8.
9.     Change in Control
     The Committee may, in the Award Agreement, provide for the effect of a Change in Control (as defined in the L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 2008 Long Term Performance Plan, as amended or replaced from time to time) on an Award. Such provisions may include, but are not limited to any one or more of the following with respect to any or all Awards: (i) the specific consequences of a Change in Control on the Awards; (ii) a reservation of the Committee’s right to determine in its discretion at any time that there shall be full acceleration or no acceleration of benefits under the Awards; (iii) that only certain or limited benefits under the Awards shall be accelerated; (iv) that the Awards shall be accelerated for a limited time only; or (v) that acceleration of the Awards shall be subject to additional conditions precedent (such as a termination of employment following a Change in Control).
     In addition to any action required or authorized by the terms of an Award, the Committee may take any other action it deems appropriate to ensure the equitable treatment of Participants in the event of or in anticipation of a Change in Control, including but not limited to any one or more of the following with respect to any or all Awards: (i) the acceleration or extension of time periods for purposes of exercising, vesting in, or realizing gain from, the Awards; (ii) the waiver of conditions on the Awards that were imposed for the benefit of the Corporation, (iii) provision for the cash settlement of the Awards for their equivalent cash value, as determined by the Committee, as of the date of the Change in Control; or (iv) such other modification or adjustment to the Awards as the Committee deems appropriate to maintain and protect the rights and interests of Participants upon or following the Change in Control. The Committee also may accord any Participant a right to refuse any acceleration of exercisability, vesting or benefits, whether pursuant to the Award Agreement or otherwise, in such circumstances as the Committee may approve.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9 or any provision in an Award Agreement to the contrary, if any Award is accelerated to a date that is less than six months after the date of the Award, the Committee may prohibit a sale of the underlying Common Stock (other than a sale by operation of law in exchange for or through conversion into other securities), and the Corporation may impose legend and other restrictions on the Common Stock to enforce this prohibition.


 

7

10.     Amendment and Termination
     (a)     The Committee shall have the authority to make such amendments to any terms and conditions applicable to outstanding Awards as are consistent with this Plan; provided that, except for adjustments under Section 8 hereof, no such action shall modify any such Award in a manner adverse to the Participant without the Participant’s consent; provided further that, no amendment or cancellation of an Award may effect a Repricing of such Award, except in connection with an adjustment pursuant to Sections 8 or 9. A “Repricing” means any of the following: (i) changing the terms of an Award to lower its exercise price or base price, (ii) cancelling an Award with an exercise price or base price in exchange for other Awards with a lower exercise price or base price, or (iii) cancelling an Award with an exercise price or base price at a time when such price is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the underlying Common Stock in exchange for other Awards, cash or property.
     (b)     The Board of Directors may at any time amend, suspend or terminate this Plan, subject to any stockholder approval that may be required under applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such action, other than an action under Section 8 or 9 hereof, may be taken that would modify an outstanding Award in a manner adverse to the Participant without the Particpant’s consent, change the requirements relating to the Committee, or (without obtaining stockholder approval) extend the term of the Plan.
11.     Purchase or Exercise Price; Withholding
     The exercise or purchase price (if any) of the Common Stock issuable pursuant to any Award and the withholding obligation, if any, under applicable tax laws shall be paid at or prior to the time of the delivery of such Common Stock in cash or, subject to the Committee’s express authorization and the restrictions, conditions and procedures as the Committee may impose, any one or combination of (i) cash, (ii) the delivery of shares of Common Stock, or (iii) a reduction in the amount of Common Stock or other amounts otherwise issuable or payable pursuant to such Award. In the case of a payment by the means described in clause (ii) or (iii) above, the Common Stock to be so delivered or offset shall be determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date as of which the payment or offset is made.
12.     Effective Date; Duration
     This Plan has been adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. This Plan shall become effective upon and shall be subject to the approval of the stockholders of the Corporation. Subject to Section 10(b), this Plan shall remain in effect until any and all Awards under this Plan have been exercised, converted or terminated under the terms of this Plan and applicable Award Agreements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Award may be granted under this Plan after April 29, 2018; provided, however, that any Award granted prior to such date may be amended after such date in any manner that would have been permitted hereunder prior to such date.
13.     Governing Law
     The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Plan and all Award Agreements hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.


 

8

14.     Severability
     If any provisions of this Plan or any applicable Award Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof shall continue to be fully effective.
15.     Section 409A
     Notwithstanding other provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreements thereunder, no Award shall be granted, deferred, accelerated, extended, paid out or modified under this Plan in a manner that would result in the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code upon a Participant. In the event that it is reasonably determined by the Board or Committee that, as a result of Section 409A of the Code, payments in respect of any Award under the Plan may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms of the Plan or the relevant Award agreement, as the case may be, without causing the Participant holding such Award to be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, the Company will make such payment on the first day that would not result in the Participant incurring any tax liability under Section 409A of the Code.
16.     Option Holding Period
     Subject to the authority of the Committee under Sections 8 and 9, and except as otherwise provided by the Committee or as allowed under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, a minimum six month period shall elapse between the date of initial grant of any Option and the sale of the underlying shares of Common Stock, and the Corporation may impose legend and other restrictions on the Common Stock issued on exercise of the Options to enforce this requirement; provided, however, that such limitation shall not apply to the extent provided by the Committee on account of the Participant’s death, permanent disability or retirement or in the event of a Change in Control.
17.     Compliance with Laws; Exculpation and Indemnity
     This Plan, Award Agreements, and the grant, exercise, conversion, operation and vesting of Awards, and the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock and/or other securities or property or the payment of cash under this Plan, Awards or Award Agreements, are subject to compliance with all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations (including but not limited to state and federal insider trading, registration, reporting and other securities laws and federal margin requirements) and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may be necessary or, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, advisable in connection therewith. Any securities delivered under this Plan shall be subject to such restrictions (and the person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Corporation, provide such evidence, assurance and representations to the Corporation as to compliance with any of such restrictions) as the Corporation may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all applicable legal requirements.


 

9

     Neither the Corporation nor any member of the Board of Directors or of the Committee, nor any other person participating in any determination of any question under this Plan, or in the interpretation, administration or application of this Plan, shall have any liability to any party for any action taken or not taken in good faith under this Plan or for the failure of an Award (or action in respect of an Award) to realize intended tax consequences, to qualify for exemption or relief under Rule 16b-3 or to comply with any other law, compliance with which is not required on the part of the Corporation.
18.     Non Exclusivity of Plan
     Nothing in this Plan shall limit or be deemed to limit the authority of the Corporation, the Board or the Committee to grant awards or authorize any other compensation, with or without reference to the Common Stock, under any other plan or authority.
EX-10.21
Exhibit 10.21
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PLAN
     THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PLAN, originally adopted on August 15, 2006 (the “Effective Date”) by L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as amended and restated as of February 19, 2009, has been established to provide for the payment of severance benefits to Employees (as defined below).
     Section 1. Definitions. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, when used in this Plan:
     (a) “Actual Bonus” means any Bonus actually paid or payable to an Eligible Employee (excluding any reduction in amount resulting from an adverse change to the assumptions (including the Employee’s Target Bonus) or calculation methodology for determining the amount of such Bonus made on or after a Change in Control).
     (b) “Affiliate” means, with respect to any entity, any other corporation, organization, association, partnership, sole proprietorship or other type of entity, whether incorporated or unincorporated, directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such entity.
     (c) “Annual Compensation” means the sum of (x) the greater of the Eligible Employee’s Base Salary in effect (A) immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control or (B) immediately prior to the date of termination of the Eligible Employee (or, if the termination is for Good Reason, immediately prior to the event set forth in the notice of termination given in accordance with Section 15 of this Plan), and (y) the Eligible Employee’s Average Bonus.
     (d) Anticipatory Termination” means a termination of an Employee made in connection with or in anticipation of a Change in Control at the request of, or upon the initiative of, the acquiror in the Change in Control transaction or otherwise in connection with or anticipation of the Change in Control.
     (e) “Average Bonus” means the average of all Bonuses paid or payable to an Eligible Employee in respect of the three Fiscal Years occurring prior to the Fiscal Year in which the employment of the Eligible Employee is terminated (or, if the Eligible Employee was not an Employee during each of such Fiscal Years, such lesser number of Fiscal Years during which the Eligible Employee was an Employee); provided, that for purposes of this calculation, any Bonus awarded to the Eligible Employee for a Fiscal Year in which the Employee was employed for less than the full Fiscal Year shall be annualized; provided, further, that if the Bonus for the last of the three Fiscal Years utilized in this calculation (i) (x) has not been paid because the Employee was terminated prior to the scheduled date for payment of such Bonus and (y) is not determinable by way of a formula or calculation applied on a basis consistent with past practice or (ii) has been paid based on an adverse change to the assumptions (including the Employee’s Target Bonus) or calculation methodology for determining the amount of such Bonus made on


 

2

or after a Change in Control, then the Bonus for such year shall be disregarded and the calculation shall be made on the basis of the average of the other Fiscal Years; provided, further, that if the Employee was not an Employee prior to the last of the three Fiscal Years utilized in this calculation and the Bonus for such last Fiscal Year is disregarded by operation of the immediately preceding proviso, then the term “Average Bonus” shall mean the Eligible Employee’s Target Bonus.
     (f) “Base Salary” means an Employee’s annual rate of base salary in effect on the date in question, determined on a “gross wages” basis (i.e. prior to reduction for any employee-elected salary reduction contributions made to an Employer-sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plan or an Employer-sponsored plan pursuant to Section 401(k) or 125 of the Code), and excluding bonuses, overtime, allowances, commissions, deferred compensation payments and any other extraordinary remuneration.
     (g) “Board” means the board of directors of the Company.
     (h) “Bonus Fraction” means, with respect to any Eligible Employee, a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of days the Eligible Employee was employed by the Eligible Employee’s Employer in the Fiscal Year in which the Eligible Employer’s termination occurs and the denominator of which shall equal 365.
     (i) “Bonus” means the amount payable to an Employee under the Employer’s applicable annual cash incentive bonus plan with respect to a Fiscal Year.
     (j) “Cause” means an Employee’s:
     (1) intentional failure to perform reasonably assigned duties;
     (2) dishonesty or willful misconduct in the performance of duties;
     (3) engaging in a transaction in connection with the performance of duties to the Company or its Affiliates which transaction is adverse to the interests of the Company and is engaged in for personal profit or;
     (4) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation in connection with the performance of duties (other than traffic violations or similar offenses).
For purposes of this definition, an act, or failure to act, on Employee’s part shall be deemed “willful” if done, or omitted to be done, by Employee in bad faith and without reasonable belief that Employee’s action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.
     (k) “Change in Control” means:
     (1) the acquisition by any person or group (including a group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than the Company or any of its subsidiaries, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning


 

3

of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of a majority of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, other than by any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company;
     (2) the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; or
     (3) the election, including the filling of vacancies, during any period of 24 months or less, of 50% or more of the members of the Board, without the approval of Continuing Directors, as constituted at the beginning of such period.
For purposes of this definition, “Continuing Directors” shall mean, with respect to any date, any director of the Company who either (i) is a member of the Board on such date, or (ii) is subsequently nominated for election to the Board by a majority of the Board which is comprised of directors who were, at the time of such nomination, Continuing Directors.
     (l) “COBRA” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.
     (m) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     (n) “Committee” means the committee designated pursuant to Section 6 to administer this Plan.
     (o) “Company” means L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and, after a Change in Control, any successor or successors thereto.
     (p) “Director” means (a) any Director of the Company and (b) any other Employee who participates in the Executive Benefits Plan of the Company at the benefit level provided to Directors of the Company generally. For the avoidance of doubt, the phrase “Director of the Company” as used in clause (a) of this definition refers to an Employee serving with a title of Director, and not to a member of the Board.
     (q) “Disability” means an Employee, as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, becomes eligible for benefits under the long-term disability plan or policy of the Company or a subsidiary in which the Employee is eligible to participate.
     (r) “Elected Officer” means a person who is elected or appointed as an officer of the Company pursuant to any resolution adopted by Board on or after the date of the most recent annual meeting of Company stockholders and prior to the date of the Change in Control (which election or appointment is not revoked prior to such date).
     (s) “Eligible Employee” means an Employee whose employment with Employee’s Employer (i) is terminated by the Employer for any reason other than Cause, Disability or death (A) as an Anticipatory Termination, but only (x) if an anticipated Change in Control actually occurs during the period in which this Plan is effective and (y) to the extent such Change in Control also constitutes a change in ownership or


 

4

effective control, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets, within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code or (B) during the two-year period beginning on the effective date of a Change in Control, or (ii) terminates during the two-year period beginning on the effective date of a Change in Control on account of such Employee’s resignation for Good Reason within six months from the date the Employee first becomes actually aware of the existence of Good Reason.
     (t) “Employee” means (1) any Elected Officer of the Company and (2) any other employee of the Company or any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, whose payroll expenses are primarily allocated and recorded as a corporate expense of L-3 Communications Corporation or any successor entity (and not as an expense of a group, division or subsidiary thereof) for financial reporting purposes, as applied immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control.
     (u) “Employer” means, with respect to any Employee, the legal entity that employed such Employee prior to any termination of employment contemplated hereunder.
     (v) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     (w) “Executive” means a person qualifying as any of following immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control: (i) the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the General Counsel of the Company, (ii) any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer or Group President of the Company and (iii) any Vice President or Director of the Company (as such positions are defined in this Section 1). For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Executive” shall not include any Employee who holds a title of Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Vice President or Director solely with respect to a Company group, division or subsidiary and not with respect to the Company generally.
     (x) “Fiscal Year” means any given fiscal year of the Company.
     (y) “Good Reason” means any of the following actions on or after a Change in Control, without Employee’s express prior written approval, other than due to Employee’s Disability or death:
     (1) (A) any reduction in Base Salary or annual or long-term incentive opportunity (including Target Bonus, if applicable) or (B) any adverse change to the calculation methodology for determining Bonuses or long-term incentives which is reasonably likely to have an adverse impact on the amounts the Eligible Employee has the potential to earn under such programs (which for the avoidance of doubt shall not be deemed to have occurred if an acquiror fails to continue or provide any equity-based incentive plan);
     (2) any failure by acquiror to continue to provide employee benefits that are substantially similar in the aggregate to those afforded to the Employee


 

5

immediately prior to the Change in Control; for this purpose employee benefits shall mean pension and retirement, fringe and welfare benefits;
     (3) any material adverse change in Employee’s duties or responsibilities;
     (4) any relocation of Employee’s principal place of business of 50 miles or more, provided that such relocation also increases Employee’s commute by at least 25 miles; or
     (5) any failure to pay Employee’s Base Salary and other amounts earned by Employee within ten (10) days after the date such compensation is due;
     (6) the failure of any successor or assignee (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company in connection with any Change in Control, by agreement in writing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Employee, expressly, absolutely and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform all obligations under this Plan.
     (z) “Plan” means the L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC. CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PLAN, as in effect from time to time.
     (aa) “Plan Year” means the calendar year.
     (bb) “Release” means a release to be signed by an Eligible Employee in such form as the Company shall reasonably determine, which shall, to the extent permitted by law, waive all claims and actions against the Employers and such other related parties and entities as the Company reasonably chooses to include in the release except for claims and actions for benefits provided under (or contemplated by) the terms of this Plan (which Release is not revoked by the Eligible Employee).
     (cc) “Severance Multiple” means, with respect to any Eligible Employee, the highest of the following multiples applicable to such person:
     (1) the multiple of three (3), for each of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel and any Executive Vice President of the Company;
     (2) the multiple of two and one-half (2.5), for each Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer or Group President of the Company;
     (3) the multiple of two (2), for each Vice President of the Company who is also an Elected Officer;
     (4) the multiple of one and one-half (1.5), for each Vice President of the Company who is not also an Elected Officer; and


 

6

     (5) the multiple of one (1), for each Director of the Company.
     (dd) “Target Bonus” means the greater of (1) an Employee’s target Bonus in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control or (2) an Employee’s target Bonus in effect immediately prior to the date on which the Eligible Employee is terminated (or, if the termination is for Good Reason, immediately prior to the event set forth in the notice of termination given in accordance with Section 15).
     (ee) “Vice President” means (a) any Vice President of the Company and (b) any other Employee who participates in the Executive Benefits Plan of the Company at the benefit level provided to Vice Presidents of the Company generally.
     Section 2. Severance Benefits. Each Eligible Employee who executes a Release in the manner prescribed by the Company within 45 days following such Eligible Employee’s date of termination and additionally, for each Eligible Employee who is also an Elected Officer, who agrees at such time to be subject to the restrictive covenants set forth on Exhibit A shall be entitled to the following:
     (a) Severance Pay.
     (1) Each such Eligible Employee who is an Executive shall be entitled to receive severance pay from his or her Employer in a lump sum amount equal to the sum of:
     (i) the Eligible Employee’s Severance Multiple, multiplied by the Eligible Employee’s Annual Compensation; and
     (ii) the Average Bonus (or, if determinable on the date of termination (i.e., by way of a formula or calculation applied on a basis consistent with past practice), the Actual Bonus for the year of termination), multiplied by the Bonus Fraction.
     (2) Each such Eligible Employee who is not an Executive shall be entitled to receive severance pay from his or her Employer in a lump sum amount equal to the sum of:
     (i) the Average Bonus (or, if determinable on the date of termination (i.e., by way of a formula or calculation applied on a basis consistent with past practice), the Actual Bonus for the year of termination), multiplied by the Bonus Fraction; plus
     (ii) four (4) weeks of the Eligible Employee’s Annual Compensation; plus
     (iii) two (2) or three (3) weeks (as determined by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company on or prior to the date of the Change in Control) of the Eligible Employee’s Annual Compensation for each completed year of service by the Eligible Employee with the Company, its


 

7

Affiliates and any of their respective predecessor entities; provided, however, that the sum of the amounts determined under clauses (ii) and (iii) above shall be limited to the amount of the Eligible Employee’s Annual Compensation (i.e., 52 weeks of the Eligible Employee’s Annual Compensation).
     (b) Medical, Dental and Life Insurance Benefit Continuation.
     (1) For each Eligible Employee who is an Executive, for a period of years (or fractions thereof) equal to the Severance Multiple following the Eligible Employee’s termination of employment (the “Executive Welfare Continuation Period”), the Eligible Employee and such Eligible Employee’s spouse and dependents (each as defined under the applicable program) shall receive the following benefits: (x) medical and dental insurance coverages at the same benefit levels as provided to the Eligible Employee immediately prior to the Change in Control, for which the Company will (A) reimburse the Eligible Employee during the first 18 months of the Executive Welfare Continuation Period or, if shorter, the period of actual COBRA continuation coverage received by the Eligible Employee during the Executive Welfare Continuation Period, for the total amount of the monthly COBRA medical and dental insurance premiums payable by the Eligible Employee for such continued benefits in excess of the cost the Eligible Employee paid for such coverage (on a monthly premium basis) immediately prior to such termination of employment and (B) provide such coverage for any remaining portion of the Executive Welfare Continuation Period at the same cost to the Eligible Employee as is generally provided to similarly situated active employees of the Company (or, if it is not possible, or is cost-prohibitive for the Company to provide such coverage for such remaining portion, the Company will pay the Eligible Employee a cash lump sum payment equal to the premiums the Company would have paid if the Eligible Employee had remained an active employer), provided, however, that if, during the Executive Welfare Continuation Period, the Eligible Employee becomes employed by a new employer, continuing medical and dental coverage from the Company will become secondary to any coverage afforded by the new employer in which the Eligible Employee becomes enrolled); and (y) life insurance coverage at the same benefit level as provided to the Eligible Employee immediately prior to the Change in Control and at the same cost to the Eligible Employee as is generally provided to similarly situated active employees of the Company (or if such coverage is no longer provided by the Company, then at the Employee’s cost immediately prior to the Change in Control).
     (2) For each Eligible Employee who is not an Executive, for a period not to exceed the number of weeks of Annual Compensation payable to the Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 2(a)(2) above, (the “Employee Welfare Continuation Period”), the Eligible Employee and such Eligible Employee’s spouse and dependents (each as defined under the applicable program) shall receive the following benefits: (x) medical and dental insurance coverages at the same benefit levels as provided to the Eligible Employee immediately prior to the


 

8

Change in Control, for which the Company will reimburse the Eligible Employee during the first 52 weeks of the Employee Welfare Continuation Period or, if shorter, the period of actual COBRA continuation coverage received by the Eligible Employee during the Employee Welfare Continuation Period, for the total amount of the monthly COBRA medical and dental insurance premiums payable by the Eligible Employee for such continued benefits in excess of the cost the Eligible Employee paid for such coverage (on a monthly premium basis) immediately prior to such termination of employment, provided, however, that if, during the Employee Welfare Continuation Period, the Eligible Employee becomes employed by a new employer, continuing medical and dental coverage from the Company will become secondary to any coverage afforded by the new employer in which the Eligible Employee becomes enrolled); and (y) life insurance coverage at the same benefit level as provided to the Eligible Employee immediately prior to the Change in Control and at the same cost to the Eligible Employee as is generally provided to similarly situated active employees of the Company (or if such coverage is no longer provided by the Company, then at the Employee’s cost immediately prior to the Change in Control).
     (c) Outplacement. Such Eligible Employee shall receive reasonable outplacement services to be provided by a provider selected by such Eligible Employee, the cost of which shall be borne by the Company.
     (d) Accrued Benefits. Such Eligible Employee shall be entitled to receive any unpaid Base Salary through the date of such Eligible Employee’s termination, any Bonus earned but unpaid as of the date of such Eligible Employee’s termination for any previously completed Fiscal Year (which, if not determinable by way of a formula or calculation applied on a basis consistent with past practice, shall be an amount equal to the Eligible Employee’s Average Bonus), and all compensation previously deferred by such Eligible Employee but not yet paid as well as all accrued interest thereon. In addition, such Eligible Employee shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement of any unreimbursed expenses properly incurred by such Eligible Employee in accordance with Company policies prior to the date of such Eligible Employee’s termination. Such Eligible Employee shall also be able to receive and enjoy such other benefits, if any, to which such Eligible Employee may be entitled pursuant to the terms and conditions of (1) the employee compensation, incentive, equity, benefit or fringe benefit plans, policies or programs of the Company, other than any Company severance policy and as provided in Section 12(a) of this Plan, and (2) the indemnification and D&O insurance plans, policies or programs of the Company.
     Section 3. Form and Time of Payment. The cash severance pay benefits payable to an Eligible Employee under Section 2 above shall be paid to such Eligible Employee in a single lump sum less applicable withholdings under Section 4 of this Plan within 75 days after the Eligible Employee’s date of termination, except with respect to any additional bonus amount payable after such time period to the extent required pursuant to Section 2(d) above and except as provided pursuant to Section 5 of this Plan; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or continue to pay the cash severance pay benefits in the event such Eligible


 

9

Employee does not sign a Release or such Eligible Employee revokes the Release during the time to revoke, if any.
     Section 4. Tax Withholding and Section 409A. Each Employer shall withhold from any amount payable to an Eligible Employee pursuant to this Plan, and shall remit to the appropriate governmental authority, any income, employment or other tax the Employer is required by applicable law to so withhold from and remit on behalf of such Eligible Employee. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan or certain compensation and benefit plans of the Employer, any payments or benefits due under this Plan or such Employer compensation and benefit plans upon or in connection with a termination of an Eligible Employee’s employment shall be paid, and this Plan shall be interpreted, in a manner that shall ensure that any such payments or benefits shall not be subject to any tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code (including, for the avoidance of doubt, by requiring that the payment of any severance due under Section 2 of this Plan to an Employee who is a “specified employee” within the meaning of the Section 409A of the Code be deferred until the date that is six months following such termination of the Employee’s employment, to the extent such delay is required to comply with Section 409A of the Code). Each payment made under this Plan shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due to an Employee under this Plan constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be paid to such Employee in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any of its employees or representatives shall have any liability to any Eligible Employee to the extent that any payment or benefit hereunder is determined to be subject to any tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code.
     Section 5. Limitation of Certain Payments.
     (a) In the event the Company determines, based upon the advice of the independent public accountants for the Company, that part or all of the consideration, compensation or benefits to be paid to an Employee under this Plan constitute “parachute payments” under Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, as amended, then, if the aggregate present value of such parachute payments, singularly or together with the aggregate present value of any consideration, compensation or benefits to be paid to Employee under any other plan, arrangement or agreement which constitute “parachute payments” (collectively, the “Parachute Amount”) exceeds 2.99 times the Employee’s “base amount,” as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code (the “Employee Base Amount”), the amounts constituting “parachute payments” which would otherwise be payable to or for the benefit of Employee shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that the Parachute Amount is equal to 2.99 times the Employee Base Amount (the “Reduced Amount”); provided that such amounts shall not be so reduced if the Company determines, based upon the advice of an independent nationally recognized public accounting firm (which may, but need not be the independent public accountants of the Company), that without such reduction Employee would be entitled to receive and retain, on a net after-tax basis (including, without limitation, any excise taxes payable under Section 4999 of the Code), an amount which is greater than the amount, on a net after tax basis, that the Employee would be entitled to retain upon his receipt of the Reduced Amount.


 

10

     (b) If the determination made pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 5 results in a reduction of the payments that would otherwise be paid to Employee except for the application of clause (a) of this Section 5, the cash severance pay benefits payable under Section 2(a) shall be reduced. Within ten days following Employer’s notice to the Employee of its determination of the reduction in payments, the Company shall pay to or distribute to or for the benefit of Employee such amounts as are then due to Employee under this Plan and shall promptly pay to or distribute to or for the benefit of Employee in the future such amounts as become due to Employee pursuant to this Plan.
     (c) As a result of potential uncertainty in the application of Section 280G of the Code at the time of a determination hereunder, it is possible that payments will be made by the Employer which should not have been made under clause (a) of this Section 5 (“Overpayment”) or that additional payments which are not made by the Employer pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 5 should have been made (“Underpayment”). In the event that there is a final determination by the Internal Revenue Service, or a final determination by a court of competent jurisdiction, that an Overpayment has been made, any such Overpayment shall be repaid by Employee to the Employer together with interest at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code. In the event that there is a final determination by the Internal Revenue Service, a final determination by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in the provisions of the Code or regulations pursuant to which an Underpayment arises under this Plan, any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Employer to or for the benefit of Employee, together with interest at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code.
     Section 6. Plan Administration. This Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board or, following a Change in Control, such other successor body as is designated by the acquiror in the Change in Control transaction (the “Committee”). Subject to the provisions of Section 7 of this Plan, the Committee shall have discretionary and final authority to interpret and implement the provisions of this Plan and to determine eligibility for benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall perform all of the duties and exercise all of the powers and discretion that the Committee deems necessary or appropriate for the proper administration of this Plan. The Committee may adopt such rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan as are consistent with the terms hereof, and shall keep adequate records of its proceedings and acts. The Committee may employ such agents, accountants and legal counsel (who may be agents, accountants and legal counsel for an Employer) as may be appropriate for the administration of the Plan. All reasonable administration expenses incurred by the Committee in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Employer.
     Section 7. Dispute Resolution. Any dispute hereunder or with regard to any document or agreement referred to herein shall be resolved by arbitration before the American Arbitration Association in New York City, New York. The determination of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties hereto and may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.


 

11

     Section 8. Applicable Law. This Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with applicable federal law; provided, however, that wherever such law does not otherwise preempt state law, the laws of the State of New York shall govern.
     Section 9. Legal Fees. All reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by an Eligible Employee in connection with any non-frivolous claim made pursuant to this Plan shall be borne by the Company.
     Section 10. Plan Amendment and Termination. Prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, each of the Board and the Committee shall have the right and power at any time, and from time to time, subject to ninety (90) days advance written notice to all Employees, to amend or terminate this Plan, in whole or in part; provided, that no such amendment or termination shall be effective if made in connection with or in anticipation of a Change in Control at the request of, or upon the initiative of, the acquiror in the Change in Control transaction or otherwise in connection with or anticipation of the Change in Control. After the occurrence of a Change in Control and during the two-year period beginning on the effective date of the Change in Control, this Plan may not be amended or terminated without the consent of a majority of the Employees who are employed by an Employer at the time of the proposed amendment or termination or who are Eligible Employees receiving severance benefits pursuant to Section 2 of this Plan at such time. Any action to amend or terminate this Plan on or after the date on which a Change in Control occurs, without the foregoing consent, shall not be effective prior to the end of the two-year period beginning on the effective date of the Change in Control.
     Section 11. Nature of Plan and Rights. This Plan is an unfunded employee welfare benefit plan and no provision of this Plan shall be deemed or construed to create a trust fund of any kind or to grant a property interest of any kind to any Employee or former Employee. Any payment which becomes due under this Plan to an Eligible Employee shall be made by his or her Employer out of its general assets, and the right of any Eligible Employee to receive a payment hereunder from his or her Employer shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of such Employer.
     Section 12. Entire Agreement; Offset; No Interference.
     (a) This Plan constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and, except as expressly provided herein, supersedes the provisions of all other prior agreements expressly concerning the payment of severance benefits upon a termination of employment in connection with or following a Change in Control; provided, that in no event shall payments or benefits provided pursuant to any other severance agreement or policy entitle Employee to a duplication of payments and benefits pursuant to this Plan and, in the event of an Anticipatory Termination, any amount payable hereunder shall be offset and reduced by the amount of any termination payments or benefits previously provided to Employee under any other severance arrangement with the Company.
     (b) Except as expressly provided herein, this Plan shall not interfere in any way with the right of the Company to reduce Employee’s compensation or other benefits or terminate Employee’s employment, with or without Cause. Any rights that Employee


 

12

shall have in that regard shall be as set forth in any applicable employment agreement between Employee and the Company.
     Section 13. Anticipatory Changes. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, no Employee shall suffer any reduction in the level of protections or benefits that would otherwise be enjoyed by the Employee hereunder as a result of any adverse change (including without limitation any such change in Base Salary; Target Bonus; assumptions or calculation methodology used for determining Actual Bonus; insurance coverages; or rank or status as an Elected Officer, Executive or Employee), made in connection with or in anticipation of a Change in Control at the request of, or upon the initiative of, the acquiror in the Change in Control transaction or otherwise in connection with or anticipation of the Change in Control (each, an “Anticipatory Change”). In the event of any such Anticipatory Change, the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied, and any amounts under this Agreement shall be calculated, as if such Anticipatory Change had not occurred.
     Section 14. Spendthrift Provision. No right or interest of an Eligible Employee under this Plan may be assigned, transferred or alienated, in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law, and no such right or interest shall be liable for or subject to any debt, obligation or liability of such Eligible Employee.
     Section 15. Notice. Notice of termination for Cause or for Good Reason shall be given in accordance with this Section, and shall indicate the specific termination provision under the Plan relied upon, the relevant facts and circumstances and the effective date of termination. For the purpose of this Plan, any notice and all other communication provided for in this Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when received at the respective addresses set forth below, or to such other address as the Company or the Eligible Employee may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith.
If to the Company:
L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc.
600 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10016
If to Employee:
To the most recent address of Employee set forth in the personnel records of the Company.


 

13

     Section 16. Effectiveness. This Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall remain in effect until terminated pursuant to Section 10 of this Plan.
         
  L-3 COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Steven M. Post   
    Name:   Steven M. Post   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   
 


 

A-1

Exhibit A
CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-COMPETITION RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
I. While employed by the Company, and at any time thereafter, no Eligible Employee shall, without the prior written consent of the Company, use, divulge, disclose or make accessible to any other person, firm, partnership, corporation or other entity any Confidential Information pertaining to the business of the Company or any of its affiliates, except when required to do so by applicable law, by a court, by any governmental agency, or by any administrative body or legislative body (including a committee thereof); provided, however, that the Eligible Employee shall give reasonable notice under the circumstances to the Company that he or she has been notified that he or she will be required to so disclose as soon as possible after receipt of such notice in order to permit the Company to take whatever action it reasonably deems necessary to prevent such disclosure and the Eligible Employee shall cooperate with the Company to the extent that it reasonably requests him or her to do so. For purposes of this paragraph I, “Confidential Information” shall mean non-public information concerning the financial data, strategic business plans, product development (or other proprietary product data), customer lists, marketing plans and other non-public, proprietary and confidential information of the Company, its subsidiaries, its affiliates or customers, that, in any case, is not otherwise available to the public (other than by the Eligible Employee’s breach of the terms hereof).
II. In consideration of the Company’s obligations under the Plan to which this Exhibit A is attached, each Eligible Employee agrees that for a period of twelve (12) months after termination of employment with his or her Employer, without the prior written consent of the Board, (A) he or she will not, directly or indirectly, either as principal, manager, agent, consultant, officer, stockholder, partner, investor, lender or employee or in any other capacity, carry on, be engaged in or have any financial interest in, any (i) entity which is in Competition with the business of the Company or its subsidiaries or (ii) Competitive Activity and (B) he or she shall not, on his or her own behalf or on behalf of any person, firm or company, directly or indirectly, solicit or offer employment to any person who is or has been employed by the Company or its subsidiaries at any time during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding such solicitation. For purposes of this paragraph II: (a) an entity shall be deemed to be in “Competition” with the Company or its subsidiaries if it is principally involved in the purchase, sale or other dealing in any property or the rendering of any service purchased, sold, dealt in or rendered by the Company or its subsidiaries as a part of the business of the Company or its subsidiaries within the same geographic area in which the Company effects such sales or dealings or renders such services at the Relevant Date; and (b) “Competitive Activity” shall mean any business into which the Company or any of its subsidiaries has taken substantial steps to engage, as of the Relevant Date, which would be deemed to be in Competition with the business of the Company or its subsidiaries if such steps had been completed prior to the Relevant Date; and (c) the term “Relevant Date” shall mean the effective date of termination of Employee’s employment with his or her Employer.
III. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Exhibit A, nothing herein shall (i) prohibit any Eligible Employee from serving as an officer, employee or independent consultant of any business unit or subsidiary which would not otherwise be in Competition with the Company or


 

A-2

its subsidiaries or a Competitive Activity, but which business unit is a part of, or which subsidiary is controlled by, or under common control with, an entity that would be in competition with the Company or its subsidiaries, so long as the Eligible Employee does not engage in any activity which is in Competition with any business of the Company or its subsidiaries or is otherwise a Competitive Activity or (ii) be construed so as to preclude the Eligible Employee from investing in any publicly or privately held company, provided the Eligible Employee’s beneficial ownership of any class of such company’s securities does not exceed 5% of the outstanding securities of such class.
IV. In the event the Company determines that an Eligible Employee has breached the covenants contained in this Exhibit A, the Company may, in addition to pursuing any other remedies it may have in law or in equity, cease making any payments otherwise required by this Plan and/or obtain an injunction against the Eligible Employee from any court having jurisdiction over the matter restraining any further violation of this Exhibit A by the Eligible Employee. Further, if in the opinion of any court of competent jurisdiction any of the restraints identified herein is not reasonable in any respect, such court shall have the right, power and authority to excise or modify such provision or provisions of this covenant as to the court shall appear not reasonable and to enforce the remainder of the covenant as so amended.
EX-10.22
Exhibit 10.22
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
(Restated January 1, 2005)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE OF THE SERP
     The purpose of this L-3 Communications Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan is to provide supplemental retirement income for a select group of management and highly compensated employees of L-3 Communications Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries and divisions by providing benefits equal to those benefits that can not be provided under certain tax-qualified pension plans because of the limitations of Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     The Plan was effective as of May 1, 1997. It was amended and restated in 1999 and 2000. The Plan is amended and restated effective January 1, 2005 to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, except for Sections 3.4 and 3.5 which are amended effective January 1, 2009.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
     Additional SERP Participant – An employee of a Participating Company who is not eligible to participate in an L-3 sponsored defined benefit pension plan and designated by the Board or the Compensation Committee thereof as eligible to participate in the SERP.
     Adjusted Compensation – The Participant’s “compensation” as defined in the applicable Pension Plan provided that (1) base salary deferred by a Participant under any deferred compensation plan sponsored by the Company shall be taken into account, (2) management incentive bonuses, whether or not deferred by a Participant under any deferred compensation plan sponsored by the Company shall be taken into account, and (3) the limitations under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code shall not apply.
     Beneficiary — The Participant’s beneficiary with respect to the Pension Benefit payable under the Pension Plan or such Beneficiary elected at the time of benefit commencement.
     Board — The Board of Directors of L-3 Communications Corporation.
     Code — The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     Committee — The committee described in Section 6.1, which administers this SERP.

 


 

     Company — L-3 Communications Corporation.
     Holdings – L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc.
     Participant – The individuals who are described in (a) or (b) below:
          (a) An employee of a Participating Company who participates in a Pension Plan and (1) whose Adjusted Compensation for a calendar year, including all amounts deferred by the employee under any deferred compensation plan sponsored by the Company, exceeds the maximum dollar amount for that year under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, or (2) for whom benefits under the Pension Plan are limited by Sections 401(a)(17) or 415 of the Code, provided that the employee meets any other requirements as determined by the Committee in its sole and exclusive discretion. An employee who satisfies the requirements for participation in this SERP for any calendar year shall continue to be a Participant for all subsequent years regardless of whether he or she meets the participation requirements of this paragraph for any such subsequent year.
          (b) An employee who is an Additional SERP Participant.
The Committee shall limit participation in this SERP to a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, as determined by the Committee, in its sole and exclusive discretion.
     Participating Company — The Company and any affiliate thereof that maintains a Pension Plan listed in Appendix A.
     Pension Benefit — The Participant’s accrued benefit under the Pension Plan.
     Pension Plan — The tax-qualified defined benefit plan, among those listed in Appendix A, in which the Participant participates (or, in the case of an Additional SERP Participant, would have been eligible to participate had he or she been an employee of the Participating Company on the date prior to the date the Pension Plan was frozen to newly hired employees).
     Section 409A Change of Control Event — A change in ownership or effective control of Holdings, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of Holdings, within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code.
     SERP — This L-3 Communications Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.
     Supplemental Pension Benefit — The benefit, if any, to which a Participant is entitled under the terms of this SERP.
L-3 Communications Corporation
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

2


 

ARTICLE III
ELIGIBILITY FOR AND AMOUNT OF BENEFITS
     3.1 Eligibility for Benefits. A Participant who terminates employment and is entitled to a Pension Benefit under the terms of the Pension Plan (or, in the case of an Additional SERP Participant, would have been entitled to a Pension Benefit had he or she been an employee of the Participating Company on the date prior to the date the Pension Plan was frozen to newly hired employees) shall be entitled to a Supplemental Pension Benefit in an amount determined in accordance with Section 3.2 or any applicable Appendix and payable in accordance with Sections 3.4         , 3.5 and 3.6.
     3.2. Amount of Benefit for General SERP Participants. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.3, Appendix B-1 or B-2, the Supplemental Pension Benefit shall be equal to the excess, if any, of:
          (a) the benefit that would have been paid under the applicable Pension Plan to such Participant (or his or her Beneficiary), in the normal form of benefit payable to a single participant pursuant to the terms of the Pension Plan, based on Adjusted Compensation and irrespective of the limitations of Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code, less
          (b) the Pension Benefit that is actually payable under the Pension Plan to such Participant (or his or her Beneficiary), in the normal form of benefit payable to a single participant, based on “compensation” as defined in the Pension Plan and taking into account the limitations of Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code.
The Supplemental Pension Benefit resulting from (a) less (b) in this Section 3.2 is then further reduced based upon early commencement and optional form elected, if any. The reduction factors utilized for an early commencement are equivalent to the early reduction factors provided under the Pension Plan. For a surviving spouse Beneficiary where the Participant is deceased prior to commencement of the Pension Plan or Supplemental Pension Plan Benefit the Supplemental Pension Benefit will be reduced for early commencement, if applicable, and payable as a survivor benefit of a 50% joint and survivor annuity.
     3.3 Amount of Benefit for Additional SERP Participants. The Supplemental Pension Benefit for an Additional SERP Participant shall be the benefit that would have been paid under the Pension Plan to such Participant (or his or her Beneficiary), based on Adjusted Compensation and irrespective of the limitations of Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code, if the Additional SERP Participant had been eligible to participate in the Pension Plan had it not been frozen to newly hired employees (but without regard to the Pension Plan provisions reflecting the limitations of Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code).
L-3 Communications Corporation
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

3


 

     3.4. Form of Benefit Payments.
          (a) Except as otherwise provided in subsections (b) or (c) below, any Supplemental Pension Benefit to which a Participant is entitled under this SERP shall be paid in the form of a life annuity.
          (b) A Participant may elect not more than 90 days prior to the event that gives rise to the right to benefit payments to receive any Supplemental Pension Benefit to which he or she is entitled in the form of a 50%, 75% or 100% joint and survivor annuity, or a life annuity with ten years certain, each of which shall be the actuarial equivalent of the Participant’s Supplemental Pension Benefit payable as a life annuity using a 6% interest rate and the mortality table under Rev. Rul. 2001-62. Upon the death of a Participant who has commenced a Supplemental Pension Benefit and has elected a 50%, 75% or 100% joint and survivor annuity or a life annuity with ten years certain, benefits shall continue to be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary, provided that such Beneficiary survives the Participant.
          (c) If the present value of the Participant’s Supplemental Pension Benefit is $5,000 or less at the time payments are to commence, the entire amount of such Supplemental Pension Benefit, payable as a life annuity, shall be paid to the Participant in one payment. The present value of the Participant’s Supplement Pension Benefit shall be determined using the actuarial assumptions under Section 417(e) of the Code as such actuarial assumptions are incorporated in the Pension Plan and in effect on the date of payment.
     3.5 Time of Benefit Payments.
          (a) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b) or (c) below, a Supplemental Pension Benefit to which a Participant is entitled under this SERP shall be payable on the later of Participant’s termination of employment date or the Participant’s earliest retirement date under the applicable Pension Plan. The Participant’s earliest retirement date under the applicable Pension Plan shall mean the earliest date on which the Participant may begin to receive payment of his Pension Benefit.
          (b) If the Supplemental Pension Benefit becomes payable due to termination of employment (other than due to death), the first payment shall be made on the date that is six months following the termination of employment date. In such case, the amount of Supplemental Pension Benefit shall be determined as of the termination of employment date but actuarially increased to reflect the six-month delay in payment using the actuarial factors set forth in Section 3.4(b) or (c) (as applicable) or, with respect to a Supplemental Pension Benefit payable in the form set forth in Section 3.4(a), the same actuarial assumptions provided for under Section 3.4(b).
          (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant elects on or after January 1, 2008 and on or before December 31, 2008, in accordance with Notice 2007-86, 2007-46 IRB 990, the date on which benefit payments are to commence, payment of his or her Supplemental Pension Benefit shall be paid in accordance with such election. Such election will be effective
L-3 Communications Corporation
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

4


 

only if it applies to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008 and does not cause any amount to be paid prior to January 1, 2009.
     3.6. Payment on Change of Control.
          (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this SERP to the contrary, in the event of a Change of Control, a Participant who has not begun receiving benefits under this SERP and either (1) has a vested right to a Pension Benefit under the terms of the Pension Plan at the time of the Change of Control or (2) in the case of an Additional SERP Participant has completed five years of service with the Company at the time of the Change of Control shall be entitled to receive a Supplemental Pension Benefit in the amount determined under Section 3.2 or 3.3 or Appendix B-1 or B-2, in each case as of the date immediately preceding the Change of Control, which benefit shall be paid in a lump sum within 60 days following the date of the Change of Control. A Participant who began to receive benefits under this SERP prior to a Change of Control shall continue to receive payment of benefits in the same amount and in the same form as such benefits were paid prior to the Change of Control. The lump sum value of the Participant’s Supplement Pension Benefit shall be determined using the actuarial assumptions under Section 417(e) of the Code as such actuarial assumptions are incorporated in the Pension Plan and in effect on the day of payment.
          (b) For purposes of this SERP, a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur upon a Section 409A Change of Control Event that also constitutes one or more of the following:
               (1) The acquisition by any person or group (including a group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than Holdings or any of its subsidiaries, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of a majority of the combined voting power of Holdings’ then outstanding voting securities, other than by any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company;
               (2) The sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; or
               (3) The election, including the filling of vacancies, during any period of 24 months or less, of 50 percent or more of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdings without the approval of Continuing Directors, as constituted at the beginning of such period. “Continuing Directors” shall mean any director of Holdings who either (i) is a member of the Board on July 1, 1997, or (ii) is nominated for election to the Board by a majority of the Board which is comprised of directors who were, at the time of such nomination, Continuing Directors.
     3.7. Forfeiture of Benefits.
          (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this SERP to the contrary, a Participant shall forfeit any and all benefits under this SERP (including benefits that are to be paid in the future and benefits that have already commenced payment) if the Participant (1) is
L-3 Communications Corporation
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

5


 

dismissed for “Cause”, (2) becomes employed by another employer (or becomes self-employed) in substantial competition with a Participating Company, or (3) engages in conduct detrimental or contrary to the best interests of a Participating Company. “Cause” means an Employee’s:
               (1)   intentional failure to perform reasonably assigned duties;
               (2)   dishonesty or willful misconduct in the performance of duties;
               (3)   engaging in a transaction in connection with the performance of duties to the Company or its affiliates which transaction is adverse to the interests of the Company and is engaged in for personal profit or;
               (4)    willful violation of any law, rule or regulation in connection with the performance of duties (other than traffic violations or similar offenses).
For purposes of this definition, an act, or failure to act, on an Employee’s part shall be deemed “willful” if done, or omitted to be done, by an Employee in bad faith and without reasonable belief that Employee’s action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.
          (b) The Committee shall have full discretionary authority to make determinations under this Section 3.7. Any forfeiture determination made by the Committee shall be final and binding. The Committee may make a retroactive determination that a Participant’s SERP benefits are forfeited under this Section 3.7 after payment of SERP benefits has commenced. Such a forfeiture shall be effective as of the date that the Committee determines the events of forfeiture have occurred. Any SERP benefits that have been paid after the effective date of the retroactive forfeiture determination shall be considered a mistaken payment under Section 7.5.
ARTICLE IV
UNFUNDED PLAN
     4.1. Unfunded Status of SERP.
          (a) This SERP constitutes a contractual promise by each Participating Company to make payments in the future, and a Participant’s rights shall be those of a general, unsecured creditor of the Participating Company. A Participant shall not have any beneficial interest in this SERP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to assist each Participating Company in meeting its obligations under this SERP, the Committee may set aside assets in a trust described in Revenue Procedure 92-64, 1992-2 C.B. 422 (generally known as a “rabbi trust”), and the Committee may direct that its obligations under this SERP be satisfied by payments out of such trust or trusts. It is each Participating Company’s intention that this SERP be unfunded for federal income tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
L-3 Communications Corporation
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

6


 

          (b) Notwithstanding the above, in the event of a Change of Control, each Participating Company shall promptly fund all benefits due under this SERP to those Participants who are current employees or former employees with vested rights of such Participating Company, determined as of the date of the Change of Control, by making a contribution to an irrevocable trust established to pay benefits under this SERP.
     4.2. Nonalienability of Benefits. A Participant’s rights to benefit payments under this SERP shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or his or her Beneficiary except as otherwise required by law.
ARTICLE V
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
     5.1. Amendment. The Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board or, to the extent permitted by Board resolution, any delegate of the Board or Compensation Committee may amend, modify, suspend or discontinue this SERP at any time; provided, however, that no such amendment, modification, suspension or discontinuance of the SERP shall have the effect of reducing a Participant’s Supplemental Pension Benefit determined as though the Participant had terminated employment with the Participating Company on the date of the amendment, modification, suspension or discontinuance.
     5.2. Termination. The Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board reserves the right to terminate this SERP (by amendment to the SERP) at any time and to pay any benefits under this SERP in a lump sum immediately following such termination or at such time thereafter as it may determine, provided that any payments on termination of the Plan must comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix).
ARTICLE VI
ADMINISTRATION
     6.1. The Committee. This SERP shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee (whether of the Board or of executives of the Company) as may be designated by the Board to administer this SERP. The Compensation Committee or such other committee designated by the Board to administer this SERP is referred to in this document as the “Committee.”
     6.2. Delegation and Reliance. The Committee may delegate to any officer or employee of the Company the authority to execute and deliver those instruments and documents and to take, or refrain from taking, all actions deemed necessary, advisable or convenient for the effective administration of this SERP in accordance with its terms and purposes. The Committee may also appoint a plan administrator or any other agent and delegate to such administrator or agent such powers and duties in connection with the administration of the SERP as the Committee may deem appropriate. In making any determination or in taking or not taking any
L-3 Communications Corporation
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

7


 

action under this SERP, the Committee may obtain and rely upon the advice of experts, including professional advisors to the Company. No member of the Committee or officer of any Participating Company who is a Participant may participate in any decision specifically relating to his or her individual rights or benefits under this SERP.
     6.3 Powers of the Committee. The Committee shall administer this SERP in accordance with its terms. The Committee shall have full discretion to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this SERP, which interpretation or construction shall be final and binding on all parties, including but not limited to the Company, the Participating Companies and any Participant or Beneficiary. The Committee shall administer this SERP in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner and in full accordance with any and all laws applicable to the SERP. The Committee shall have all powers necessary to administer the SERP, including without limitation, in addition to those powers set forth above, the following:
          (a) to determine whether individuals qualify as the Participants in the SERP;
          (b) to determine the amount of benefits payable to Participants and their Beneficiaries;
          (c) to maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of the SERP; and
          (d) to make and publish rules and procedures for the administration of the SERP.
     6.4. Exculpation and Indemnity. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Committee and each member thereof and delegates of the Committee who are employees of the Company or a Participating Company against any and all expenses, liabilities and claims, including legal fees to defend against such liabilities and claims, arising out of their discharge of responsibilities under or incident to the SERP, other than expenses, liabilities and claims arising out of their willful misconduct. This indemnity shall not preclude such further indemnities as may be available under insurance purchased by the Company or provided by the Company under any bylaw, agreement or otherwise, as such indemnities are permitted under applicable law.
     6.5. Facility of Payment. If a minor, person declared incompetent, or person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, is entitled to receive a benefit, make an application, or make an election hereunder, the Committee may direct that such benefits be paid to, or such application or election be made by, the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent, or incapable person. Any payment made, application allowed, or election implemented in accordance with this Section shall completely discharge the Participating Company and the Committee from all liability with respect thereto.
L-3 Communications Corporation
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

8


 

     6.6. Proof of Claims. The Committee may require proof of the death, disability, competency, minority, or incapacity of any Participant or Beneficiary and of the right of a person to receive any benefit or make any application or election.
     6.7. Claim Procedure.
          (a) Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under this SERP, or requesting information under this SERP shall present the request in writing to the Committee, which shall respond in writing within 90 days. The Committee may, however, extend the reply period for an additional ninety 90 days for special circumstances. If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state (1) the reason for denial, with specific reference to the plan provisions on which the denial is based, (2) a description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary, and (3) an explanation of the claims review procedure.
          (b) Within 60 days after the receipt by a claimant of the written decision described above or the expiration of the claims review period described above including any extension, the claimant may request review by giving written notice to the Committee. The claim or request shall be reviewed by the Committee, which may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing. If the claimant does not request a review within such sixty-day period, he or she shall be barred from challenging the original determination.
          (c) The decision on review shall normally be made within 60 days after the Committee’s receipt of a request for review. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified and the time limit shall be 120 days. The decision shall be in writing and shall state the reason and the relevant plan provisions. All decisions on review shall be final and binding on all parties concerned.
          (d) In the event of any dispute over benefits under this SERP, all remedies available to the disputing individual under this Section 6.7 must be exhausted, within the specified deadlines, before legal recourse of any type is sought.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     7.1. No Guarantee of Employment. This SERP shall in no way obligate any Participating Company to continue the employment of a Participant with the Participating Company or limit the right of the Participating Company at any time and for any reason to terminate the Participant’s employment. In no event shall the SERP constitute an employment contract between the Participating Company and a Participant or in any way limit the right of the Participating Company to change a Participant’s compensation or other benefits.
L-3 Communications Corporation
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

9


 

     7.2. Other SERP Benefits. Amounts under this SERP shall not be treated as compensation for purposes of calculating the amount of a Participant’s benefits or contributions under any pension, retirement, or other plan maintained by the Participating Company (or a subsidiary or division of the Participating Company), except as provided in such other plan.
     7.3. Tax Withholding. To the extent required by law, the Participating Company shall withhold from benefit payments hereunder any Federal, state, or local income or payroll taxes required to be withheld and shall furnish the recipient and the applicable government agency or agencies with such reports, statements, or information as may be legally required.
     7.4. Missing Payees. If all or portion of a Participant’s SERP benefit becomes payable and the Committee after a reasonable search cannot locate the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary if such Beneficiary is entitled to payment), the Committee may forfeit the Participant’s SERP benefit. If the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) subsequently presents a valid claim for benefits to the Committee, the Committee shall restore and pay the appropriate SERP benefit.
     7.5. Mistaken Payment. No Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to any payment made in error or in contravention of the terms of the SERP, the Code, or ERISA. The Committee shall have full rights under the law to recover any such mistaken payment, and the right to recover attorney’s fees and other costs incurred with respect to such recovery. Recovery shall be made from future SERP payments, or by any other available means.
     7.6. Receipt and Release for Payments. Any payment to a Participant, Beneficiary, or to any such person’s legal representative, parent, guardian, or any person or entity specified in Section 6.5, shall be in full satisfaction of all claims that can be made under the SERP against the Participating Company. The Participating Company may require such Participant, Beneficiary, legal representative, or any other person or entity described in Section 6.5, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release thereof in such form as shall be determined by the Participating Company.
     7.7. Successors. The provisions of this SERP shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Participating Company, its successors, and its assigns, and to the Participants and their heirs, executors, administrators, and legal representatives.
     7.8. Governing Law. The validity of this SERP and any of its provisions shall be construed, administered, and governed in all respects under and by the laws of the State of New York (including its statute of limitations and all substantive and procedural law, and without regard to its conflict of laws provisions), except as to matters of Federal law. If any provision of this instrument shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof shall continue to be fully effective.
L-3 Communications Corporation
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

10


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this L-3 Communications Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan is hereby restated as of the dates set forth in the last sentence of Article I.
         
  L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
 
Date: 12/22/2008  By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Manne   
    Kenneth W. Manne   
    Vice President – Human Resources.   
 
L-3 Communications Corporation
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

11

EX-10.25
Exhibit 10.25
L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN II
(Effective January 1, 2009)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE AND INTENT OF THE PLAN
     1. Purpose. The purpose of this L-3 Communications Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan II is to provide certain key management employees of the Company with the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of (a) a portion of their Base Salary, and (b) all or a portion of their Incentive Bonus. Elections to defer Base Salary and Incentive Bonuses and distributions of such Deferred Base Salary and Deferred Incentive Bonuses that have been made on or after January 1, 2005 and before the effective date of this Plan have been made in accordance with the terms of this Plan as in effect on January 1, 2009.
     2. Intent. The Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be interpreted in a manner that is consistent with such intent. The Plan also is intended to be a top-hat plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
     Unless the context indicates otherwise, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings hereinafter indicated:
     Base Salary — An Eligible Employee’s annual base salary.
     Beneficiary — The person or persons designated by the Participant in his or her most recent beneficiary designation made in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Company to receive any benefits payable under this Plan as a result of the Participant’s death. The Participant may change his or her Beneficiary designation at any time by making a subsequent designation in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Company. If no Beneficiary has been designated, or no designated Beneficiary survives the Participant, Beneficiary means the Participant’s estate.
     Board — The Board of Directors of L-3 Communications Corporation.
     Code — The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     Committee — The committee described in Article VIII, Section 1, which administers the Plan.

 


 

     Company — L-3 Communications Corporation, including its divisions and subsidiaries.
     Deferral Account — The bookkeeping account maintained by the Company for each Participant which is credited with any (a) Deferred Base Salary and Deferred Incentive Bonus made on behalf of the Participant, and (b) earnings on those amounts.
     Deferral Agreement — The annual agreement executed or otherwise acknowledged by an Eligible Employee under procedures prescribed by the Company under which the Eligible Employee elects to defer Base Salary and/or Incentive Bonus for a calendar year.
     Deferred Base Salary — The amount of Base Salary deferred and credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account for a calendar year.
     Deferred Incentive Bonus — The amount of Incentive Bonus deferred and credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account for a calendar year.
     Eligible Employee — An employee who is subject to U.S. income taxes for a calendar year and who is eligible for an MIB award for such calendar year and whose Base Salary for a calendar year equals or exceeds the dollar amount in Code Section 414(q) shall be an Eligible Employee for such year. The Committee shall limit participation in this Plan to employees whom the Committee believes to be a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Whether an individual is an Eligible Employee shall be determined each calendar year.
     Incentive Bonus — The incentive bonus amount awarded to an Eligible Employee for a calendar year under the MIB.
     MIB — The formal or informal program of the Company under which an employee receives an annual incentive bonus.
     Open Enrollment Period — The period of time during which an Eligible Employee may make an election to participate in the Plan for a calendar year as determined by the Company. The Open Enrollment Period for an Employee who is a Participant shall end no later than December 31 of the year preceding the calendar year for which the Deferral Agreement is made. The Open Enrollment Period for an employee who is first eligible to participate in the Plan mid-year either because he or she is newly hired or newly promoted shall begin on the date such individual is first notified by the Company that he or she is eligible to participate and shall end 30 days after such date.
     Participant — An Eligible Employee who enters into a Deferral Agreement. An Eligible Employee who enters into a Deferral Agreement shall continue to participate in this Plan until his or her Deferral Account balance has been fully distributed.
     Plan — This L-3 Communications Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan II.
L-3 Communications Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan II

2


 

     Section 409A Change of Control Event — A change in ownership or effective control of Holdings, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of Holdings, within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code.
     Separate from Service /Separation from Service; Separates from Service — An Eligible Employee separates from service or experiences a separation from service if he or she dies, retires, or otherwise terminates employment as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(h).
     Specified Employee — A “specified employee” as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(i).
     Unforeseeable Emergency —An “unforeseeable emergency” as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(3).
     U.S. Prime Rate — The U.S. prime rate as reported in the Wall Street Journal or such other source as may be designated by the Committee.
ARTICLE III
ELECTION OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION
     1. Deferral Agreement.
     (a) An Eligible Employee for a calendar year may elect to defer a portion of his or her Base Salary and/or Incentive Bonus payable for services performed during a calendar year by executing or otherwise acknowledging under procedures prescribed by the Company a Deferral Agreement during the Open Enrollment Period.
     (b) An Eligible Employee’s Deferral Agreement shall be irrevocable for the calendar year for which it is made. Such Deferral Agreement shall not continue in effect for any succeeding calendar year.
     (c) An individual who continues to be an Eligible Employee for a succeeding calendar year may make a new Deferral Agreement with respect to such succeeding calendar year by executing or otherwise acknowledging under procedures prescribed by the Company a new Deferral Agreement during the Open Enrollment Period for such succeeding calendar year.
     (d) Notwithstanding subsection (b) above, an Eligible Employee may revoke his or her Deferral Agreement in the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency, his or her disability as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(xii), or following a financial hardship distribution pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) with the consent of the Company and subject to such procedures as the Company shall proscribe. If an Eligible Employee revokes his or her Deferral Agreement, then he or she may not make a new Deferral Agreement until the next Open Enrollment Period for the succeeding calendar year.
L-3 Communications Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan II

3


 

     2. Amount of Deferral. An Eligible Employee may elect to defer (a) up to 50 percent of his or her Base Salary for a calendar year, and (b) up to 100 percent of his or her Incentive Bonus for a calendar year; provided, however, that to be eligible to defer all or a portion of his or her Incentive Bonus for a calendar year, the Incentive Bonus for such calendar year must be at least $10,000 and the Deferred Incentive Bonus for such calendar year must be at least $5,000.
     3. Time when Deferral Agreement Takes Effect. An Eligible Employee’s Deferral Agreement shall take effect on January 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Deferral Agreement is made; provided, that the Deferral Agreement of an individual who becomes an Eligible Employee mid-year and makes a Deferral Agreement during the applicable Open Enrollment Period shall take effect as soon as administratively possible after such Deferral Agreement is executed or otherwise acknowledged by the Eligible Employee under the procedures prescribed by the Company. An individual shall first become eligible to participate in the Plan upon being notified by Company that he or she is an Eligible Employee.
ARTICLE IV
DEFERRAL ACCOUNT
     1. Establishment of Deferral Account. A Deferral Account shall be established for each Participant, which shall be credited with his or her Deferred Base Salary, Deferred Incentive Bonus and earnings.
     2. Crediting of Deferred Amounts. Deferred Base Salary and Deferred Incentive Bonus shall be credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account as of the fifteenth (15th) day (or if such day is not a business day, the nearest prior business day) of the month following the date on which such amounts would have been paid to the Participant if no Deferral Agreement were in effect.
     3. Crediting of Earnings. Deferred Base Salary and Deferred Incentive Bonus shall be credited with earnings beginning on the first day (or if such day is not a business day, the next following business day) of the month following the month in which such amounts would have been paid to the Participant if no Deferral Agreement were in effect and ending on the business day immediately preceding the day on which such amounts are distributed or withdrawn. Earnings shall be compounded and credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account each day based on the U.S. Prime Rate in effect on the first business day of the calendar quarter preceding the date on which the earnings are credited.
     4. Vesting of Deferral Account Balance. A Participant’s Deferral Account balance shall be fully vested at all times.
L-3 Communications Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan II

4


 

ARTICLE V
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
     1. General. The Company’s liability to pay benefits to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan shall be measured by, and in no event shall exceed, the Participant’s Deferral Account balance. All benefit payments shall be made in cash.
     2. Payment of Deferral Account Balance.
     (a) At the time an Eligible Employee executes or otherwise acknowledges under procedures prescribed by the Company a Deferral Agreement for a calendar year, he or she shall irrevocably elect the date on which his or her Deferred Base Salary and Deferred Incentive Bonus for that calendar year (as adjusted for earnings) shall be paid.
     (b) The Participant may elect that his or her Deferred Base Salary and Deferred Incentive Bonus for the calendar year be paid (i) on Separation from Service for any reason or (ii) on the first business day of any calendar year that is at least five full calendar years following the calendar year for which the Deferral Agreement is made.
     (c) Notwithstanding subsection (b) above, if a Participant Separates from Service for any reason prior to the date the Participant elected to have his or her Deferred Base Salary and Deferred Incentive Bonus paid out, such amount shall be paid on the Participant’s Separation from Service.
     (d) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, any payment to a Specified Employee due to Separation from Service for any reason other than death shall be delayed for six months following the date the payment is otherwise due. Earnings shall continue to be credited to the Specified Employee’s Deferral Account in accordance with Article IV, Section 3 above during the six-month delay period.
     (e) If a Participant fails to make an election with respect to the time of payment of his or her Deferred Base Salary and Deferred Incentive Bonus for a calendar year, such amount shall be paid on the Participant’s Separation from Service, or, with respect to a Participant who is a Specified Employee, the date that is six months following the Participant’s Separation from Service.
     (f) Any Deferred Base Salary and Deferred Incentive Bonus to be paid on Separation from Service pursuant to subsection (b), (c) or (e) above shall be paid on or before December 31 of the year in which the Participant’s Separation from Service occurs or the 15th day of the third month following the Participant’s Separation from Service date, whichever is later.
     3. Form of Payment.
     (a) At the time an Eligible Employee executes or otherwise acknowledges under procedures prescribed by the Company a Deferral Agreement for a calendar year,
L-3 Communications Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan II

5


 

he or she shall irrevocably elect the form of payment of his or her Deferral Account balance from among the following options:
     (1) A lump sum, or
     (2) Annual payments for a period of up to 20 years, as designated by the Participant. The amount of each annual payment shall be determined by dividing the Participant’s Deferral Account balance on the date such payment is processed by the number of annual payments remaining in the designated installment period. If the total value of the Participant’s Deferral Account balance is less than $5,000 at the time an installment payment is due, the entire Deferral Account balance shall be paid to the Participant (or Beneficiary) in a lump sum.
     (b) A Participant’s election as to the form of payment shall be irrevocable and may not be changed. In the event a Participant fails to timely elect a form of payment, The Participant shall be deemed to have elected a lump sup form of payment, which deemed election shall be irrevocable and may not be changed.
     4. Death Benefits. Upon the death of a Participant, his or her unpaid Deferral Account balance, if any, will be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with the election made by the Participant, or, if the Participant fails to make a proper election form, in a lump sum. Such payment shall be made on or before the later of December 31 of the year in which the Participant’s death occurs or the 15th day of the third month following the Participant’s date of death.
     5. Distribution on Account of Unforeseeable Emergency. A Participant, or a Beneficiary upon the Participant’s death, may request a distribution or all or a portion of his or her Deferral Account balance on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency, which request must be approved by the Company and shall be subject to such procedures as the Company shall proscribe. A distribution on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency shall meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(3).
     6. Acceleration upon Change in Control.
     (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Deferral Account balance of each Participant shall be distributed in a single lump sum within 60 calendar days following a “Change in Control.”
     (b) For purposes of this Plan, a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur upon a Section 409A Change of Control Event that also constitutes one or more of the following:
          (1) The acquisition by any person or group (including a group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) or any of its subsidiaries, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of a majority of the combined voting
L-3 Communications Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan II

6


 

power of Holding’s then outstanding voting securities, other than by any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company;
          (2) The sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; or
          (3) The election, including the filling of vacancies, during any period of 24 months or less, of 50 percent or more of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdings without the approval of Continuing Directors, as constituted at the beginning of such period. “Continuing Directors” shall mean any director of Holdings who either (i) is a member of the Board on July 1, 1997, or (ii) is nominated for election to the Board by a majority of the Board which is comprised of directors who were, at the time of such nomination, Continuing Directors.
     7. Acceleration of or Delay in Payments. The Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may accelerate the time or form of payment of a benefit owed to a Participant, provided such acceleration is permitted under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(j)(4). The Committee may also, in its sole and absolute discretion, delay the time for payment of a benefit owed to a Participant, provided such delay is permitted under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-2(b)(7). If the Plan receives a domestic relations order (within the meaning of Code Section 414(p)(1)(B)) directing that all or a portion of a Participant’s Accounts be paid to an “alternate payee,” any amounts to be paid to the alternate payee(s) shall be paid in a single lump sum.
     8. Change of Law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Committee determines in good faith, based on consultation with counsel, that the federal income tax treatment or legal status of this Plan has or may be adversely affected by a change in the Internal Revenue Code, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or other applicable law, or by an administrative or judicial construction thereof, the Committee may direct that the Deferral Account balances of affected Participants or of all Participants be distributed as soon as practicable after such determination is made, to the extent deemed necessary or advisable by the Committee and permitted by applicable law.
ARTICLE VI
PARTICIPANTS’ RIGHTS
     1. Unfunded Status of Plan. This Plan constitutes a contractual promise by the Company to make payments in the future, and a Participant’s rights shall be those of a general, unsecured creditor of the Company. A Participant shall not have any beneficial interest in this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to assist the Company in meeting its obligations under this Plan, the Company may set aside assets in a trust described in Revenue Procedure 92-64, 1992-2 C.B. 422 (generally known as a “rabbi trust”), and the Company may direct that its obligations under this Plan be satisfied by payments out of such trust or trusts. It is the Company’s intention that this Plan be unfunded for federal income tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
L-3 Communications Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan II

7


 

     2. Nonalienability of Benefits. A Participant’s rights to benefit payments under this Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary, except as set forth in Article VI, Section 7(a) except as otherwise required by law.
ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
     1. Amendment. The Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board or, to the extent permitted by Board resolution, any delegate of the Board or Compensation Committee, may amend, modify, suspend or discontinue this Plan at any time; provided, however, that no such amendment, modification, suspension or discontinuance shall have the effect of reducing a Participant’s Deferral Account balance or postponing the time when a Participant is entitled to receive a distribution of his or her Deferral Account balance.
     2. Termination. The Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board reserves the right to terminate this Plan (by Plan amendment) at any time and to pay all Participants their Deferral Account balances in a lump sum immediately following such termination or at such time thereafter as the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board may determine, provided that any payments on termination of the Plan must comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix).
ARTICLE VIII
ADMINISTRATION
     1. The Committee. This Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee (whether of the Board or of executives of the Company) as may be designated by the Board to administer this Plan. The Compensation Committee or such other committee designated by the Board to administer this Plan is referred to in this document as the “Committee.”
     2. Delegation and Reliance. The Committee may delegate to any officer or employee of the Company the authority to execute and deliver those instruments and documents and to take, or refrain from taking, all actions deemed necessary, advisable or convenient for the effective administration of this Plan in accordance with its terms and purposes. The Committee may also appoint a plan administrator or any other agent and delegate to such administrator or agent such powers and duties in connection with the administration of the Plan as the Committee may deem appropriate. In making any determination or in taking or not taking any action under this Plan, the Committee may obtain and rely upon the advice of experts, including professional advisors to the Company. No member of the Committee or officer or employee of the Company (or any of its divisions or subsidiaries) who is a Participant may participate in any decision specifically relating to his or her individual rights or benefits under this Plan.
L-3 Communications Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan II

8


 

     3. Powers of the Committee. The Committee shall administer this Plan in accordance with its terms. The Committee shall have full discretion to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan, which interpretation or construction shall be final and binding on all parties, including but not limited to the Company and any Participant or Beneficiary. The Committee shall administer this Plan in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner and in full accordance with any and all laws applicable to the Plan. The Committee shall have all powers necessary to administer the Plan, including without limitation, in addition to those powers set forth above, the following:
          (a) to determine whether individuals qualify as the Participants in this Plan;
          (b) to determine the amount of benefits payable to Participants and their Beneficiaries;
          (c) to maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of this Plan; and
          (d) to make and publish rules and procedures for the administration of this Plan.
     4. Exculpation and Indemnity. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Committee and each member thereof and delegates of the Committee who are employees of the Company against any and all expenses, liabilities and claims, including legal fees to defend against such liabilities and claims, arising out of their discharge of responsibilities under or incident to the Plan, other than expenses, liabilities and claims arising out of their willful misconduct. This indemnity shall not preclude such further indemnities as may be available under insurance purchased by the Company or provided by the Company under any bylaw, agreement or otherwise, as such indemnities are permitted under applicable law.
     5. Facility of Payment. If a minor, person declared incompetent, or person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, is entitled to receive a benefit, make an application, or make an election hereunder, the Committee may direct that such benefits be paid to, or such application or election be made by, the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent, or incapable person. Any payment made, application allowed, or election implemented in accordance with this Section shall completely discharge the Company and the Committee from all liability with respect thereto.
     6. Proof of Claims. The Committee may require proof of the death, disability, competency, minority, or incapacity of any Participant or Beneficiary and of the right of a person to receive any benefit or make any application or election.
     7. Claim Procedure.
          (a) Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under this Plan, or requesting information under this Plan shall present the request in writing to the Committee, which shall respond in writing within 90 days. The Committee may, however, extend the reply period for an additional ninety 90 days for special circumstances. If the claim or
L-3 Communications Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan II

9


 

request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state (1) the reason for denial, with specific reference to the plan provisions on which the denial is based, (2) a description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary, and (3) an explanation of the claims review procedure.
          (b) Within 60 days after the receipt by a claimant of the written decision described above or the expiration of the claims review period described above including any extension, the claimant may request review by giving written notice to the Committee. The claim or request shall be reviewed by the Committee, which may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing. If the claimant does not request a review within such sixty-day period, he or she shall be barred from challenging the original determination.
          (c) The decision on review shall normally be made within 60 days after the Committee’s receipt of a request for review. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified and the time limit shall be 120 days. The decision shall be in writing and shall state the reason and the relevant plan provisions. All decisions on review shall be final and binding on all parties concerned.
          (d) In the event of any dispute over benefits under this Plan, all remedies available to the disputing individual under this Section 7 must be exhausted, within the specified deadlines, before legal recourse of any type is sought.
ARTICLE IX
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     1. No Guarantee of Employment. This Plan shall in no way obligate the Company (or any of its affilites) to continue the employment of a Participant with the Company (or its affiliates) or limit the right of the Company (or its affiliates) at any time and for any reason to terminate the Participant’s employment. In no event shall this Plan constitute an employment contract between the Company (or its affiliates) and a Participant or in any way limit the right of the Company (and its affiliates) to change a Participant’s compensation or other benefits.
     2. Other Plan Benefits. No amount credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account under this Plan shall be treated as compensation for purposes of calculating the amount of a Participant’s benefits or contributions under any pension, retirement, or other plan maintained by the Company, except as provided in such other plan.
     3. Tax Withholding; Section 409A. To the extent required by law, the Company shall withhold from benefit payments hereunder any Federal, state, or local income or payroll taxes required to be withheld and shall furnish the recipient and the applicable government agency or agencies with such reports, statements, or information as may be legally required. This Plan shall be interpreted in a manner that is intended to ensure that any such payments or benefits shall not be subject to any tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code; provided, that neither the Company, the Committee nor any employee or representative thereof shall have any
L-3 Communications Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan II

10


 

liability to a Participant or a Beneficiary with respect thereto. Each payment made under this Plan shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.
     4. Missing Payees. If all or portion of a Participant’s Plan benefit becomes payable and the Committee after a reasonable search cannot locate the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary if such Beneficiary is entitled to payment), the Committee may forfeit the Participant’s Plan benefit. If the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) subsequently presents a valid claim for benefits to the Committee, the Committee shall restore and pay the appropriate Plan benefit.
     5. Mistaken Payment. No Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to any payment made in error or in contravention of the terms of this Plan, the Code, or ERISA. The Committee shall have full rights under the law to recover any such mistaken payment, and the right to recover attorney’s fees and other costs incurred with respect to such recovery. Recovery shall be made from future Plan payments, or by any other available means.
     6. Receipt and Release for Payments. Any payment to a Participant, Beneficiary, or to any such person’s legal representative, parent, guardian, or any person or entity specified in Section 5 of Article VIII shall be in full satisfaction of all claims that can be made under the Plan against the Company (and its affiliates). The Company may require such Participant, Beneficiary, legal representative, or any other person or entity specified in Section 5 of Article VIII, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release thereof in such form as shall be determined by the Company.
     7. Successors. The provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns, and to the Participants and their heirs, executors, administrators, and legal representatives.
     8. Governing Law. The validity of this Plan and any of its provisions shall be construed, administered, and governed in all respects under and by the laws of the State of New York (including its statute of limitations and all substantive and procedural law, and without regard to its conflict of laws provisions), except as to matters of Federal law. If any provision of this instrument shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof shall continue to be fully effective.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this L-3 Communications Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan II is hereby adopted effective as of January 1, 2009.
             
    L-3 COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION    
 
           
Date: 12/19/2008
  By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Manne     
 
     
 
   
 
  Title:   Vice President, Human Resources    
L-3 Communications Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan II

11

EX-10.26
Exhibit 10.26
MPRI Long Term Deferred Incentive Plan
(Restated Effective January 1, 2009)
1. Introduction.
     The MPRI division of L-3 Services, Inc. offers the MPRI Long Term Deferred Incentive Plan for the individuals listed on Appendix A. This plan document reflects the terms of the Plan and is effective January 1, 2009.
     The Plan is frozen. The last and final Annual Award Credit was made on January 1, 2007.
2. Definitions.
     (a) “Account” means an account established solely for recordkeeping purposes on behalf of each Participant to reflect the Annual Bonus Award.
     (b) “Annual Award Credit” means the annual amount, if any, credited to the Account maintained for each Participant based on the formula set forth in Section 3.
     (c) “Board” means the Board of Directors of L-3 Services, Inc.
     (d) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     (e) “Committee” means the committee described in Section 7, which administers this Plan.
     (f) “Company” means the MPRI division of L-3 Services, Inc., and its predecessors.
     (g) “EBIT” means the earnings before interest and taxes for the Company for each twelve-month period beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30 or such other period specified in the applicable Employment Agreement.
     (h) “Employment Agreement” means, with respect to each Participant, the employment agreement(s) entered into between each Participant and the Company on the date(s) indicated on Appendix A.
     (i) “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     (j) “Participant” means the individuals listed on Appendix A.

 


 

     (k) “Plan” means this MPRI Long Term Deferred Incentive Plan as restated effective January 1, 2009.
3. Annual Award Credit.
     (a) Amount of Annual Award Credit. No Annual Award Credits have been, or will be, made after January 1, 2007. The amount of a Participant’s Annual Award Credit made prior to that date was determined under the terms of the Participant’s Employment Agreement and was conditioned on the Company’s EBIT exceeding the amount set forth in the Employment Agreement. The Annual Award Credit, if any, for a twelve-month period was credited to the Participant’s Account on the July 1st immediately following the end of such twelve-month period. The Annual Award Credit, if any, for a period of less than twelve months was credited to the Participant’s Account on the day immediately following the end of the period.
     (b) Interest on Annual Award Amount. Each Annual Award Amount shall be credited with interest beginning on the day (or if such day is not a business day, the next following business day) on which the Annual Award Amount was credited to the Participant’s Account and ending on the last business day of the month immediately preceding the day on which such Annual Award Amount is distributed. Earnings shall be compounded and credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account each day based on the U.S. Prime Rate in effect on the first business day of each calendar quarter preceding the date on which the earnings are credited as reported in the Wall Street Journal or such other source as may be designated by the Committee.
4. Vesting.
     The Annual Award Credit for each year shall become vested at the rate of one-third on the first anniversary of the date the Annual Award Credit is credited to the Participant’s Account, one-third on the second anniversary of the date the Annual Award Credit is credited to the Participant’s Account, and one-third on the third anniversary of the date the Annual Award Credit is credited to the Participant’s Account.
     5. Payment of Annual Award Credit.
     (a) Time of Payment. Each Annual Award Credit will be distributed on termination of employment or a specified date as elected by the Participant in accordance with Notice 2007-86, 2007- 46 IRB 990, which election is irrevocable. In the event that a Participant failed to make a valid election with respect to an Annual Award Credit in accordance with Notice 2007-86, 2007- 46 IRB 990, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to receive such Annual Award Credit on termination of employment. With respect to each Annual Award Credit that is payable on termination of employment, the amount payable shall be paid on the date that is six months following the termination of employment date.

2


 

     (b) Form of Payment. Each Annual Award Credit will be distributed either in a lump sum or annual installments over five, ten, fifteen or twenty years as elected by the Participant in accordance with Notice 2007-86, 2007- 46 IRB 990, which election is irrevocable. In the event that a Participant failed to make a valid election with respect to an Annual Award Credit in accordance with Notice 2007-86, 2007- 46 IRB 990, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to receive such Annual Award Credit in a lump sum.
     (c) Payment on Death. Each Participant must designate a beneficiary to receive a distribution of his vested Account balance if the Participant dies before such amount is fully distributed to him. In the absence of a valid or effective beneficiary designation, the Participant’s surviving spouse will be his beneficiary or, if there is no surviving spouse, the Participant’s estate will be his beneficiary. Upon the Participant’s death prior to full distribution of his Account balance, the vested Account balance shall be paid to the Participant’s beneficiary in accordance with the Participant’s election or deemed election under this Section 5.
6. Employment Termination.
     In the event of a voluntary termination of employment with the Company and its affiliates, or in the event of a termination by the Company other than for Cause, as defined in the Employment Agreement or due to Disability, as defined in the Employment Agreement, or death, any unvested Annual Award Credit will continue to vest in accordance with Section 4, provided that the Participant abides by the covenants set forth in Section 7 of the Employment Agreement. In the event of a termination by the Company for Cause, any unvested Annual Award Credit shall be forfeited. No additional Annual Award Credits will be credited to the Participant’s Account following the termination of employment date.
7. Administration.
     (a) This Plan shall be administered by the L-3 Retirement Plan Administrative Committee of L-3 Communications Corporation or such other committee (comprised of members of the Board or executives of the Company) as may be designated by the Board to administer this Plan. The committee that administers this Plan is referred to in this document as the “Committee”.
     (b) The Committee has the full and exclusive discretion to interpret and administer the Plan. All actions, interpretations and decisions of the Committee are conclusive and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum possible deference allowed by law. Neither the Committee nor any member thereof shall be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation or administration of the Plan.
     (c) The Committee may delegate to any officer or employee of the Company or its affiliates the authority to execute and deliver those instruments and documents and

3


 

to take, or refrain from taking, all actions deemed necessary, advisable or convenient for the effective administration of the Plan in accordance with its terms and purposes. The Committee may also appoint any other agent and delegate to such agent such powers and duties in connection with the administration of the Plan as the Committee may deem appropriate. In making any determination or in taking or not taking any action under the Plan, the Committee may obtain and rely upon the advice of experts, including professional advisors to the Committee or the Company or its affiliates. No individual who is a Participant may participate in any decision specifically relating to his or her individual rights or benefits under the Plan.
8. Amendment or Termination.
     The Committee may amend or terminate the Plan provided that any such amendment does not reduce or increase any benefit to which a Participant has accrued and is otherwise entitled to under the terms of the Plan, nor accelerate the timing of any payment under the Plan, except as permitted under Code Section 409A. The Plan shall
     terminate on the date when no Participant (or Beneficiary) has any right to or expectation of payment of further benefits under the Plan.
9. Claims Procedure.
     (a) Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under this Plan, or requesting information under this Plan shall present the request in writing to the Committee, which shall respond in writing within 90 days. The Committee may, however, extend the reply period for an additional ninety 90 days for special circumstances. If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state (1) the reason for denial, with specific reference to the plan provisions on which the denial is based, (2) a description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary, and (3) an explanation of the claims review procedure.
     (b) Within 60 days after the receipt by a claimant of the written decision described above or the expiration of the claims review period described above including any extension, the claimant may request review by giving written notice to the Committee. The claim or request shall be reviewed by the Committee, which may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing. If the claimant does not request a review within such sixty-day period, he or she shall be barred from challenging the original determination.
     (c) The decision on review shall normally be made within 60 days after the Committee’s receipt of a request for review. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified and the time limit shall be 120 days. The decision shall be in writing and shall state the reason and the relevant plan provisions. All decisions on review shall be final and binding on all parties concerned.

4


 

     (d) In the event of any dispute over benefits under this Plan, all remedies available to the disputing individual under this Section 9 must be exhausted, within the specified deadlines, before legal recourse of any type is sought.
10. Unfunded Status of the Plan.
     This Plan constitutes a contractual promise by the Company to make payments in the future, and a Participant’s rights shall be those of a general, unsecured creditor of the Company. A Participant shall not have any beneficial interest in this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to assist the Company in meeting its obligations under this Plan, the Company may set aside assets in a trust described in Revenue Procedure 92-64, 1992-2 C.B. 422 (generally known as a “rabbi trust”), and the Committee may direct that the Company’s obligations under this Plan be satisfied by payments out of such trust or trusts. It is the Company’s intention that this Plan be unfunded for federal income tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
11. Nonalienability of Benefits.
     A Participant’s rights to benefit payments under this Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or his Beneficiary.
12. No Guarantee of Employment.
     This Plan shall in no way obligate the Company to continue the employment of a Participant with the Company or limit the right of the Company at any time and for any reason to terminate the Participant’s employment. In no event shall this Plan constitute an employment contract between the Company and a Participant or in any way limit the right of the Company to change a Participant’s compensation or other benefits.
13. Other Plan Benefits.
     Amounts under this Plan shall not be treated as compensation for purposes of calculating the amount of a Participant’s benefits or contributions under any pension, retirement, or other plan maintained by the Company (or affiliate), except as provided in such other plan.
14. Tax Withholding.
     To the extent required by law, the Company shall withhold from benefit payments hereunder any Federal, state, or local income or payroll taxes required to be withheld and shall furnish the recipient and the applicable government agency or agencies with such reports, statements, or information as may be legally required.
15. Receipt and Release for Payments.

5


 

     Any payment to a Participant, Beneficiary, or to any such person’s legal representative shall be in full satisfaction of all claims that can be made under the Plan against the Company. The Company may require such Participant, Beneficiary, or legal representative as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release thereof in such form as shall be determined by the Company.
16. Successors.
     The provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns, and to the Participants and their heirs, executors, administrators, and legal representatives.
17. Governing Law.
     The validity of this Plan and any of its provisions shall be construed, administered, and governed in all respects under and by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (including its statute of limitations and all substantive and procedural law, and without regard to its conflict of laws provisions), except as to matters of Federal law. If any provision of this instrument shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof shall continue to be fully effective.
18. Status of Plan as ERISA “Top Hat” Plan.
     The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees and individuals within the meaning of Title I of the ERISA. The Plan will be administered and construed to effectuate this intent.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, by its duly authorized officer, has executed this MPRI Long Term Deferred Incentive Plan on the date indicated below.
             
 
      L-3 Services, Inc.    
 
           
Date: 12/22/2008
  By:   /s/ Kenneth W. Manne     
 
     
 
   
 
  Title:   Vice President     
 
     
 
   

6

EX-12
Exhibit 12
 
L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc.
and L-3 Communications Corporation
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (in millions, except ratio of earnings to fixed charges)  
 
Earnings:
                                       
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
  $ 1,431     $ 1,174     $ 825     $ 788     $ 597  
Add:
                                       
Interest expense
    260       286       286       199       138  
Amortization of debt expense
    11       10       10       5       7  
Interest component of rent expense
    58       56       53       41       27  
                                         
Earnings
  $ 1,760     $ 1,526     $ 1,174     $ 1,033     $ 769  
                                         
Fixed charges:
                                       
Interest expense
    260       286       286       199       138  
Amortization of debt expense
    11       10       10       5       7  
Interest component of rent expense
    58       56       53       41       27  
                                         
Fixed charges
  $ 329     $ 352     $ 349     $ 245     $ 172  
                                         
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    5.4 x     4.3 x     3.4 x     4.2 x     4.5 x
                                         

EX-18
Exhibit 18
February 26, 2009
Board of Directors
L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. and
L-3 Communications Corporation
600 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10016
Dear Directors:
We are providing this letter to you for inclusion as an exhibit to your Form 10-K filing pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
We have audited the consolidated financial statements included in L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. and L-3 Communications Corporation’s (“the Company’s”) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and issued our report thereon dated February 26, 2009. Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements describes a change in accounting principle as it relates to the Company’s annual goodwill impairment test date. It should be understood that the preferability of one acceptable method of accounting over another as it relates to a company’s annual goodwill impairment test date has not been addressed in any authoritative accounting literature, and in expressing our concurrence below we have relied on management’s determination that this change in accounting principle is preferable. Based on our reading of management’s stated reasons and justification for this change in accounting principle in the Form 10-K, and our discussions with management as to their judgment about the relevant business planning factors relating to the change, we concur with management that such change represents, in the Company’s circumstances, the adoption of a preferable accounting principle in conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.
         
Very truly yours,
 
   
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP      
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP     
New York, New York     
February 26, 2009     

EX-21
Exhibit 21
 
L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
As of December 31, 2008
 
     
Name   Jurisdiction
 
Advanced Systems Architectures (Holdings) Limited
  United Kingdom
Amplidan A/S
  Denmark
APSS S.r.l.
  Italy
Army Fleet Support, LLC*
  Delaware
ASA Technologies Limited
  United Kingdom
Astrid Energy Enterprises S.R.L*
  Italy
Aviation Communications & Surveillance Systems, LLC*
  Delaware
Aydin Foreign Sales Limited
  Guam
Aydin Yazilim ve Elektronik Sanayi A.S.*
  Turkey
Binary lonization Inc.*
  Delaware
Broadcast Sports Inc. 
  Delaware
C3-ilex, LLC*
  California
Cayenta, Inc.*
  Delaware
Civilian Police International, LLC*
  Delaware
Combat Advanced Propulsion, LLC*
  Delaware
CPI Police Services, Ltd*
  Cayman Islands
D.P. Associates Inc. 
  Virginia
Datron / Trans World Communications Int’l. Ltd. 
  U.S. Virgin Islands
Delta Lord Joint Venture*
  Florida
EarthVTS Pty Ltd
  Australia
EDI (Europe) Limited
  United Kingdom
ELAC Nautik Unterstützungskaße GmbH
  Germany
Electrodynamics, Inc. 
  Arizona
Electronic Space Systems International Corp. 
  U.S. Virgin Islands
EMC S.r.l.*
  Italy
Engility Corp. 
  Delaware
ESSCO Collins Limited
  Ireland
EuroAtlas Gesellschaft für Leistungselektronik mbH
  Germany
FAST Holdings Limited*
  United Kingdom
FAST Training Services Limited*
  United Kingdom
Film Europe Limited*
  Belgium
Forfeiture Support Associates, LLC*
  Delaware
Global Military Aircraft Systems, LLC*
  Delaware
Henschel Inc. 
  Delaware
Honeywell TCAS Inc.*
  Delaware
Horizons Technology International, Ltd. 
  Barbados
HSA Systems Ltd
  New Zealand
HSA Systems Pty Ltd
  Australia
International Aerospace Management Company Scrl*
  Italy
International Resources Group Ltd.
  Delaware
Interstate Electronics Corporation
  California
IRG Systems South Asia Pvt. Ltd.*
  India
JovyAtlas Elektrische Umformtechnik GmbH
  Germany
J-R Technical Management, L.L.C.*
  Texas
J-R Technical Services Limited Partnership, L.L.P.*
  Texas
L-3 Canada Acquisition Inc. 
  Canada
L-3 Communications Advanced Laser Systems Technology, Inc. 
  Florida
L-3 Communications AIS GP Corporation
  Delaware


 

     
Name   Jurisdiction
 
L-3 Communications Applied Signal and Image Technology, Inc. 
  Maryland
L-3 Communications ASA Limited
  United Kingdom
L-3 Communications Australia Group Pty Ltd
  Australia
L-3 Communications Australia Pty Ltd
  Australia
L-3 Communications Avionics Systems, Inc. 
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Canada Inc. 
  Canada
L-3 Communications Cincinnati Electronics Corporation
  Ohio
L-3 Communications Corporation
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Crestview Aerospace Corporation
  Delaware
L-3 Communications CyTerra Corporation
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Dynamic Positioning and Control Systems, Inc. 
  California
L-3 Communications ELAC Nautik GmbH
  Germany
L-3 Communications Electron Technologies, Inc. 
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Electronic Systems Inc. 
  Canada
L-3 Communications EO/IR, Inc. 
  Florida
L-3 Communications EOTech, Inc. 
  Delaware
L-3 Communications ESSCO, Inc. 
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Flight Capital LLC
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Flight International Aviation LLC
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Foreign Holdings, Inc. 
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Geneva Aerospace, Inc. 
  Texas
L-3 Communications Germany Holdings, LLC
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Global Network Solutions U.K. Ltd. 
  United Kingdom
L-3 Communications Group Limited
  United Kingdom
L-3 Communications Holding GmbH
  Germany
L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. 
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Hong Kong Limited
  Hong Kong
L-3 Communications India Private Limited
  India
L-3 Communications InfraredVision Technology Corporation
  California
L-3 Communications Integrated Systems L.P. 
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Investments Inc. 
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Italy S.r.l.
  Italy
L-3 Communications Klein Associates, Inc. 
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Korea Corporation
  South Korea
L-3 Communications Ltd. 
  United Kingdom
L-3 Communications Magnet-Motor GmbH
  Germany
L-3 Communications Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
L-3 Communications MAPPS Inc. 
  Canada
L-3 Communications MAPPS Investments, LLC
  Delaware
L-3 Communications MAPPS Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
L-3 Communications Marine Holdings AS
  Norway
L-3 Communications Marine Systems UK Ltd. 
  United Kingdom
L-3 Communications MariPro, Inc. 
  California
L-3 Communications MAS (Canada) Inc. 
  Canada
L-3 Communications Mobile-Vision, Inc. 
  New Jersey
L-3 Communications Nautronix Holdings, Inc. 
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Nautronix Limited
  Australia
L-3 Communications Navigation AS
  Norway
L-3 Communications Nova Engineering, Inc. 
  Ohio
L-3 Communications SafeView, Inc. 
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Security and Detection Systems, Inc. 
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Shared Services, LLC
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Singapore Pte Ltd
  Singapore


 

     
Name   Jurisdiction
 
L-3 Communications Sonoma EO, Inc. 
  California
L-3 Communications TCS, Inc. 
  Georgia
L-3 Communications U.K. Ltd. 
  United Kingdom
L-3 Communications Valmarine AS
  Norway
L-3 Communications Vector International Aviation LLC
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Vermögensverwaltungs GmbH & Co. KG
  Germany
L-3 Communications Vertex Aerospace LLC
  Delaware
L-3 Communications Verwaltungs GmbH
  Germany
L-3 Communications Westwood Corporation
  Nevada
L-3 Fuzing and Ordnance Systems, Inc. 
  Delaware
L-3 G.A. International, Inc. 
  Florida
L-3 Global Communications Solutions, Inc. 
  Virginia
L-3 Services, Inc. 
  Delaware
L-Tres Comunicaciones Costa Rica, S.A. 
  Costa Rica
LinCom Wireless, Inc.*
  Delaware
Lyngsø Marine A/S
  Denmark
McCorkills Marine Pty Ltd
  Australia
MGS Montage GmbH
  Germany
Microdyne Communications Technologies Incorporated
  Maryland
Microdyne Corporation
  Maryland
Microdyne Ltd. 
  U.S. Virgin Islands
Microdyne Outsourcing Incorporated
  Maryland
Mosaic Mapping Inc.*
  Canada
MPRI International Services, Ltd. 
  Bermuda
MVT Equity LLC*
  Delaware
Narda Safety Test Solutions GmbH
  Germany
Narda Safety Test Solutions S.r.l.
  Italy
Nautronix (Singapore) Pte Ltd
  Singapore
Nautronix Asia Pacific Pte Limited
  Singapore
Nordakademie gAG*
  Germany
Pac Ord Inc. 
  Delaware
Power Paragon (Deutschland) Holding GmbH
  Germany
Power Paragon, Inc. 
  Delaware
Sakon Calling Cards, LLC*
  New Jersey
Sakon, LLC*
  Delaware
SAM East Asia Ltd. 
  Hong Kong
SAM Electronics GmbH
  Germany
SAM Electronics Japan Ltd. 
  Japan
SAM Electronics Korea Co. Ltd. 
  South Korea
SAM Electronics Nederland B.V.
  Netherlands
SAM Electronics Norge A/S
  Norway
SAM Electronics United Kingdom Ltd. 
  United Kingdom
SAM Taihang Electronics Co. Ltd. 
  China
Sovcan Star Satellite Communications Inc.*
  Canada
Spar Aerospace Limited
  Canada
SPD Electrical Systems, Inc. 
  Delaware
SPD Switchgear Inc. 
  Delaware
STN Schiffselektrik GmbH & Co. KG
  Germany
STN Schiffselektrik Verwaltungs GmbH
  Germany
Storm Control Systems Limited
  United Kingdom
Terra Cable Singapore Pte Ltd
  Singapore
Titan Deutschland GmbH
  Germany
Titan Facilities, Inc. 
  Virginia


 

     
Name   Jurisdiction
 
Titan Italia Srl
  Italy
Titan Systems Solutions UK Ltd. 
  United Kingdom
Titan Wireless, Inc.*
  Delaware
TRL Electronics Limited
  United Kingdom
TRL Technology Limited
  United Kingdom
Troll Technology Corporation
  California
URS Coleman, LLC*
  Maryland
W.G. Schulz GmbH
  Germany
Wescam Air Ops Inc. 
  Delaware
Wescam Asia PTE Ltd.*
  Singapore
Wescam Financial (U.S.A.) LLC
  Delaware
Wescam Holdings (US) Inc. 
  Delaware
Wescam Inc. 
  Canada
 
* Represents a non-wholly owned subsidiary.

EX-23
Exhibit 23
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-84826, 333-99693 and 333-129949) and on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-59281, 333-64389, 333-78317, 333-64300, 333-103752, 333-120393, 333-123424, 333-134607, 333-144135 and 333-151964) of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries of our report dated February 26, 2009 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
February 26, 2009

EX-31.1
Exhibit 31.1
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Michael T. Strianese, certify that:
 
1.   I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. and L-3 Communications Corporation;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrants as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrants’ other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrants and have:
 
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under my supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrants, including their consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to me by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under my supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants’ disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants’ internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrants’ most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants’ internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.   The registrants’ other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants’ auditors and the audit committee of the registrants’ board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants’ ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrants’ internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: February 26, 2009
 
/s/ Michael T. Strianese
Michael T. Strianese
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2
Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Ralph G. D’Ambrosio, certify that:
 
1.   I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. and L-3 Communications Corporation;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrants as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrants and have:
 
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under my supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrants, including their consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to me by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under my supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants’ disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants’ internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrants’ most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants’ internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants’ auditors and the audit committee of the registrants’ board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants’ ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrants’ internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: February 26, 2009
 
/s/ Ralph G. D’Ambrosio
Ralph G. D’Ambrosio
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32
Exhibit 32
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Report of L-3 Communications Holdings, Inc. (“L-3 Holdings”) and L-3 Communications Corporation (“L-3 Communications”; together with L-3 Holdings referred to as “L-3”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Michael T. Strianese, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and Ralph G. D’Ambrosio, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, in each case, of L-3 Holdings and L-3 Communications, each certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
  (1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  (2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of L-3.
 
Date: February 26, 2009
 
     
/s/ Michael T. Strianese
  /s/ Ralph G. D’Ambrosio
 
Michael T. Strianese
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
  Ralph G. D’Ambrosio
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer